New pyridone derivates with mch antagonistic activity and medicaments comprising these compounds

ABSTRACT

The present invention relates to compounds of general formula I 
     
       
         
         
             
             
         
       
     
     wherein the groups and radicals B, k, L, U, V, W, X, Y, Z, R 1 , R 2 , have the meanings given in claim  1 . Moreover the invention relates to pharmaceutical compositions containing at least one compound according to the invention. By virtue of their MCH-receptor antagonistic activity the pharmaceutical compositions according to the invention are suitable for the treatment of metabolic disorders and/or eating disorders, particularly obesity, bulimia, anorexia, hyperphagia and diabetes.

The present invention relates to new pyridone derivatives, thephysiologically acceptable salts thereof as well as their use as MCHantagonists and their use in preparing a pharmaceutical preparationwhich is suitable for the prevention and/or treatment of symptoms and/ordiseases caused by MCH or causally connected with MCH in some other way.The invention also relates to the use of a compound according to theinvention for influencing eating behaviour and for reducing body weightand/or for preventing any increase in body weight in a mammal. Itfurther relates to compositions and medicaments containing a compoundaccording to the invention and processes for preparing them. Otheraspects of this invention relate to processes for preparing thecompounds according to the invention.

BACKGROUND TO THE INVENTION

The intake of food and its conversion in the body is an essential partof life for all living creatures. Therefore, deviations in the intakeand conversion of food generally lead to problems and also illness. Thechanges in the lifestyle and nutrition of humans, particularly inindustrialised countries, have promoted morbid overweight (also known ascorpulence or obesity) in recent decades. In affected people, obesityleads directly to restricted mobility and a reduction in the quality oflife. There is the additional factor that obesity often leads to otherdiseases such as, for example, diabetes, dyslipidaemia, high bloodpressure, arteriosclerosis and coronary heart disease. Moreover, highbody weight alone puts an increased strain on the support and mobilityapparatus, which can lead to chronic pain and diseases such as arthritisor osteoarthritis. Thus, obesity is a serious health problem forsociety.

The term obesity means an excess of adipose tissue in the body. In thisconnection, obesity is fundamentally to be seen as the increased levelof fatness which leads to a health risk. There is no sharp distinctionbetween normal individuals and those suffering from obesity, but thehealth risk accompanying obesity is presumed to rise continuously as thelevel of fatness increases. For simplicity's sake, in the presentinvention, individuals with a Body Mass Index (BMI), which is defined asthe body weight measured in kilograms divided by the height (in metres)squared, above a value of 25 and more particularly above 30, arepreferably regarded as suffering from obesity.

Apart from physical activity and a change in nutrition, there iscurrently no convincing treatment option for effectively reducing bodyweight. However, as obesity is a major risk factor in the development ofserious and even life-threatening diseases, it is all the more importantto have access to pharmaceutical active substances for the preventionand/or treatment of obesity. One approach which has been proposed veryrecently is the therapeutic use of MCH antagonists (cf. inter alia WO01/21577, WO 01/82925).

Melanin-concentrating hormone (MCH) is a cyclic neuropeptide consistingof 19 amino acids. It is synthesised predominantly in the hypothalamusin mammals and from there travels to other parts of the brain by theprojections of hypothalamic neurones. Its biological activity ismediated in humans through two different G-protein-coupled receptors(GPCRs) from the family of rhodopsin-related GPCRs, namely the MCHreceptors 1 and 2 (MCH-1R, MCH-2R).

Investigations into the function of MCH in animal models have providedgood indications for a role of the peptide in regulating the energybalance, i.e. changing metabolic activity and food intake [1,2]. Forexample, after intraventricular administration of MCH in rats, foodintake was increased compared with control animals. Additionally,transgenic rats which produce more MCH than control animals, when givena high-fat diet, responded by gaining significantly more weight thananimals without an experimentally altered MCH level. It was also foundthat there is a positive correlation between phases of increased desirefor food and the quantity of MCH mRNA in the hypothalamus of rats.However, experiments with MCH knock-out mice are particularly importantin showing the function of MCH. Loss of the neuropeptide results in leananimals with a reduced fat mass, which take in significantly less foodthan control animals.

The anorectic effects of MCH are presumably mediated in rodents throughthe G_(αs)-coupled MCH-1R [3-6], as, unlike primates, ferrets and dogs,no second MCH receptor subtype has hitherto been found in rodents. Afterlosing the MCH-1R, knock-out mice have a lower fat mass, an increasedenergy conversion and, when fed on a high fat diet, do not put onweight, compared with control animals. Another indication of theimportance of the MCH system in regulating the energy balance resultsfrom experiments with a receptor antagonist (SNAP-7941) [3]. In longterm trials the animals treated with the antagonist lose significantamounts of weight.

In addition to its anorectic effect, the MCH-1R antagonist SNAP-7941also achieves additional anxiolytic and antidepressant effects inbehavioural experiments on rats [3]. Thus, there are clear indicationsthat the MCH-MCH-1R system is involved not only in regulating the energybalance but also in affectivity.

LITERATURE

-   1. Qu, D., et al., A role for melanin-concentrating hormone in the    central regulation of feeding behaviour Nature, 1996. 380(6571): p.    243-7.-   2. Shimada, M., et al., Mice lacking melanin-concentrating hormone    are hypophagic and lean. Nature, 1998. 396(6712): p. 670-4.-   3. Borowsky, B., et al., Antidepressant, anxiolytic and anorectic    effects of a melanin-concentrating hormone-1 receptor antagonist Nat    Med. 2002. 8(8): p. 825-30.-   4. Chen, Y., et al., Targeted disruption of the    melanin-concentrating hormone receptor-1 results in hyperphagia and    resistance to diet-induced obesity. Endocrinology, 2002. 143(7): p.    2469-77.-   5. Marsh, D. J., et al., Melanin-concentrating hormone 1    receptor-deficient mice are lean, hyperactive, and hyperphagic and    have altered metabolism. Proc Natl Acad Sci USA, 2002. 99(5): p.    3240-5.-   6. Takekawa, S., et al., T-226296: A novel, orally active and    selective melanin-concentrating hormone receptor antagonist. Eur J    Pharmacol, 2002. 438(3): p. 129-35.

In the patent literature (WO 01/21577, WO 01/82925) amine compounds ofthe general formula formula

are proposed as MCH antagonists for the treatment of obesity.

Further patent publication related to amine compounds with MCHantagonistic activity are for example: WO 04/024702, WO 04/039780, WO04/039764, WO 05/063239, WO 05/085221, WO 05/103031, WO 05/103032, WO05/103029, WO 05/100285, WO 05/103002, WO 05/85200, WO 2007/048802.

In the WO 03/068230, WO 2005/018557 (Pharmacia Corp.) substitutedpyridinones are described. The WO 2004/087677 (Pharmacia Corp.) isrelated to pyrimidone derivatives and the WO 03/059891 as well as the WO2005/007632 (Pharmacia Corp.) refer to pyridazinone derivatives. Thesecompounds are described as modulators of p38 MAP kinase.

In the WO 2007/18248 (Banyu Pharmaceuticals), which was published afterthe priority date claimed by the present application, pyridonederivatives of the formula

are proposed as MCH receptor antagonists.

In the WO 2007/029847 (Banyu Pharmaceuticals) pyridone derivatives ofthe formula

are described which contain a bicyclic aromatic group Ar₂. Thesecompounds are proposed as MCH receptor antagonists.

Furthermore in the WO 2007/024004 (Banyu Pharmaceuticals) phenylpyridonederivatives are proposed as MCH receptor antagonists.

AIM OF THE INVENTION

The aim of the present invention is to identify compounds which areespecially effective as MCH antagonists. Another aim of this inventionis to provide compounds which are effective as MCH antagonists and whichpossess advantageous pharmacokinetic properties. The invention also setsout to provide compounds which can be used to influence the eatinghabits of mammals and achieve a reduction in body weight, particularlyin mammals, and/or prevent an increase in body weight.

The present invention further sets out to provide new pharmaceuticalcompositions which are suitable for the prevention and/or treatment ofsymptoms and/or diseases caused by MCH or otherwise causally connectedto MCH. In particular, the aim of this invention is to providepharmaceutical compositions for the treatment of metabolic disorderssuch as obesity and/or diabetes as well as diseases and/or disorderswhich are associated with obesity and diabetes. Other objectives of thepresent invention are concerned with demonstrating advantageous uses ofthe compounds according to the invention. The invention also sets out toprovide a process for preparing the compounds according to theinvention. Other aims of the present invention will be immediatelyapparent to the skilled man from the foregoing remarks and those thatfollow.

OBJECT OF THE INVENTION

In a first aspect the present invention relates to pyridone derivativesof general formula I

wherein

-   R¹, R² independently of one another denote H, C₁₋₈-alkyl or    C₃₋₇-cycloalkyl, while the alkyl or cycloalkyl group may be mono- or    polysubstituted by identical or different groups R¹¹, and a —CH₂—    group in position 3 or 4 of a 5-, 6- or 7-membered cycloalkyl group    may be replaced by —O—, —S— or —NR¹³—; or-    R² denotes a C₁₋₃-alkylene bridge which is linked to the group Y,    wherein the alkylene bridge may be substituted with one or more    C₁₋₃-alkyl-groups, and R¹ is defined as hereinbefore or denotes a    group selected from C₁₋₄-alkyl-CO—, C₁₋₄-alkyl-O—CO—,    (C₁₋₄-alkyl)NH—CO— and (C₁₋₄-alkyl)₂N—CO— wherein alkyl-groups may    be mono- or polyfluorinated; or-    R¹ and R² form a C₃₋₈-alkylene bridge, wherein a —CH₂— group not    adjacent to the N atom of the R¹R²N— group may be replaced by    —CH═N—, —CH═CH—, —O—, —S—, —SO—, —(SO₂)—, —CO—, —C(═CH₂)—,    —C(═N—OH)—, —C(═N—(C₁₋₄-alkyl))— or —NR¹³— while in the case when R¹    and R² form an alkylene bridge in the alkylene bridge one or more H    atoms may be replaced by identical or different groups R¹⁴, and-    the alkylene bridge defined hereinbefore may be substituted by one    or two identical or different carbo- or heterocyclic groups Cy in    such a way that the bond between the alkylene bridge and the group    Cy is made    -   via a single or double bond,    -   via a common C atom forming a spirocyclic ring system,    -   via two common adjacent C and/or N atoms forming a fused        bicyclic ring system or    -   via three or more C and/or N atoms forming a bridged ring        system;-   x denotes a C₁₋₃-alkylene bridge, which may comprise one, two or    three identical or different C₁₋₄-alkyl substituents, while two    alkyl groups may be joined together forming a 3 to 7-membered cyclic    group, and while in a C₂₋₃-alkylene bridge one or two C atoms may be    monosubstituted by R¹⁰; and-   R¹⁰ is selected from the group consisting of hydroxy,    hydroxy-C₁₋₃-alkyl, C₁₋₄-alkoxy or C₁₋₄-alkoxy-C₁₋₃-alkyl; and-   Y denotes a 5- to 6-membered aromatic carbocyclic group, which may    contain 1, 2 or 3 heteroatoms independently selected from N, O    and/or S; which cyclic group may be mono- or polysubstituted by    identical or different substituents R²⁰;-   Z denotes —CH₂—CH₂—, —C(═O)—CH₂—, —C(═CH₂)—CH₂— or —C(OH)H—CH₂— all    of which may be mono- or polysubstituted with substituents    independently from each other selected from C₁₋₃-alkyl;-   U, V both denote CH or one of the groups U, V denotes N and the    other of U, V denotes CH, wherein CH may be substituted with L; and-   L independently of each other denotes halogen, cyano or C₁₋₃-alkyl;    and-   k denotes 0, 1 or 2;-   W is selected from the group consisting of —CH₂—CH₂—, —CH₂—O—,    —O—CH₂—, —CH═CH—, —CH₂—NR^(N), —NR^(N)—CH₂—, —CH₂—, —O—, —S— and    —NR^(N)—;-   R^(N) denotes H, C₁₋₄-alkyl, formyl, C₁₋₃-alkylcarbonyl or    C₁₋₃-alkylsulfonyl; and-    in case the group W denotes —NR^(N)—CH₂— the group R^(N) may denote    a —CH₂— or —CH₂—CH₂— bridge being linked to the cylic group B; and-   B is a 5- or 6-membered unsaturated or aromatic carbocyclic group    which may contain 1, 2, 3 or 4 heteroatoms independently selected    from N, O and/or S; which cyclic group may be mono- or    polysubstituted by identical or different substituents R²⁰; and-   Cy denotes a carbo- or heterocyclic group selected from one of the    following meanings    -   a saturated 3- to 7-membered carbocyclic group,    -   an unsaturated 4- to 7-membered carbocyclic group,    -   a phenyl group,    -   a saturated 4- to 7-membered or unsaturated 5- to 7-membered        heterocyclic group with an N, O or S atom as heteroatom,    -   a saturated or unsaturated 5- to 7-membered heterocyclic group        with two or more N atoms or with one or two N atoms and an O or        S atom as heteroatoms,    -   an aromatic heterocyclic 5- or 6-membered group with one or more        identical or different heteroatoms selected from N, O and/or S.-    while the above-mentioned saturated 6- or 7-membered groups may    also be present as bridged ring systems with an imino,    (C₁₋₄-alkyl)-imino, methylene, ethylene, (C₁₋₄-alkyl)-methylene or    di-(C₁₋₄-alkyl)-methylene bridge, and-    while the above-mentioned cyclic groups may be mono- or    polysubstituted at one or more C atoms by identical or different    groups R²⁰, or in the case of a phenyl group may also additionally    be monosubstituted by nitro, and/or one or more NH groups may be    substituted by R²¹; and-    while in the above-mentioned saturated or unsaturated carbo- or    heterocyclic groups a —CH₂-group may be replaced by a —C(═O)— group;-   R¹¹ denotes halogen, C₁₋₆-alkyl, C₂₋₆-alkenyl, C₂₋₆-alkynyl, R¹⁵—O—,    R¹⁵—O—CO—, R¹⁵—CO—O—, cyano, R¹⁶R¹⁷N—, R¹⁸R¹⁹N—CO— or Cy, while in    the above-mentioned groups one or more C atoms may be substituted    independently of one another by substituents selected from halogen,    OH, CN, CF₃, C₁₋₃-alkyl, C₁₋₃-alkoxy, hydroxy-C₁₋₃-alkyl;-   R¹³ has one of the meanings given for R¹⁷ or denotes formyl;-   R¹⁴ denotes halogen, cyano, C₁₋₆-alkyl, C₂₋₆-alkenyl, C₂₋₆-alkynyl,    R¹⁵—O—R¹⁵—O—CO—R¹⁵—CO—, R¹⁵—CO—O—R¹⁶R¹⁷N—, HCO—NR¹⁵— R¹⁸R¹⁹N—CO—,    R¹⁸R¹⁹N—CO—NH—, R¹⁵—O—C₁₋₃-alkyl, R¹⁵—O—CO—C₁₋₃-alkyl-, R¹⁵—SO₂—NH—,    R¹⁵—SO₂—N(C₁₋₃-alkyl)-, R¹⁵—O—CO—NH—C₁₋₃-alkyl-,    R¹⁵—SO₂—NH—C₁₋₃-alkyl-, R¹⁵—CO—C₁₋₃-alkyl-, R¹⁵—CO—O—C₁₋₃-alkyl-,    R¹⁶R¹⁷N—C₁₋₃-alkyl-, R¹⁸R¹⁹N—CO—C₁₋₃-alkyl- or Cy-C₁₋₃-alkyl-,-   R¹⁵ denotes H, C₁₋₄-alkyl, C₃₋₇-cycloalkyl,    C₃₋₇-cycloalkyl-C₁₋₃-alkyl, phenyl, phenyl-C₁₋₃-alkyl, pyridinyl or    pyridinyl-C₁₋₃-alkyl,-   R¹⁶ denotes H, C₁₋₆-alkyl, C₃₋₇-cycloalkyl,    C₃₋₇-cycloalkyl-C₁₋₃-alkyl, C₄₋₇-cycloalkenyl,    C₄₋₇-cycloalkenyl-C₁₋₃-alkyl, ω-hydroxy-C₂₋₃-alkyl,    ω-(C₁₋₄-alkoxy)-C₂₋₃-alkyl, amino-C₂₋₆-alkyl,    C₁₋₄-alkyl-amino-C₂₋₆-alkyl, di-(C₁₋₄-alkyl)-amino-C₂₋₆-alkyl or    cyclo-C₃₋₆-alkyleneimino-C₂₋₆-alkyl,-   R¹⁷ has one of the meanings given for R¹⁶ or denotes phenyl,    phenyl-C₁₋₃-alkyl, pyridinyl, C₁₋₄-alkylcarbonyl,    C₃₋₇-cycloalkylcarbonyl, hydroxycarbonyl-C₁₋₃-alkyl,    C₁₋₄-alkoxycarbonyl, C₁₋₄-alkoxycarbonyl-C₁₋₃-alkyl,    C₁₋₄-alkylcarbonylamino-C₂₋₃-alkyl,    N—(C₁₋₄-alkylcarbonyl)-N—(C₁₋₄-alkyl)-amino-C₂₋₃-alkyl,    C₁₋₄-alkylamino-carbonyl, C₁₋₄-alkylsulphonyl,    C₁₋₄-alkylsulphonylamino-C₂₋₃-alkyl or    N—(C₁₋₄-alkylsulphonyl)-N(—C₁₋₄-alkyl)-amino-C₂₋₃-alkyl;-   R¹⁸, R¹⁹ independently of one another denote H or C₁₋₆-alkyl wherein    R¹⁸, R¹⁹ may be linked to form a C₃₋₆-alkylene bridge, wherein a    —CH₂— group not adjacent to an N atom may be replaced by —O—, —S—,    —SO—, —(SO₂)—, —CO—, —C(═CH₂)— or —NR¹³—;-   R²⁰ denotes halogen, hydroxy, cyano, nitro, C₁₋₆-alkyl,    C₂₋₆-alkenyl, C₂₋₆-alkynyl, C₃₋₇-cycloalkyl,    C₃₋₇-cycloalkyl-C₁₋₃-alkyl, hydroxy-C₁₋₃-alkyl, R²²—C₁₋₃-alkyl or    has one of the meanings given for R²²; and-   R²¹ denotes C₁₋₄-alkyl, ω-hydroxy-C₂₋₆-alkyl,    ω-C₁₋₄-alkoxy-C₂₋₆-alkyl, ω-C₁₋₄-alkyl-amino-C₂₋₆-alkyl,    ω-di-(C₁₋₄-alkyl)-amino-C₂₋₆-alkyl,    ω-cyclo-C₃₋₆-alkyleneimino-C₂₋₆-alkyl, phenyl, phenyl-C₁₋₃-alkyl,    C₁₋₄-alkyl-carbonyl, C₁₋₄-alkoxy-carbonyl, C₁₋₄-alkylsulphonyl,    aminosulphonyl, C₁₋₄-alkylaminosulphonyl,    di-C₁₋₄-alkylaminosulphonyl or cyclo-C₃₋₆-alkylene-imino-sulphonyl,-   R²² denotes pyridinyl, phenyl, phenyl-C₁₋₃-alkoxy,    cyclo-C₃₋₆-alkyleneimino-C₂₋₄-alkoxy, OHC—, HO—N═HC—,    C₁₋₄-alkoxy-N═HC—, C₁₋₄-alkoxy, C₁₋₄-alkylthio, carboxy,    C₁₋₄-alkylcarbonyl, C₁₋₄-alkoxycarbonyl, aminocarbonyl,    C₁₋₄-alkylamino-carbonyl, di-(C₁₋₄-alkyl)-aminocarbonyl,    cyclo-C₃₋₆-alkyl-amino-carbonyl, cyclo-C₃₋₆-alkyleneimino-carbonyl,    phenylaminocarbonyl,    cyclo-C₃₋₆-alkyleneimino-C₂₋₄-alkyl-aminocarbonyl,    C₁₋₄-alkyl-sulphonyl, C₁₋₄-alkyl-sulphinyl,    C₁₋₄-alkyl-sulphonylamino, C₁₋₄-alkyl-sulphonyl-N—(C₁₋₄-alkyl)amino,    amino, C₁₋₄-alkyl-amino, di-(C₁₋₄-alkyl)-amino,    C₁₋₄-alkyl-carbonyl-amino, C₁₋₄-alkyl-carbonyl-N—(C₁₋₄-alkyl)-amino,    cyclo-C₃₋₆-alkyleneimino, phenyl-C₁₋₃-alkylamino,    N—(C₁₋₄-alkyl)-phenyl-C₁₋₃-alkylamino, acetylamino, propionylamino,    phenylcarbonyl, phenylcarbonylamino, phenylcarbonylmethylamino,    hydroxy-C₂₋₃-alkyl-aminocarbonyl, (4-morpholinyl)carbonyl,    (1-pyrrolidinyl)carbonyl, (1-piperidin-yl)carbonyl,    (hexahydro-1-azepinyl)carbonyl, (4-methyl-1-piperazinyl)carbonyl,    aminocarbonylamino or C₁₋₄-alkylaminocarbonylamino,    while in the above-mentioned groups and radicals, particularly in L,    W, X, Z, R^(N), R¹⁰, R¹¹, R¹³ to R²², in each case one or more C    atoms may additionally be mono- or polysubstituted by F and/or in    each case one or two C atoms independently of one another may    additionally be monosubstituted by Cl or Br and/or in each case one    or more phenyl rings may additionally comprise independently of one    another one, two or three substituents selected from the group F,    Cl, Br, I, cyano, C₁₋₄-alkyl, C₁₋₄-alkoxy, difluoromethyl,    trifluoromethyl, hydroxy, amino, C₁₋₃-alkylamino,    di-(C₁₋₃-alkyl)-amino, acetylamino, aminocarbonyl, difluoromethoxy,    trifluoromethoxy, amino-C₁₋₃-alkyl, C₁₋₃-alkylamino-C₁₋₃-alkyl- and    di-(C₁₋₃-alkyl)-amino-C₁₋₃-alkyl and/or may be monosubstituted by    nitro, and    the H atom of any carboxy group present or an H atom bound to an N    atom may in each case be replaced by a group which can be cleaved in    vivo,    the tautomers, the diastereomers, the enantiomers, the mixtures    thereof and the salts thereof.

The invention also relates to the compounds in the form of theindividual optical isomers, mixtures of the individual enantiomers orracemates, in the form of the tautomers and in the form of the freebases or corresponding acid addition salts with pharmacologicallyacceptable acids. The subject of the invention also includes thecompounds according to the invention, including their salts, wherein oneor more hydrogen atoms are replaced by deuterium.

This invention also includes the physiologically acceptable salts of thecompounds according to the invention as described above and hereinafter.

Also covered by this invention are compositions containing at least onecompound according to the invention and/or a salt according to theinvention optionally together with one or more physiologicallyacceptable excipients.

Also covered by this invention are pharmaceutical compositionscontaining at least one compound according to the invention and/or asalt according to the invention optionally together with one or moreinert carriers and/or diluents.

This invention also relates to the use of at least one compoundaccording to the invention and/or a salt according to the invention, forinfluencing the eating behaviour of a mammal.

The invention further relates to the use of at least one compoundaccording to the invention and/or a salt according to the invention, forreducing the body weight and/or for preventing an increase in the bodyweight of a mammal.

The invention also relates to the use of at least one compound accordingto the invention and/or a salt according to the invention, for preparinga pharmaceutical composition with an MCH receptor-antagonistic activity,particularly with an MCH-1 receptor-antagonistic activity.

This invention also relates to the use of at least one compoundaccording to the invention and/or a salt according to the invention, forpreparing a pharmaceutical composition which is suitable for theprevention and/or treatment of symptoms and/or diseases which are causedby MCH or are otherwise causally connected with MCH.

A further object of this invention is the use of at least one compoundaccording to the invention and/or a salt according to the invention, forpreparing a pharmaceutical composition which is suitable for theprevention and/or treatment of metabolic disorders and/or eatingdisorders, particularly obesity, bulimia, bulimia nervosa, cachexia,anorexia, anorexia nervosa and hyperphagia.

The invention also relates to the use of at least one compound accordingto the invention and/or a salt according to the invention, for preparinga pharmaceutical composition which is suitable for the prevention and/ortreatment of diseases and/or disorders associated with obesity,particularly diabetes, especially type II diabetes, complications ofdiabetes including diabetic retinopathy, diabetic neuropathy, diabeticnephropathy, insulin resistance, pathological glucose tolerance,encephalorrhagia, cardiac insufficiency, cardiovascular diseases,particularly arteriosclerosis and high blood pressure, arthritis andgonitis.

In addition the present invention relates to the use of at least onecompound according to the invention and/or a salt according to theinvention, for preparing a pharmaceutical composition which is suitablefor the prevention and/or treatment of hyperlipidaemia, cellulitis, fataccumulation, malignant mastocytosis, systemic mastocytosis, emotionaldisorders, affective disorders, depression, anxiety, sleep disorders,reproductive disorders, sexual disorders, memory disorders, epilepsy,forms of dementia and hormonal disorders.

The invention also relates to the use of at least one compound accordingto the invention and/or a salt according to the invention, for preparinga pharmaceutical composition which is suitable for the prevention and/ortreatment of urinary problems, such as for example urinary incontinence,overactive bladder, urgency, nycturia and enuresis.

The invention further relates to the use of at least one compoundaccording to the invention and/or a salt according to the invention, forpreparing a pharmaceutical composition which is suitable for theprevention and/or treatment of dependencies and/or withdrawal symptoms.

The invention also relates to a pharmaceutical composition containing afirst active substance which is selected from the compounds according tothe invention and/or the corresponding salts, as well as a second activesubstance which is selected from the group consisting of activesubstances for the treatment of diabetes, active substances for thetreatment of diabetic complications, active substances for the treatmentof obesity, preferably other than MCH antagonists, active substances forthe treatment of high blood pressure, active substances for thetreatment of dyslipidaemia or hyperlipidaemia, includingarteriosclerosis, active substances for the treatment of arthritis,active substances for the treatment of anxiety states and activesubstances for the treatment of depression, optionally together with oneor more inert carriers and/or diluents.

Moreover the invention relates to processes for preparing compounds offormula I as described hereinafter.

The starting materials and intermediate products used in the synthesisaccording to the invention are also a subject of this invention.

DETAILED DESCRIPTION OF THE INVENTION

Unless otherwise specified, the groups, residues and substituents,particularly B, k, L, U, V, W, X, Y, Z, Cy, R¹, R², R¹⁰, R¹¹, R¹³ toR²², R^(N), have the meanings given hereinbefore.

If groups, residues and/or substituents occur more than once in acompound, they may have the same or different meanings in each case.

If R¹ and R² are not joined together via an alkylene bridge, R¹ and R²independently of one another preferably denote a C₁₋₈-alkyl orC₃₋₇-cycloalkyl group which may be mono- or polysubstituted by identicalor different groups R¹¹, while a —CH₂— group in position 3 or 4 of a 5-,6- or 7-membered cycloalkyl group may be replaced by —O—, —S— or —NR¹³—,while one or both of the groups R¹ and R² may also represent H.

Preferred meanings of the group R¹¹ are F, C₁₋₆-alkyl, C₂₋₆-alkenyl,C₂₋₆-alkynyl, R¹⁵—O—, cyano, R¹⁶R¹⁷N, C₃₋₇-cycloalkyl,cyclo-C₃₋₆-alkyleneimino, pyrrolidinyl, N—(C₁₋₄-alkyl)-pyrrolidinyl,piperidinyl, N—(C₁₋₄-alkyl)-piperidinyl, phenyl, pyridyl, pyrazolyl,thiazolyl, imidazolyl, while in the above-mentioned groups and radicalsone or more C atoms may be mono- or polysubstituted independently of oneanother by F, C₁₋₃-alkyl, C₁₋₃-alkoxy or hydroxy-C₁₋₃-alkyl, and/or oneor two C atoms may be monosubstituted independently of one another byCl, Br, OH, CF₃ or CN, and the above-mentioned cyclic groups may bemono- or polysubstituted at one or more C atoms by identical ordifferent radicals R²⁰, or in the case of a phenyl group may alsoadditionally be monosubstituted by nitro, and/or one or more NH groupsmay be substituted by R²¹. If R¹¹ has one of the meanings R¹⁵—O—, cyano,R¹⁶R¹⁷N or cyclo-C₃₋₆-alkyleneimino the C atom of the alkyl orcycloalkyl group substituted by R¹¹ is preferably not directly connectedto a heteroatom, such as for example to the group —N—X—.

Preferably the groups R¹, R² independently of one another represent H,C₁₋₆-alkyl, C₃₋₅-alkenyl, C₃₋₅-alkynyl, C₃₋₇-cycloalkyl,hydroxy-C₃₋₇-cycloalkyl, C₃₋₇-cycloalkyl-C₁₋₃-alkyl,(hydroxy-C₃₋₇-cycloalkyl)-C₁₋₃-alkyl, hydroxy-C₂₋₄-alkyl,ω-NC—C₂₋₃-alkyl, C₁₋₄-alkoxy-C₂₋₄-alkyl, hydroxy-C₁₋₄-alkoxy-C₂₋₄-alkyl,C₁₋₄-alkoxy-carbonyl-C₁₋₄-alkyl, carboxyl-C₁₋₄-alkyl, amino-C₂₋₄-alkyl,C₁₋₄-alkyl-amino-C₂₋₄-alkyl, di-(C₁₋₄-alkyl)-amino-C₂₋₄-alkyl,cyclo-C₃₋₆-alkyleneimino-C₂₋₄-alkyl, pyrrolidin-3-yl,N—(C₁₋₄-alkyl)-pyrrolidin-3-yl, pyrrolidinyl-C₁₋₃-alkyl,N—(C₁₋₄-alkyl)-pyrrolidinyl-C₁₋₃-alkyl, piperidin-3-yl, piperidin-4-yl,N—(C₁₋₄-alkyl)-piperidin-3-yl, N—(C₁₋₄-alkyl)-piperidin-4-yl,piperidinyl-C₁₋₃-alkyl, N—(C₁₋₄-alkyl)-piperidinyl-C₁₋₃-alkyl,tetrahydropyran-3-yl, tetrahydropyran-4-yl, tetrahydrofuran-2-ylmethyl,tetrahydrofuran-3-ylmethyl, phenyl-C₁₋₃-alkyl, pyridyl-C₁₋₃-alkyl,pyrazolyl-C₁₋₃-alkyl, thiazolyl-C₁₋₃-alkyl or imidazolyl-C₁₋₃-alkyl,while in the above-mentioned groups and radicals one or more C atomsindependently of one another may be mono- or polysubstituted by F,C₁₋₃-alkyl or hydroxy-C₁₋₃-alkyl, and/or one or two C atomsindependently of one another may be monosubstituted by Cl, Br, OH, CF₃or CN, and the above-mentioned cyclic groups may be mono- orpolysubstituted at one or more C atoms by identical or differentradicals R²⁰, in the case of a phenyl group may also additionally bemonosubstituted by nitro, and/or one or more NH groups may besubstituted by R²¹. Preferred substituents of the above-mentioned phenylor pyridyl groups are selected from the group F, Cl, Br, I, cyano,C₁₋₄-alkyl, C₁₋₄-alkoxy, difluoromethyl, trifluoromethyl, hydroxy,amino, C₁₋₃-alkylamino, di-(C₁₋₃-alkyl)-amino, acetylamino,aminocarbonyl, difluoromethoxy, trifluoromethoxy, amino-C₁₋₃-alkyl,C₁₋₃-alkylamino-C₁₋₃-alkyl and di-(C₁₋₃-alkyl)-amino-C₁₋₃-alkyl, while aphenyl group may also be monosubstituted by nitro.

Particularly preferred definitions of the groups R¹ and/or R² areselected from the group consisting of H, C₁₋₄-alkyl, hydroxy-C₁₋₄-alkyl,C₃₋₅-alkenyl, C₃₋₅-alkynyl, C₃₋₇-cycloalkyl, hydroxy-C₃₋₇-cycloalkyl,dihydroxy-C₃₋₆-alkyl, C₃₋₇-cycloalkyl-C₁₋₃-alkyl, tetrahydropyran-3-yl,tetrahydropyran-4-yl, tetrahydrofuran-2-ylmethyl, tetrahydrofuran-3-ylmethyl, (hydroxy-C₃₋₇-cycloalkyl)-C₁₋₃-alkyl, C₁₋₄-alkoxy-C₂₋₃-alkyl,hydroxy-C₁₋₄-alkoxy-C₂₋₃-alkyl, C₁₋₄-alkoxy-C₁₋₄-alkoxy-C₂₋₃-alkyl,di-(C₁₋₃-alkyl)amino-C₂₋₃-alkyl, pyrrolidin-N-yl-C₂₋₃-alkyl,piperidin-N-yl-C₂₋₃-alkyl, pyridylmethyl, pyrazolylmethyl,thiazolylmethyl and imidazolylmethyl, while an alkyl, cycloalkyl orcycloalkyl-alkyl group may additionally be mono- or disubstituted byhydroxy and/or hydroxy-C₁₋₃-alkyl, and/or mono- or polysubstituted by For C₁₋₃-alkyl and/or monosubstituted by CF₃, Br, Cl or CN.

Most particularly preferred groups R¹ and/or R² are selected from thegroup consisting of H, methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, i-propyl, prop-2-enyl,but-2-enyl, prop-2-ynyl, but-2-ynyl, 2-methoxyethyl, cyclopropyl,cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, cyclopropylmethyl, cyclopentylmethyl,hydroxy-C₃₋₇-cycloalkyl, (hydroxy-C₁₋₃-alkyl)-hydroxy-C₃₋₇-cycloalkyl,dihydroxy-C₃₋₅-alkyl, 2-hydroxy-1-(hydroxymethyl)-ethyl,1,1-di(hydroxymethyl)-ethyl, (1-hydroxy-C₃₋₆-cycloalkyl)-methyl,tetrahydropyran-3-yl, tetrahydropyran-4-yl, tetrahydrofuran-2-ylmethyl,tetrahydrofuran-3-ylmethyl, 2-hydroxyethyl, 3-hydroxypropyl,2-hydroxy-2-methyl-propyl, di-(C₁₋₃-alkyl)aminoethyl,pyrrolidin-N-yl-ethyl and piperidin-N-ylethyl, while the above-mentionedgroups may be mono- or polysubstituted by F and/or C₁₋₃-alkyl.

Examples of most particularly preferred groups R¹ and/or R² aretherefore H, methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, i-propyl, prop-2-enyl,prop-2-ynyl, 2-methoxyethyl, cyclopropyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl,cyclopropylmethyl, cyclopentylmethyl, hydroxy-cyclopentyl,hydroxy-cyclohexyl, (hydroxymethyl)-hydroxy-cyclopentyl,(hydroxymethyl)-hydroxy-cyclohexyl, 2,3-dihydroxypropyl,(1-hydroxy-cyclopropyl)-methyl, tetrahydropyran-3-yl,tetrahydropyran-4-yl, tetrahydrofuran-2-ylmethyl,tetrahydrofuran-3-ylmethyl, 2-hydroxyethyl, 3-hydroxypropyl and2-hydroxy-2-methyl-propyl.

Particularly preferably, at least one of the groups R¹, R² has a meaningother than H.

In case the group R² denotes a C₁₋₃-alkylen bridge which is linked tothe group Y, preferably the definition of R¹ is in accordance with apreferred definition as described hereinbefore or R¹ denotes a groupselected from C₁₋₄-alkyl-CO—, C₁₋₄-alkyl-O—CO—, (C₁₋₄-alkyl)NH—CO— or(C₁₋₄-alkyl)₂N—CO— wherein alkyl-groups may be mono- or polyfluorinated.In case R² is linked to the group Y, then R² preferably denotes —CH₂— or—CH₂—CH₂—, wherein the alkylene bridge may be substituted with one ormore C₁₋₃-alkyl-groups. In case R² is linked to the group Y, then R¹preferably denotes H, C₁₋₄-alkyl or C₁₋₄-alkyl-carbonyl, wherein alkylmay be mono- or polyfluorinated, even more preferably H, methylcarbonylor C₁₋₃-alkyl which may be mono- or polyfluorinated. Preferred examplesof R¹ in this case are H, methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, i-propyl,trifluoromethyl, methylcarbonyl or trifluoromethylcarbonyl.

In case the groups R¹ and R² form an alkylene bridge, this is preferablya C₃₋₇-alkylene bridge or a C₃₋₇-alkylene bridge, wherein a —CH₂— groupnot adjacent to the N atom of the R¹R²N group is replaced by —CH═N—,—CH═CH—, —O—, —S—, —(SO₂)—, —CO—, —C(═N—OH)—, —C(═N—(C₁₋₄-alkyl))- or—NR¹³—,

while in the alkylene bridge defined hereinbefore one or more H atomsmay be replaced by identical or different groups R¹⁴, andthe alkylene bridge defined hereinbefore may be substituted with acarbo- or heterocyclic group cy in such a way that the bond between thealkylene bridge and the group Cy is made

-   -   via a single or double bond,    -   via a common C atom forming a spirocyclic ring system,    -   via two common adjacent C— and/or N atoms forming a fused        bicyclic ring system or    -   via three or more C— and/or N atoms forming a bridged ring        system.

Preferably also, R¹ and R² form an alkylene bridge such that R¹R²N—denotes a group which is selected from azetidine, pyrrolidine,piperidine, azepan, 2,5-dihydro-1H-pyrrole, 1,2,3,6-tetrahydro-pyridine,2,3,4,7-tetrahydro-1H-azepine, 2,3,6,7-tetrahydro-1H-azepine, piperazinein which the free imine function is substituted by R¹³, piperidin-4-onemorpholine thiomorpholine 4-C₁₋₄-alkoxy-imino-piperidin-1-yl and4-hydroxyimino-piperidin-1-yl; or

a group which is particularly preferably selected from azetidine,pyrrolidine, piperidine, piperazine in which the free imine function issubstituted by R¹³, and morpholine,while according to the general definition of R¹ and R² one or more Hatoms may be replaced by identical or different groups R¹⁴, and/or theabove-mentioned groups may be substituted by one or two identical ordifferent carbo- or heterocyclic groups Cy in a manner specifiedaccording to the general definition of R¹ and R², while the group Cy maybe mono- or polysubstituted by R²⁰.

Particularly preferred groups Cy are C₃₋₇-cycloalkyl,aza-C₄₋₇-cycloalkyl, particularly cyclo-C₃₋₆-alkyleneimino, as well as1-C₁₋₄-alkyl-aza-C₄₋₇-cycloalkyl, while the group Cy may be mono- orpolysubstituted by R²⁰.

The C₃₋₈-alkylene bridge formed by R¹ and R², wherein —CH₂— groups maybe replaced as specified, may be substituted, as described, by one ortwo identical or different carbo- or heterocyclic groups Cy, which maybe substituted as specified hereinbefore.

In the event that the alkylene bridge is linked to a group Cy through asingle bond, Cy is preferably selected from the group consisting ofC₃₋₇-cycloalkyl, cyclo-C₃₋₆-alkylene-imino, imidazol, triazol, thienyland phenyl.

In the event that the alkylene bridge is linked to a group Cy via acommon C atom forming a spirocyclic ring system, Cy is preferablyselected from the group consisting of C₃₋₇-cycloalkyl,aza-C₄₋₈-cycloalkyl, oxa-C₄₋₈-cycloalkyl,2,3-dihydro-1H-quinazolin-4-one.

In the event that the alkylene bridge is linked to a group Cy via twocommon adjacent C and/or N atoms forming a fused bicyclic ring system,Cy is preferably selected from the group consisting of C₄₋₇-cycloalkyl,phenyl, thienyl.

In the event that the alkylene bridge is linked to a group Cy via threeor more C and/or N atoms forming a bridged ring system, Cy preferablydenotes C₄₋₈-cycloalkyl or aza-C₄₋₈-cycloalkyl.

In the event that the heterocyclic group R¹R²N— is substituted by agroup Cy, the group Cy is preferably linked to the group R¹R²N— througha single bond, while Cy is preferably selected from the group consistingof C₃₋₇-cycloalkyl, cyclo-C₃₋₆-alkyleneimino, imidazol and triazol,while these groups may be substituted as specified, preferably byfluorine, C₁₋₃-alkyl, hydroxy-C₁₋₃-alkyl and hydroxy.

Particularly preferably the group

is defined according to one of the following partial formulae

wherein one or more H atoms of the heterocycle formed by the groupR¹R²N— may be replaced by identical or different groups R¹⁴, andthe heterocycle formed by the group R¹R²N— may be substituted by one ortwo, preferably one group Cy, particularly preferably by aC₃₋₇-cycloalkyl group, while the cycloalkyl group may be mono- orpolysubstituted by R²⁰, andthe ring attached to the heterocycle formed by the group R¹R²N— may bemono- or polysubstituted at one or more C atoms by R²⁰, or in the caseof a phenyl ring may also additionally be monosubstituted by nitro andwherein R¹³, R¹⁴, R²⁰, R²¹ have the meanings given hereinbefore andhereinafter.

If the heterocycle formed by the group R¹R²N— is substituted asspecified by one or two cycloalkyl groups mono- or polysubstituted byR²⁰, the substituents R²⁰ independently of one another preferably denoteC₁₋₄-alkyl, C₁₋₄-alkoxy-C₁₋₃-alkyl, hydroxy-C₁₋₃-alkyl, hydroxy,fluorine, chlorine, bromine or CF₃, particularly hydroxy.

Most particularly preferably the group

is defined according to one of the following partial formulae

where R¹³ has the meanings given above and hereinafter, andthe heterocycle formed by the group R¹R²N— may be substituted by a groupCy, preferably by C₃₋₆-cycloalkyl, hydroxy-C₃₋₆-cycloalkyl or(hydroxy-C₃₋₆-cycloalkyl)-C₁₋₃-alkyl, andthe heterocycle formed by the group R¹R²N— may be mono-, di- ortrisubstituted by identical or different groups R¹⁴.

The following partial formulae are most particularly preferreddefinitions of the heterocyclic group

specified above:

wherein the groups mentioned are not further substituted, orwherein methyl or ethyl groups may be mono-, di- or trisubstituted byfluorine, and wherein one or more H atoms of the heterocycle formed bythe group R¹R²N— which are bound to carbon may be substitutedindependently of one another by fluorine, chlorine, CN, CF₃, C₁₋₃-alkyl,hydroxy-C₁₋₃-alkyl, particularly C₁₋₃-alkyl or CF₃, preferably methyl,ethyl, CF₃.

From the above listed preferred partial formulae the followingdefinitions of the heterocyclic group

are particularly preferred:

wherein the groups mentioned are not further substituted, orwherein methyl or ethyl groups may be mono-, di- or trisubstituted byfluorine, and wherein one or more H atoms of the heterocycle formed bythe group R¹R²N— which are bound to carbon may be substitutedindependently of one another by fluorine, chlorine, CN, CF₃, C₁₋₃-alkyl,hydroxy-C₁₋₃-alkyl, particularly C₁₋₃-alkyl or CF₃, preferably methyl,ethyl, CF₃.

Among the above-mentioned preferred and particularly preferred meaningsof R¹R²N, the following definitions of the substituent R¹⁴ arepreferred:

-   -   F, Cl, Br, cyano,    -   C₁₋₄-alkyl, C₂₋₄-alkenyl, C₂₋₄-alkynyl, C₃₋₇-cycloalkyl,        C₃₋₇-cycloalkyl-C₁₋₃-alkyl,    -   hydroxy, hydroxy-C₁₋₃-alkyl, C₁₋₄-alkoxy,        ω-(C₁₋₄-alkoxy)-C₁₋₃-alkyl,    -   C₁₋₄-alkyl-carbonyl, carboxy, C₁₋₄-alkoxycarbonyl,        hydroxy-carbonyl-C₁₋₃-alkyl, C₁₋₄-alkoxycarbonyl-C₁₋₃-alkyl,    -   formylamino, N-formyl-N(C₁₋₄-alkyl)-amino,        formylamino-C₁₋₃-alkyl, formyl-N(C₁₋₄-alkyl)amino-C₁₋₃-alkyl,        C₁₋₄-alkyl-carbonylamino,        C₁₋₄-alkyl-carbonyl-N—(C₁₋₄-alkyl)-amino,        C₁₋₄-alkyl-carbonylamino-C₁₋₃-alkyl,        C₁₋₄-alkyl-carbonyl-N—(C₁₋₄-alkyl)-amino-C₁₋₃-alkyl,    -   C₁₋₄-alkoxy-carbonylamino, C₁₋₄-alkoxy-carbonylamino-C₁₋₃-alkyl,    -   amino, C₁₋₄-alkyl-amino, C₃₋₇-cycloalkyl-amino,        C₃₋₇-cycloalkyl-N—(C₁₋₄-alkyl)-amino, di-(C₁₋₄-alkyl)-amino,        cyclo-C₃₋₆-alkyleneimino, amino-C₁₋₃-alkyl,        C₁₋₄-alkyl-amino-C₁₋₃-alkyl, C₃₋₇-cycloalkyl-amino-C₁₋₃-alkyl,        C₃₋₇-cycloalkyl-N—(C₁₋₄-alkyl)-amino-C₁₋₃-alkyl,        di-(C₁₋₄-alkyl)amino-C₁₋₃-alkyl,        cyclo-C₃₋₆-alkyleneimino-C₁₋₃-alkyl,    -   aminocarbonyl, C₁₋₄-alkyl-amino-carbonyl,        C₃₋₇-cycloalkyl-amino-carbonyl,        C₃₋₇-cycloalkyl-N—(C₁₋₄-alkyl)-amino-carbonyl,        di-(C₁₋₄-alkyl)-amino-carbonyl, (aza-C₄₋₆-cycloalkyl)-carbonyl,        aminocarbonyl-C₁₋₃-alkyl, C₁₋₄-alkyl-amino-carbonyl-C₁₋₃-alkyl,        C₃₋₇-cycloalkyl-aminocarbonyl-C₁₋₃-alkyl,        C₃₋₇-cycloalkyl-N—(C₁₋₄-alkyl)-amino-carbonyl-C₁₋₃-alkyl,        di-(C₁₋₄-alkyl)amino-carbonyl-C₁₋₃-alkyl,        (aza-C₄₋₆-cycloalkyl)-carbonyl-C₁₋₃-alkyl,    -   C₁₋₄-alkyl-amino-carbonyl-amino-,        di-(C₁₋₄-alkyl)-amino-carbonyl-amino-.

Particularly preferred meanings of the substituent R¹⁴ are selectedfrom:

-   -   F, Cl, Br, cyano,    -   C₁₋₄-alkyl,    -   hydroxy, hydroxy-C₁₋₃-alkyl, C₁₋₄-alkoxy,        ω-(C₁₋₄-alkoxy)-C₁₋₃-alkyl,    -   formylamino, formyl-N(C₁₋₄-alkyl)-amino,        C₁₋₄-alkyl-carbonylamino,        C₁₋₄-alkyl-carbonyl-N—(C₁₋₄-alkyl)-amino,        C₁₋₄-alkyl-carbonylamino-C₁₋₃-alkyl,        C₁₋₄-alkyl-carbonyl-N—(C₁₋₄-alkyl)-aminoC₁₋₃-alkyl,    -   di-(C₁₋₄-alkyl)-amino, amino-C₁₋₃-alkyl,        C₁₋₄-alkyl-amino-C₁₋₃-alkyl, C₃₋₇-cycloalkyl-aminoC₁₋₃-alkyl,        C₃₋₇-cycloalkyl-N—(C₁₋₄-alkyl)-amino-C₁₋₃-alkyl,        di-(C₁₋₄-alkyl)-amino-C₁₋₃-alkyl,        cyclo-C₃₋₆-alkyleneimino-C₁₋₃-alkyl,    -   aminocarbonyl, C₁₋₄-alkyl-amino-carbonyl,        di-(C₁₋₄-alkyl)-amino-carbonyl, (aza-C₄₋₆-cycloalkyl)-carbonyl,        di-(C₁₋₄-alkyl)-amino-carbonyl-C₁₋₃-alkyl,        (aza-C₄₋₆-cycloalkyl)-carbonylC₁₋₃-alkyl.

Most particularly preferred meanings of the substituent R¹⁴ areC₁₋₃-alkyl, hydroxy-C₁₋₃-alkyl, methoxymethyl, hydroxy, aminocarbonyl,di(C₁₋₃-alkyl)amino, formylamino, formyl-N(C₁₋₃-alkyl)amino,C₁₋₃-alkylcarbonylamino, C₁₋₃-alkyl-carbonyl-N—(C₁₋₃-alkyl)-amino,C₁₋₃-alkylcarbonylamino-methyl,C₁₋₃-alkyl-carbonyl-N—(C₁₋₃-alkyl)-amino-methyl,C₁₋₃-alkyl-aminocarbonyl, di-(C₁₋₃-alkyl)-amino-carbonyl,C₁₋₃-alkyl-amino-carbonyl-methyl, di-(C₁₋₃-alkyl)-aminocarbonyl-methyl.

In the above-mentioned preferred meanings of R¹⁴ in each case one ormore C atoms may additionally be mono- or polysubstituted by F and/or ineach case one or two C atoms may independently of one anotheradditionally be monosubstituted by Cl or Br. Thus, preferred meanings ofR¹⁴ also include, for example, —CF₃, —OCF₃, CF₃—CO— and CF₃—CHOH—.

Examples of most preferred meanings of R¹⁴ are hydroxy, methyl, ethyl,CF₃, hydroxymethyl, 2-hydroxyethyl, dimethylamino, formylamino,methylaminocarbonyl, methylaminocarbonylmethyl, dimethylaminocarbonyl,dimethylaminocarbonylmethyl, methylcarbonylamino,methylcarbonylaminomethyl, ethylcarbonylamino, ethylcarbonylaminomethyl,methylcarbonyl-N-(methyl)-amino, methylcarbonyl-N-(methyl)-aminomethyl,ethylcarbonyl-N-(methyl)-amino, ethylcarbonyl-N-(methyl)-aminomethyl.

Preferably the group X denotes —CH₂—, —CH₂—CH₂— or —CH₂—CH₂—CH₂—; mostpreferably —CH₂—. The group X may be mono- or disubstituted withC₁₋₃-alkyl, in particular with methyl. Therefore most preferred meaningof X are —CH₂— and —CH(CH₃)—.

In case the substituent R² denotes an alkylene bridge which is linked tothe group Y, then the group X preferably denotes —CH₂— or —CH₂—CH₂—.

The group Y is preferably selected from the group consisting of phenyl,pyridyl, pyridazinyl, pyrimidinyl, pyrazinyl, furyl, thiophenyl andthiazolyl all of which may be mono- or polysubstituted by identical ordifferent substituents R²⁰.

More preferably the group Y denotes a phenyl, pyridyl, thiophenyl,pyridazinyl, pyrimidinyl, pyrazinyl or thiazolyl group which may bemono- or polysubstituted by identical or different substituents R²⁰.

Even more preferably the group Y denotes phenyl, thiophenyl, pyridyl orpyridazinyl, which may be mono- or polysubstituted, in particular mono-or disubstituted by identical or different substituents R²⁰.

Most preferably the group Y denotes a group characterized by asubformula selected from

which may be mono- or disubstituted by identical or differentsubstituents R²⁰.

According to an alternative embodiment according to the presentinvention the substituent R² denotes an alkylene bridge which is linkedto the group Y, wherein the group X preferably denotes —CH₂— or—CH₂—CH₂— and the group R² preferably denotes —CH₂— or —CH₂—CH₂—. Apreferred meaning of the group Y is phenyl, pyridyl or thiophenyl.

In this case the subformula

is preferably selected from the group consisting of

wherein R¹ is defined as hereinbefore, L1 is defined as R²⁰ and k1denotes 0, 1 or 2. Preferably R¹ denotes H, C₁₋₄-alkyl orC₁₋₄-alkyl-carbonyl, wherein alkyl may be mono- or polyfluorinated. Mostpreferably R¹ denotes H, methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, i-propyl,trifluoromethyl, methylcarbonyl or trifluoromethylcarbonyl. Preferablyk1 denotes 0 or 1.

Preferred substituents R²⁰ of the group Y are selected from halogen,C₁₋₃-alkyl, C₁₋₃-alkoxy, hydroxy and CF₃; in particular fluorine,chlorine, bromine or methyl.

The group Z preferably denotes a group selected from —CH₂—CH₂—,—C(═O)—CH₂—, —C(═CH₂)—CH₂—, —CH(CH₃)—CH₂— and —C(OH)H—CH₂—. Even morepreferably the group Z denotes —CH₂—CH₂—, —C(═O)—CH₂— or —C(═CH₂)—CH₂—.The group Z may be mono- or polyfluorinated. Examples of most preferredgroups Z are —CH₂—CH₂—, —CFH—CH₂— and —C(═O)—CH₂—, in particular—C(═O)—CH₂—.

Compounds according to the invention, in particular wherein Z is—C(═O)—CH₂—, possess advantageous pharmacokinetic properties, e.g.metabolic stability in liver microsomes and/or plasma levels.

The groups U, V both denote CH; or one of the groups U, V denotes N andthe other of U, V denotes CH.

Therefore, the group

is preferably selected from the groups

The substituent L is preferably selected from fluorine, chlorine,bromine, methyl, ethyl and trifluoromethyl.

The index k preferably denotes 0 or 1; most preferably 0.

The group W is preferably selected from the group consisting of —CH₂—O—,—O—CH₂— and —NR^(N)—CH₂—. Most preferably the group W denotes —O—CH₂—.

The groups R^(N) independently of each other preferably denotes H,methyl, ethyl or formyl; most preferably H or methyl.

In case the group W denotes —NR^(N)—CH₂— the group R^(N) may denote a—CH₂— or —CH₂—CH₂— bridge being linked to the cyclic group B. Accordingto this embodiment the subformula —W—B preferably denotes

wherein

-   G denotes CH or N, wherein CH may be substituted with L2; and-   L2 are independently of one another selected from the meanings of    R²⁰ as defined hereinafter, in particular of the meanings of R²⁰ as    a substituent of the group B as defined hereinafter; and-   k2 denotes 0, 1 or 2.

The group B is preferably selected from the group consisting of phenyland 5- to 6-membered unsaturated or aromatic heterocyclic groups whichcontain 1 to 4 heteroatoms selected from N, O and S wherein the phenylor heterocyclic group may be mono- or polysubstituted by identical ordifferent substituents R²⁰.

More preferably the group B is selected from the group consisting ofphenyl, pyridyl, pyridazinyl, pyrazinyl, pyrimidinyl, pyrrolyl,pyrazolyl, imidazolyl, triazolyl, tetrazolyl, furyl, thiophenyl andthiazolyl; in particular selected from phenyl, pyridyl, furyl andthiophenyl; even more preferably phenyl and pyridyl; wherein said groupB may be mono- or polysubstituted, preferably mono- or disubstituted byidentical or different substituents R²⁰.

Most preferably the group B denotes a group characterized by asubformula selected from

which may be mono- or polysubstituted, particularly mono- ordisubstituted by identical or different substituents R²⁰.

According to the above listed definitions for the group B the followingselected are particularly preferred:

which may be mono- or polysubstituted, particularly mono- ordisubstituted by identical or different substituents R²⁰.

Alternatively the following listed definitions for the group B areparticularly preferred:

which may be mono- or polysubstituted, particularly mono- ordisubstituted by identical or different substituents R²⁰.

In case the group B is a 6-membered ring, in particular a phenyl orpyridyl group, it is preferably unsubstituted or mono- or disubstitutedby identical or different groups R²⁰, wherein the preferred position ofa substituent is para with respect to the group W.

Preferred substituents R²⁰ of the group B are selected from halogen,hydroxy, nitro, C₁₋₃-alkyl, C₁₋₃-alkoxy, (C₁₋₃-alkyl)-carbonyl-,di-(C₁₋₃-alkyl)amino, aminocarbonyl, (C₁₋₃-alkyl)carbonylamino and(C₁₋₃-alkyl)-sulfonylamino, wherein in each case one or more C atoms mayadditionally be mono- or polysubstituted by F. Preferred examples offluorinated groups R²⁰ are CF₃ and —O—CF₃. Particularly preferredmeanings of R²⁰ are fluorine, chlorine, bromine, methyl and methoxy.

The following are preferred definitions of other substituents accordingto the invention:

Preferably the substituent R¹³ has one of the meanings given for R¹⁶ orformyl. Particularly preferably R¹³ denotes H, C₁₋₄-alkyl,C₃₋₇-cycloalkyl, C₃₋₇-cycloalkyl-C₁₋₃-alkyl, ω-hydroxy-C₂₋₃-alkyl,ω-(C₁₋₄-alkoxy)-C₂₋₃-alkyl, formyl or (C₁₋₄-alkyl)-carbonyl. Mostparticularly preferably R¹³ denotes H, C₁₋₄-alkyl, formyl,methylcarbonyl or ethylcarbonyl. The alkyl groups mentioned hereinbeforemay be monosubstituted by Cl or mono- or polysubstituted by F.

Preferred meanings of the substituent R¹⁵ are H, C₁₋₄-alkyl,C₃₋₇-cycloalkyl, C₃₋₇-cycloalkyl-C₁₋₃-alkyl, while, as definedhereinbefore, in each case one or more C atoms may additionally be mono-or polysubstituted by F and/or in each case one or two C atomsindependently of one another may additionally be monosubstituted by Clor Br. Particularly preferably R¹⁵ denotes H, CF₃, methyl, ethyl, propylor butyl.

The substituent R¹⁶ preferably denotes H, C₁₋₄-alkyl, C₃₋₇-cycloalkyl,C₃₋₇-cycloalkyl-C₁₋₃-alkyl, ω-hydroxy-C₂₋₃-alkyl orω-(C₁₋₄-alkoxy)-C₂₋₃-alkyl, while, as hereinbefore defined, in each caseone or more C atoms may additionally be mono- or polysubstituted by Fand/or in each case one or two C atoms independently of one another mayadditionally be monosubstituted by Cl or Br. More preferably R¹⁶ denotesH, CF₃, C₁₋₃-alkyl, C₃₋₆-cycloalkyl or C₃₋₆-cycloalkyl-C₁₋₃-alkyl; inparticular H, methyl, ethyl, n-propyl and i-propyl.

Preferably the substituent R¹⁷ has one of the meanings given for R¹⁶ asbeing preferred or denotes C₁₋₄-alkylcarbonyl. Particularly preferablyR¹⁷ denotes H, C₁₋₃-alkyl or C₁₋₃-alkyl-carbonyl.

Preferably one or both of the substituents R¹⁸ and R¹⁹ independently ofone another denotes hydrogen or C₁₋₄-alkyl, particularly hydrogen ormethyl.

In general the substituent R²⁰ preferably denotes halogen, hydroxy,cyano, nitro, C₁₋₄-alkyl, C₁₋₄-alkoxy, hydroxy-C₁₋₄-alkyl,(C₁₋₃-alkyl)-carbonyl-, di-(C₁₋₃-alkyl)amino, aminocarbonyl,(C₁₋₃-alkyl)carbonylamino, (C₁₋₃-alkyl)-sulfonylamino or R²²—C₁₋₃-alkyl,while, as hereinbefore defined, in each case one or more C atoms mayadditionally be mono- or polysubstituted by F and/or in each case one ortwo C atoms independently of one another may additionally bemonosubstituted by Cl or Br.

The substituent R²² preferably denotes C₁₋₄-alkoxy, C₁₋₄-alkylthio,carboxy, C₁₋₄-alkyl-carbonyl, C₁₋₄-alkoxycarbonyl, aminocarbonyl,C₁₋₄-alkylaminocarbonyl, di-(C₁₋₄-alkyl)-aminocarbonyl, amino,C₁₋₄-alkylamino, di-(C₁₋₄-alkyl)-amino, C₁₋₄-alkyl-carbonyl-amino,aminocarbonylamino or C₁₋₄-alkylaminocarbonyl-amino, while, ashereinbefore defined, in each case one or more C atoms may additionallybe mono- or polysubstituted by F and/or in each case one or two C atomsindependently of one another may additionally be monosubstituted by Clor Br. Most particularly preferred meanings for R²² are C₁₋₄-alkoxy,C₁₋₄-alkylcarbonyl, amino, C₁₋₄-alkylamino, di-(C₁₋₄-alkyl)-amino,wherein one or more H atoms may be replaced by fluorine.

Preferred definitions of the group R²¹ are C₁₋₄-alkyl,C₁₋₄-alkylcarbonyl, C₁₋₄-alkylsulphonyl, —SO₂—NH₂, —SO₂—NH—C₁₋₃-alkyl,—SO₂—N(C₁₋₃-alkyl)₂ and cyclo-C₃₋₆-alkyleneimino-sulphonyl, while, ashereinbefore defined, in each case one or more C atoms may additionallybe mono- or polysubstituted by F and/or in each case one or two C atomsindependently of one another may additionally be monosubstituted by Clor Br. Most particularly preferably R²¹ denotes C₁₋₄-alkyl or CF₃.

Cy preferably denotes a C₃₋₇-cycloalkyl, particularly a C₃₋₆-cycloalkylgroup, a C₅₋₇-cycloalkenyl group, pyrrolidinyl, piperidinyl,piperazinyl, morpholinyl, thiomorpholinyl, aryl or heteroaryl, and theabove-mentioned cyclic groups may be mono- or polysubstituted at one ormore C atoms by identical or different groups R²⁰, or in the case of aphenyl group may also additionally be monosubstituted by nitro, and/orone or more NH groups may be substituted by R²¹. Most particularlypreferred definitions of the group Cy are C₃₋₆-cycloalkyl, pyrrolidinyland piperidin-yl, which may be substituted as specified.

The term aryl preferably denotes phenyl or naphthyl, particularlyphenyl.

The term heteroaryl preferably comprises pyridyl, pyridazinyl,thiophenyl, thiazolyl or furyl.

Preferred compounds according to the invention are those wherein one ormore of the groups, radicals, substituents and/or indices have one ofthe meanings given hereinbefore as being preferred.

Preferred compounds according to the invention may be described by ageneral formula IIa to IIf, in particular by the formula IId, IIe andIIf:

wherein Q denotes O or CH₂; andwherein the —CH₂—CH₂— and —C(═O)—CH₂— bridge linked to the group Y andto the pyridinone, pyridazinone or pyrimidinone group may be mono- orpolysubstituted with substituents independently from each other selectedfrom C₁₋₃-alkyl; andwherein in the —CH₂—CH₂— bridge linked to the group Y and to thepyridinone, pyridazinone or pyrimidinone group the —C-atom linked to thegroup Y may be mono-substituted with hydroxy or fluorine; andwherein the groups k, L, R¹, R², X, Y, W and B are defined ashereinbefore and hereinafter; including the tautomers, thediastereomers, the enantiomers, the mixtures thereof and the saltsthereof.

Preferred compounds according to the invention may be described by thefollowing general formulae, even more preferably by the groups offormula selected from IIId to IIIL, IIIm to IIIo, IIIp to IIIx, IIIaa toIIIaf, IIIag to IIIaL, IIIba to IIIbc, IIIbd and IIIbf, IIIca to IIIcc,IIIcd and IIIcf:

wherein

-   D, E independently of each other denote CH or N, wherein CH may be    substituted with L1; and-   L1 are independently of one another selected from the meanings of    R²⁰ as defined hereinbefore, in particular of the meanings of R²⁰ as    a substituent of the group Y as defined hereinbefore; and-   k1 denotes 0, 1 or 2; and-   Q denotes O or CH₂; and    wherein the —CH₂—CH₂— and —C(═O)—CH₂— bridge linked to the group Y    being

phenyl, pyridinyl or thiophenyl and to the pyridinone, pyridazinone orpyrimidinone group may be mono- or polysubstituted with substituentsindependently from each other selected from C₁₋₃-alkyl; andwherein in the —CH₂—CH₂— bridge linked to the group Y being

phenyl, pyridinyl or thiophenyl and to the pyridinone, pyridazinone orpyrimidinone group the —C-atom linked to the group Y may bemono-substituted with hydroxy or fluorine; andwherein the groups k, L, R¹, R², X, W and B are defined as hereinbeforeand hereinafter; including the tautomers, the diastereomers, theenantiomers, the mixtures thereof and the salts thereof.

In the above formulae the group B preferably denotes phenyl, pyridyl,furyl or thiophenyl.

In the above formulae the group W preferably denotes —O—CH₂—.

Even more preferred compounds according to the invention may bedescribed by a general formula IVa to IVf, in particular IVd, IVe andIVf:

wherein

-   Q denotes O or CH₂; and-   D, E independently of each other denote CH or N, wherein CH may be    substituted with L1; and-   G denotes CH or N, wherein CH may be substituted with L2; and-   L1 are independently of one another selected from the meanings of    R²⁰ as defined hereinbefore, in particular of the meanings of R²⁰ as    a substituent of the group Y as defined hereinbefore; and-   k1 denotes 0, 1 or 2; and-   L2 are independently of one another selected from the meanings of    R²⁰ as defined hereinbefore, in particular of the meanings of R²⁰ as    a substituent of the group B as defined hereinbefore; and-   k2 denotes 0, 1 or 2; and    wherein the —CH₂—CH₂— and —C(═O)—CH₂— bridge linked to the group Y    being

and to the pyridinone, pyridazinone or pyrimidinone group may be mono-or polysubstituted with substituents independently from each otherselected from C₁₋₃-alkyl; andwherein in the —CH₂—CH₂— bridge linked to the group Y being

and to the pyridinone, pyridazinone or pyrimidinone group the —C-atomlinked to the group Y may be mono-substituted with hydroxy or fluorine;andwherein the groups k, L, R¹, R² and X are defined as hereinbefore andhereinafter; including the tautomers, the diastereomers, theenantiomers, the mixtures thereof and the salts thereof.

A group of most preferred compounds according to the invention may bedescribed by the following general formulas:

wherein

-   Q denotes O or CH₂; and-   D, E independently of each other denote CH or N, wherein CH may be    substituted with L1; and-   G denotes CH or N, wherein CH may be substituted with L2; and-   L1 are independently of one another selected from the meanings of    R²⁰ as defined hereinbefore, in particular of the meanings of R²⁰ as    a substituent of the group Y as defined hereinbefore; and-   k1 denotes 0, 1 or 2; and-   L2 are independently of one another selected from the meanings of    R²⁰ as defined hereinbefore, in particular of the meanings of R²⁰ as    a substituent of the group B as defined hereinbefore; and-   k2 denotes 0, 1 or 2; and    wherein the —CH₂—CH₂— and —C(═O)—CH₂— bridge linked to the group Y    being

or phenyl or pyridinyl and to the pyridinone, pyridazinone orpyrimidinone group may be mono- or polysubstituted with substituentsindependently from each other selected from C₁₋₃-alkyl; andwherein in the —CH₂—CH₂— bridge linked to the group Y being

or phenyl or pyridinyl and to the pyridinone, pyridazinone orpyrimidinone group the —C-atom linked to the group Y may bemono-substituted with hydroxy or fluorine; andwherein the groups k, L, R¹, R² are defined as hereinbefore andhereinafter; including the tautomers, the diastereomers, theenantiomers, the mixtures thereof and the salts thereof.

In the above formulae Va, Vb, Vc, Vm, Vn, Vo the group X being methylenmay be mono- or di-substituted by methyl.

In particular in the formulae IIa to IIf, IIIa to IIIx, IIIaa to IIIaL,IIIba to IIIbf, IIIca to IIIcf, IVa to IVf and Va to Vx, Vaa to Vaf thefollowing definitions are preferred:

-   R¹, R² independently of one another denote C₁₋₄-alkyl,    hydroxy-C₁₋₄-alkyl, C₃₋₅-alkenyl, C₃₋₅-alkynyl, C₃₋₇-cycloalkyl,    hydroxy-C₃₋₇-cycloalkyl, dihydroxy-C₃₋₆-alkyl,    C₃₋₇-cycloalkylC₁₋₃-alkyl, tetrahydropyran-3-yl,    tetrahydropyran-4-yl, tetrahydrofuran-2-ylmethyl,    tetrahydrofuran-3-ylmethyl, (hydroxy-C₃₋₇-cycloalkyl)-C₁₋₃-alkyl,    C₁₋₄-alkoxy-C₂₋₃-alkyl, hydroxy-C₁₋₄-alkoxy-C₂₋₃-alkyl,    C₁₋₄-alkoxy-C₁₋₄-alkoxy-C₂₋₃-alkyl, di-(C₁₋₃-alkyl)aminoC₂₋₃-alkyl,    pyrrolidin-N-yl-C₂₋₃-alkyl, piperidin-N-yl-C₂₋₃-alkyl,    pyridylmethyl, pyrazolylmethyl, thiazolylmethyl and    imidazolylmethyl, while an alkyl, alkoxy, cycloalkyl or    cycloalkyl-alkyl group may additionally be mono- or disubstituted by    hydroxy and/or hydroxy-C₁₋₃-alkyl, and/or mono- or polysubstituted    by F or C₁₋₃-alkyl and/or monosubstituted by CF₃, Br, Cl or CN; and    one or both, preferably one of the groups R¹ and R² may also    represent H; or-   R¹, R² are joined together and form together with the N atom to    which they are bound a heterocyclic group which is selected from    azetidine, pyrrolidine, piperidine, azepan, 2,5-dihydro-1H-pyrrole,    1,2,3,6-tetrahydro-pyridine, 2,3,4,7-tetrahydro-1H-azepine,    2,3,6,7-tetrahydro-1H-azepine, piperazine in which the free imine    function is substituted by R¹³ piperidin-4-one, morpholine,    thiomorpholine, 4-C₁₋₄-alkoxy-iminopiperidin-1-yl and    4-hydroxyimino-piperidin-1-yl;-    wherein one or more H atoms may be replaced by identical or    different groups R¹⁴ and-    the heterocyclic group defined hereinbefore may be substituted via    a single bond by a carbo- or heterocyclic group Cy, while Cy is    selected from the group comprising C₃₋₇-cycloalkyl,    cyclo-C₃₋₆-alkyleneimino, imidazol, triazol, while Cy may be mono-    or polysubstituted by identical or different groups R²⁰, where R²⁰    is as hereinbefore defined and is preferably selected from fluorine,    CF₃, C₁₋₃-alkyl, hydroxy-C₁₋₃-alkyl and hydroxy, and-   R¹⁴ is independently selected from    -   F, Cl, Br, cyano,    -   C₁₋₄-alkyl, C₂₋₄-alkenyl, C₂₋₄-alkynyl, C₃₋₇-cycloalkyl,        C₃₋₇-cycloalkyl-C₁₋₃-alkyl,    -   hydroxy, hydroxy-C₁₋₃-alkyl, C₁₋₄-alkoxy,        ω-(C₁₋₄-alkoxy)-C₁₋₃-alkyl,    -   C₁₋₄-alkyl-carbonyl,    -   formylamino, formyl-N(C₁₋₄-alkyl)-amino, formylamino-C₁₋₃-alkyl,        formyl-N(C₁₋₄-alkyl)-amino-C₁₋₃-alkyl, C₁₋₄-alkyl-carbonylamino,        C₁₋₄-alkyl-carbonyl-N—(C₁₋₄-alkyl)amino,        C₁₋₄-alkyl-carbonylamino-C₁₋₃-alkyl,        C₁₋₄-alkyl-carbonyl-N—(C₁₋₄-alkyl)-aminoC₁₋₃-alkyl,    -   C₁₋₄-alkoxy-carbonylamino, C₁₋₄-alkoxy-carbonylamino-C₁₋₃-alkyl,    -   amino, C₁₋₄-alkyl-amino, C₃₋₇-cycloalkyl-amino,        C₃₋₇-cycloalkyl-N—(C₁₋₄-alkyl)-amino, di-(C₁₋₄-alkyl)-amino,        cyclo-C₃₋₆-alkyleneimino, amino-C₁₋₃-alkyl,        C₁₋₄-alkyl-aminoC₁₋₃-alkyl, C₃₋₇-cycloalkyl-amino-C₁₋₃-alkyl,        C₃₋₇-cycloalkyl-N—(C₁₋₄-alkyl)-aminoC₁₋₃-alkyl,        di-(C₁₋₄-alkyl)-amino-C₁₋₃-alkyl,        cyclo-C₃₋₆-alkyleneimino-C₁₋₃-alkyl,    -   aminocarbonyl, C₁₋₄-alkyl-amino-carbonyl,        C₃₋₇-cycloalkyl-amino-carbonyl,        C₃₋₇-cycloalkyl-N—(C₁₋₄-alkyl)-amino-carbonyl,        di-(C₁₋₄-alkyl)-amino-carbonyl, (aza-C₄₋₆-cycloalkyl)-carbonyl,        aminocarbonyl-C₁₋₃-alkyl, C₁₋₄-alkyl-amino-carbonyl-C₁₋₃-alkyl,        C₃₋₇-cycloalkyl-amino-carbonyl-C₁₋₃-alkyl,        C₃₋₇-cycloalkyl-N—(C₁₋₄-alkyl)-aminocarbonyl-C₁₋₃-alkyl,        di-(C₁₋₄-alkyl)-amino-carbonyl-C₁₋₃-alkyl,        (aza-C₄₋₆-cycloalkyl)carbonyl-C₁₋₃-alkyl,    -   C₁₋₄-alkyl-amino-carbonyl-amino-,        di-(C₁₋₄-alkyl)-amino-carbonyl-amino-;-    while in the above-mentioned meanings in each case one or more C    atoms may additionally be mono- or polysubstituted by F and/or in    each case one or two C atoms independently of one another may    additionally be monosubstituted by Cl or Br; and-   B denotes a group Cy, which is selected from the group consisting of    phenyl, pyridyl, pyridazinyl, pyrazinyl, pyrimidinyl, pyrrolyl,    pyrazolyl, imidazolyl, triazolyl, tetrazolyl, furyl, thiophenyl and    thiazolyl; in particular selected from phenyl, pyridyl, furyl and    thiophenyl, wherein the group B may be mono- or polysubstituted,    preferably mono- or disubstituted by identical or different    substituents R²⁰; and-   W denotes —CH₂—O—, —O—CH₂— and —NR^(N)—CH₂—; most preferably    —O—CH₂—; and-   R²⁰ independently of one another denote halogen, hydroxy, nitro,    C₁₋₃-alkyl, C₁₋₃-alkoxy, (C₁₋₃-alkyl)-carbonyl-,    di-(C₁₋₃-alkyl)amino, aminocarbonyl and (C₁₋₃-alkyl)carbonylamino,    wherein in each case one or more C atoms may additionally be mono-    or polysubstituted by F; and-   R^(N) independently of each other denotes H, C₁₋₃-alkyl or formyl;    more preferably H or methyl; and-   L fluorine, chlorine, bromine, methyl, ethyl and trifluoromethyl;-   k is 0 or 1; and-   L1 halogen, C₁₋₃-alkyl, C₁₋₃-alkoxy, hydroxy and CF₃; and-   k1 is 0 or 1; and-   L2 independently of each other halogen, hydroxy, nitro, C₁₋₃-alkyl,    C₁₋₃-alkoxy, (C₁₋₃-alkyl)-carbonyl-, di-(C₁₋₃-alkyl)amino,    aminocarbonyl and (C₁₋₃-alkyl)-carbonylamino, wherein in each case    one or more C atoms may additionally be mono- or polysubstituted by    F; and-   k2 is 0, 1 or 2.

In addition a particularly preferred subset of compounds according tothe invention is selected from one or more of the general formulas Vd toVL, Vm to Vx, Vaa to Vac and Vad to Vaf, in particular Vd, Vg, Vh, Vj,Vm, Vn, Vo, Vp, Vs, Vt, VU and VV as described above.

The compounds listed in the experimental section, including thetautomers, the diastereomers, the enantiomers, the mixtures thereof andthe salts thereof, are preferred according to the invention.

Some expressions used hereinbefore and below to describe the compoundsaccording to the invention will now be defined more fully.

The term halogen denotes an atom selected from among F, Cl, Br and I,particularly F, Cl and Br.

The term C_(1-n)-alkyl, where n has a value of 3 to 8, denotes asaturated, branched or unbranched hydrocarbon group with 1 to n C atoms.Examples of such groups include methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, iso-propyl,butyl, iso-butyl, sec-butyl, tert-butyl, n-pentyl, iso-pentyl,neo-pentyl, tert-pentyl, n-hexyl, iso-hexyl, etc.

The term C_(1-n)-alkylene, where n may have a value of 1 to 8, denotes asaturated, branched or unbranched hydrocarbon bridge with 1 to n Catoms. Examples of such groups include methylene (—CH₂—), ethylene(—CH₂—CH₂—), 1-methyl-ethylene (—CH(CH₃)—CH₂—), 1,1-dimethylethylene(—C(CH₃)₂—CH₂—), n-prop-1,3-ylene (—CH₂—CH₂—CH₂—),1-methylprop-1,3-ylene (—CH(CH₃)—CH₂—CH₂—), 2-methylprop-1,3-ylene(—CH₂—CH(CH₃)—CH₂—), etc., as well as the correspondingmirror-symmetrical forms.

The term C_(2-n)-alkenyl, where n has a value of 3 to 6, denotes abranched or unbranched hydrocarbon group with 2 to n C atoms and atleast one C═C-double bond. Examples of such groups include vinyl,1-propenyl, 2-propenyl, iso-propenyl, 1-butenyl, 2-butenyl, 3-butenyl,2-methyl-1-propenyl, 1-pentenyl, 2-pentenyl, 3-pentenyl, 4-pentenyl,3-methyl-2-butenyl, 1-hexenyl, 2-hexenyl, 3-hexenyl, 4-hexenyl,5-hexenyl etc.

The term C_(2-n)-alkynyl, where n has a value of 3 to 6, denotes abranched or unbranched hydrocarbon group with 2 to n C atoms and a C≡Ctriple bond. Examples of such groups include ethynyl, 1-propynyl,2-propynyl, iso-propynyl, 1-butynyl, 2-butynyl, 3-butynyl,2-methyl-1-propynyl, 1-pentynyl, 2-pentynyl, 3-pentynyl, 4-pentynyl,3-methyl-2-butynyl, 1-hexynyl, 2-hexynyl, 3-hexynyl, 4-hexynyl,5-hexynyl etc.

The term C_(1-n)-alkoxy denotes a C_(1-n)-alkyl-O— group, whereinC_(1-n)-alkyl is defined as above. Examples of such groups includemethoxy, ethoxy, n-propoxy, iso-propoxy, n-butoxy, isobutoxy,sec-butoxy, tert-butoxy, n-pentoxy, iso-pentoxy, neo-pentoxy,tert-pentoxy, n-hexoxy, iso-hexoxy etc.

The term C_(1-n)-alkylthio denotes a C_(1-n)-alkyl-S— group, whereinC_(1-n)-alkyl is defined as above. Examples of such groups includemethylthio, ethylthio, n-propylthio, iso-propylthio, n-butylthio,iso-butylthio, sec-butylthio, tert-butylthio, n-pentylthio,iso-pentylthio, neo-pentylthio, tertpentylthio, n-hexylthio,iso-hexylthio, etc.

The term C_(1-n)-alkylcarbonyl denotes a C_(1-n)-alkyl —C(═O)— group,wherein C_(1-n)-alkyl is defined as above. Examples of such groupsinclude methylcarbonyl, ethylcarbonyl, n-propylcarbonyl,iso-propylcarbonyl, n-butylcarbonyl, iso-butylcarbonyl,sec-butylcarbonyl, tert-butylcarbonyl, npentylcarbonyl,iso-pentylcarbonyl, neo-pentylcarbonyl, tert-pentylcarbonyl,n-hexylcarbonyl, iso-hexylcarbonyl, etc.

The term C_(3-n)-cycloalkyl denotes a saturated mono-, bi-, tri- orspirocarbocyclic, preferably monocarbocyclic group with 3 to n C atoms.Examples of such groups include cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl,cyclohexyl, cycloheptyl, cyclooctyl, cyclononyl, cyclododecyl,bicyclo[3,2,1]octyl, spiro[4,5]decyl, norpinyl, norbonyl, norcaryl,adamantyl, etc.

The term C_(5-n)-cycloalkenyl denotes a monounsaturated mono-, bi-, tri-or spirocarbocyclic, preferably monocarboxylic group with 5 to n Catoms. Examples of such groups include cyclopentenyl, cyclohexenyl,cycloheptenyl, cyclooctenyl, cyclononenyl, etc.

The term C_(3-n)-cycloalkylcarbonyl denotes a C_(3-n)-cycloalkyl-C(═O)group, wherein C_(3-n)-cycloalkyl is as hereinbefore defined.

The term aryl denotes a carbocyclic, aromatic ring system, such as forexample phenyl, biphenyl, naphthyl, anthracenyl, phenanthrenyl,fluorenyl, indenyl, pentalenyl, azulenyl, biphenylenyl, etc. Aparticularly preferred meaning of “aryl” is phenyl.

The term cyclo-C₃₋₆-alkyleneimino denotes a 4- to 7-membered ring whichcomprises 3 to 6 methylene units as well as an imino group, while thebond to the residue of the molecule is made via the imino group.

The term cyclo-C₃₋₆-alkyleneimino-carbonyl denotes acyclo-C₃₋₆-alkyleneimino ring as hereinbefore defined which is linked toa carbonyl group via the imino group.

The term heteroaryl used in this application denotes a heterocyclic,aromatic ring system which comprises in addition to at least one C atomone or more heteroatoms selected from N, O and/or S. Examples of suchgroups are furanyl, thiophenyl, pyrrolyl, oxazolyl, thiazolyl,imidazolyl, isoxazolyl, isothiazolyl, 1,2,3-triazolyl, 1,3,5-triazolyl,pyranyl, pyridyl, pyridazinyl, pyrimidinyl, pyrazinyl, 1,2,3-triazinyl,1,2,4-triazinyl, 1,3,5-triazinyl, 1,2,3-oxadiazolyl, 1,2,4-oxadiazolyl,1,2,5-oxadiazolyl, 1,3,4-oxadiazolyl, 1,2,3-thiadiazolyl,1,2,4-thiadiazolyl, 1,2,5-thiadiazolyl, 1,3,4-thiadiazolyl, tetrazolyl,thiadiazinyl, indolyl, isoindolyl, benzofuranyl, benzothiophenyl(thianaphthenyl), indazolyl, benzimidazolyl, benzthiazolyl,benzisothiazolyl, benzoxazolyl, benzisoxazolyl, purinyl, quinazolinyl,quinozilinyl, quinolinyl, isoquinolinyl, quinoxalinyl, naphthyridinyl,pteridinyl, carbazolyl, azepinyl, diazepinyl, acridinyl, etc. The termheteroaryl also comprises the partially hydrogenated heterocyclic,aromatic ring systems, particularly those listed above. Examples of suchpartially hydrogenated ring systems are 2,3-dihydrobenzofuranyl,pyrrolinyl, pyrazolinyl, indolinyl, oxazolidinyl, oxazolinyl,oxazepinyl, etc. Particularly preferably heteroaryl denotes aheteroaromatic mono- or bicyclic ring system.

Terms such as C₃₋₇-cycloalkyl-C_(1-n)-alkyl, heteroaryl-C_(1-n)-alkyl,etc. refer to C_(1-n)-alkyl, as defined above, which is substituted witha C₃₋₇-cycloalkyl, aryl or heteroaryl group.

Many of the terms given above may be used repeatedly in the definitionof a formula or group and in each case have one of the meanings givenabove, independently of one another. Thus, for example, in the groupdi-C₁₋₄-alkyl-amino, the two alkyl groups may have the same or differentmeanings.

The term “unsaturated”, for example in “unsaturated carbocyclic group”or “unsaturated heterocyclic group”, as used particularly in thedefinition of the group Cy, comprises in addition to the mono- orpolyunsaturated groups, the corresponding, totally unsaturated groups,but particularly the mono- and diunsaturated groups.

The term “optionally substituted” used in this application indicatesthat the group thus designated is either unsubstituted or mono- orpolysubstituted by the substituents specified. If the group in questionis polysubstituted, the substituents may be identical or different.

The style used hereinbefore and hereinafter, according to which in acyclic group a bond of a substituent is shown towards the centre of thiscyclic group, indicates unless otherwise stated that this substituentmay be bound to any free position of the cyclic group carrying an Hatom.

Thus in the example

the substituent L1 where k1=1 may be bound to any of the free positionsof the phenyl ring; where k1=2 selected substituents L1 mayindependently of one another be bound to different free positions of thephenyl ring.

The following signs

and →* are used interchangeably in subformulas to indicate the bond, orin the case of a spirocyclic group the atom, which is bonded to the restof the molecule as defined.

The H atom of any carboxy group present or an H atom bound to an N atom(imino or amino group) may in each case be replaced by a group which canbe cleaved in vivo. By a group which can be cleaved in vivo from an Natom is meant, for example, a hydroxy group, an acyl group such as thebenzoyl or pyridinoyl group or a C₁₋₁₆-alkanoyl group such as theformyl, acetyl, propionyl, butanoyl, pentanoyl or hexanoyl group, anallyloxycarbonyl group, a C₁₋₁₆-alkoxycarbonyl group such as themethoxycarbonyl, ethoxycarbonyl, propoxycarbonyl, isopropoxycarbonyl,butoxycarbonyl, tert.butoxycarbonyl, pentoxycarbonyl, hexyloxycarbonyl,octyloxycarbonyl, nonyloxycarbonyl, decyloxycarbonyl,undecyloxycarbonyl, dodecyloxycarbonyl or hexadecyloxycarbonyl group, aphenyl-C₁₋₆-alkoxycarbonyl group such as the benzyloxycarbonyl,phenylethoxycarbonyl or phenylpropoxycarbonyl group, aC₁₋₃-alkylsulphonyl-C₂₋₄-alkoxycarbonyl,C₁₋₃-alkoxy-C₂₋₄-alkoxy-C₂₋₄-alkoxycarbonyl orR_(e)CO—O—(R_(f)CR_(g))—O—CO— group wherein

-   -   R_(e) denotes a C₁₋₈-alkyl, C₅₋₇-cycloalkyl, phenyl or        phenyl-C₁₋₃-alkyl group,    -   R_(f) denotes a hydrogen atom, a C₁₋₃-alkyl, C₅₋₇-cycloalkyl or        phenyl group and    -   R_(g) denotes a hydrogen atom, a C₁₋₃-alkyl or        R_(e)CO—O—(R_(f)CR_(h))—O group wherein R_(e) and R_(f) are as        hereinbefore defined and R_(h) is a hydrogen atom or a        C₁₋₃-alkyl group,        while the phthalimido group is an additional possibility for an        amino group, and the above-mentioned ester groups may also be        used as a group which can be converted in vivo into a carboxy        group.

The residues and substituents described above may be mono- orpolysubstituted by fluorine as described. Preferred fluorinated alkylgroups are fluoromethyl, difluoromethyl and trifluoromethyl. Preferredfluorinated alkoxy groups are fluoromethoxy, difluoromethoxy andtrifluoromethoxy. Preferred fluorinated alkylsulphinyl andalkylsulphonyl groups are trifluoromethylsulphinyl andtrifluoromethylsulphonyl.

The compounds of general formula I according to the invention may haveacid groups, predominantly carboxyl groups, and/or basic groups such ase.g. amino functions. Compounds of general formula I may therefore bepresent as internal salts, as salts with pharmaceutically useableinorganic acids such as hydrochloric acid, sulphuric acid, phosphoricacid, sulphonic acid or organic acids (such as for example maleic acid,fumaric acid, citric acid, tartaric acid or acetic acid) or as saltswith pharmaceutically useable bases such as alkali or alkaline earthmetal hydroxides or carbonates, zinc or ammonium hydroxides or organicamines such as e.g. diethylamine, triethylamine, triethanolamine interalia.

The compounds according to the invention may be obtained using methodsof synthesis which are known to the one skilled in the art and describedin the literature of organic synthesis. Preferably the compounds areobtained analogously to the methods of preparation explained more fullyhereinafter, in particular as described in the experimental section.

To obtain a compound of general formula (1-3) according to scheme 1, acompound of general formula (1-1) is reacted with a compound of generalformula (1-2) in the presence of a base. Suitable bases are particularlyinorganic bases such as carbonates, especially cesium carbonate andpotassium carbonate. Suitable leaving groups (LG) are preferablyselected from bromide, chloride, iodide, trifluoroacetate,trifluoromethanesulfonate, methanesulfonate and toluenesulfonate and thelike. The reaction is preferably carried out in an inert organic solventsuch as DMF, DMSO, acetonitrile, THF, methylene chloride or a mixture ofsolvents. The reaction usually takes place within 2 to 48 hours.Preferred reaction temperatures are between 0° C. and 150° C.

To obtain a compound of general formula (1-4) according to scheme 1, thealcohol function in compounds of the general formula (1-3) istransferred into a leaving group. Suitable leaving groups (LG) arepreferably selected from bromide, chloride, iodide, trifluoroacetate,trifluoromethanesulfonate, methanesulfonate and toluenesulfonate and thelike. The methods for preparing the mentioned leaving groups are knownto the one skilled in the art and are described in the literature oforganic synthesis.

To obtain a compound of general formula (1-5) according to scheme 1, acompound of general formula (1-4) is reacted with an amine HNR¹R². Theamine HNR¹R² is used in excess (about 2 to 4 mol equivalents based onthe compound 1-4). In case of valuable HNR¹R², a non nucleophilicorganic base preferably triethylamine or diisopropyl-ethylamine can beadded, so that only 1.0 equivalent of HNR¹R² has to be used. Thereactions are preferably carried out in an inert organic solvent likeDMF, methylene chloride, acetonitrile or THF, or mixtures thereof. DMFis the preferred solvent. The reaction usually takes place within 2 to48 hours. A preferred temperature range for this reaction is 20° C. to150° C., preferably 20° C. to 80° C.

To obtain a compound of general formula (2-3) according to scheme 2, acompound of general formula (2-1) is reacted with a compound of generalformula (2-2) in the presence of a base. Suitable bases are particularlyinorganic bases such as carbonates, especially potassium carbonate.Suitable leaving groups (LG) are preferably selected from bromide,chloride, iodide, trifluoroacetate, trifluoromethanesulfonate,methanesulfonate and toluenesulfonate and the like. The reaction ispreferably carried out in an inert organic solvent such as DMF,acetonitrile, THF, methylene chloride or a mixture of solvents. DMF isthe preferred solvent. The reaction usually takes place within 2 to 48hours. Preferred reaction temperatures are between −20° C. and 120° C.,preferably 0° C. to 60° C.

To obtain a compound of general formula (2-4) according to scheme 2, thealcohol function in compounds of the general formula (2-3) istransferred into a leaving group. Suitable leaving groups (LG) arepreferably selected from bromide, chloride, iodide, trifluoroacetate,trifluoromethanesulfonate, methanesulfonate and toluenesulfonate and thelike. The methods for preparing the mentioned leaving groups are knownto the one skilled in the art and are described in the literature oforganic synthesis.

To obtain a compound of general formula (2-5) according to scheme 2, acompound of general formula (2-4) is reacted with an amine HNR¹R². Theamine HNR¹R² is used in excess (about 2 to 4 mol equivalents based onthe compound 2-4). In case of valuable HNR¹R² a non nucleophilic organicbase preferably triethylamine or diisopropyl-ethylamine can be added, sothat only 1.0 equivalent of HNR¹R² has to be used. The reactions arepreferably carried out in an inert organic solvent like DMF, methylenechloride, acetonitrile or THF, or mixtures thereof. DMF is the preferredsolvent. The reaction usually takes place within 2 to 48 hours. Apreferred temperature range for this reaction is 0° C. to 150° C.,preferably 20° C. to 80° C.

To obtain a compound of general formula (3-2) according to scheme 3, acompound of general formula (3-1) is reacted with a compound of generalformula (1-2) in the presence of a base. Suitable bases are particularlyinorganic bases such as carbonates, especially cesium carbonate andpotassium carbonate. Suitable leaving groups (LG) are preferablyselected from bromide, chloride, iodide, trifluoroacetate,trifluoromethanesulfonate, methanesulfonate and toluenesulfonate and thelike. The reaction is preferably carried out in an inert organic solventsuch as DMF, DMSO, acetonitrile, THF, methylene chloride or a mixture ofsolvents. The reaction usually takes place within 2 to 48 hours.Preferred reaction temperatures are between 0° C. and 150° C.

To obtain a compound of general formula (3-3) according to scheme 3, theprotecting group (Pg) in compounds of the general formula (3-2) isremoved. Suitable Pg are preferably selected from trifluoroacetate,tert-butyloxycarbonyl (BOC) and benzyl and the like. The methods fordeprotection are known to the one skilled in the art and are describedin the literature of organic synthesis.

To obtain a compound of general formula (3-4) according to scheme 3, acompound of general formula (3-3) is reacted with an aldehyde. Theformed imine is reduced with either sodium triacetoxy-borohydride orsodium cyano-borohydride after acidification with acetic acid or pH 5buffer. The reactions are preferably carried out in an inert organicsolvent like THF. The reaction usually takes place within 2 to 24 hours.A preferred temperature range for this reaction is 20° C. to 50° C.,preferably approximately 20° C.

Stereoisomeric compounds of formula (1) may chiefly be separated byconventional methods. The diastereomers are separated on the basis oftheir different physico-chemical properties, e.g. by fractionalcrystallisation from suitable solvents, by high pressure liquid orcolumn chromatography, using chiral or preferably non-chiral stationaryphases.

Racemates covered by general formula (I) may be separated for example byHPLC on suitable chiral stationary phases (e.g. Chiral AGP, ChiralpakAD). Racemates which contain a basic or acidic function can also beseparated via the diastereomeric, optically active salts which areproduced on reacting with an optically active acid, for example (+) or(−)-tartaric acid, (+) or (−)-diacetyl tartaric acid, (+) or(−)-monomethyl tartrate or (+)-camphorsulphonic acid, or an opticallyactive base, for example with (R)-(+)-1-phenylethylamine,(S)-(−)-1-phenylethylamine or (S)-brucine.

According to a conventional method of separating isomers, the racemateof a compound of formula (I) is reacted with one of the above-mentionedoptically active acids or bases in equimolar amounts in a solvent andthe resulting crystalline, diastereomeric, optically active saltsthereof are separated using their different solubilities. This reactionmay be carried out in any type of solvent provided that it issufficiently different in terms of the solubility of the salts.Preferably, methanol, ethanol or mixtures thereof, for example in aratio by volume of 50:50, are used. Then each of the optically activesalts is dissolved in water, carefully neutralised with a base such assodium carbonate or potassium carbonate, or with a suitable acid, e.g.with dilute hydrochloric acid or aqueous methanesulphonic acid and inthis way the corresponding free compound is obtained in the (+) or (−)form.

The (R) or (S) enantiomer alone or a mixture of two optically activediastereomeric compounds of general formula (I) may also be obtained byperforming the syntheses described above with a suitable reactioncomponent in the (R) or (S) configuration.

As already mentioned, the compounds of formula (I) may be converted intothe salts thereof, particularly for pharmaceutical use into thephysiologically and pharmacologically acceptable salts thereof. Thesesalts may be present on the one hand as physiologically andpharmacologically acceptable acid addition salts of the compounds offormula (I) with inorganic or organic acids. On the other hand, in thecase of acidically bound hydrogen, the compound of formula (I) may alsobe converted by reaction with inorganic bases into physiologically andpharmacologically acceptable salts with alkali or alkaline earth metalcations as counter-ion. The acid addition salts may be prepared, forexample, using hydrochloric acid, hydrobromic acid, sulphuric acid,phosphoric acid, methanesulphonic acid, ethanesulphonic acid,toluenesulphonic acid, benzenesulphonic acid, acetic acid, fumaric acid,succinic acid, lactic acid, citric acid, tartaric acid or maleic acid.Moreover, mixtures of the above mentioned acids may be used. To preparethe alkali and alkaline earth metal salts of the compound of formula (I)with acidically bound hydrogen the alkali and alkaline earth metalhydroxides and hydrides are preferably used, while the hydroxides andhydrides of the alkali metals, particularly of sodium and potassium, arepreferred and sodium and potassium hydroxide are most preferred.

The compounds according to the present invention, including thephysiologically acceptable salts, are effective as antagonists of theMCH receptor, particularly the MCH-1 receptor, and exhibit good affinityin MCH receptor binding studies. Pharmacological test systems forMCHantagonistic properties are described in the following experimentalsection.

As antagonists of the MCH receptor the compounds according to theinvention are advantageously suitable as pharmaceutical activesubstances for the prevention and/or treatment of symptoms and/ordiseases caused by MCH or causally connected with MCH in some other way.Generally the compounds according to the invention have low toxicity,they are well absorbed by oral route and have good intracerebraltransitivity, particularly brain accessibility.

Therefore, MCH antagonists which contain at least one compound accordingto the invention are particularly suitable in mammals, such as forexample rats, mice, guinea pigs, hares, dogs, cats, sheep, horses, pigs,cattle, monkeys and humans, for the treatment and/or prevention ofsymptoms and/or diseases which are caused by MCH or are otherwisecausally connected with MCH.

Diseases caused by MCH or otherwise causally connected with MCH areparticularly metabolic disorders, such as for example obesity, andeating disorders, such as for example bulimia, including bulimianervosa. The indication obesity includes in particular exogenic obesity,hyperinsulinaemic obesity, hyperplasmic obesity, hyperphyseal adiposity,hypoplasmic obesity, hypothyroid obesity, hypothalamic obesity,symptomatic obesity, infantile obesity, upper body obesity, alimentaryobesity, hypogonadal obesity, central obesity, This range of indicationsalso includes cachexia, anorexia and hyperphagia.

Compounds according to the invention may be particularly suitable forreducing hunger, curbing appetite, controlling eating behaviour and/orinducing a feeling of satiation.

In addition, the diseases caused by MCH or otherwise causally connectedwith MCH also include hyperlipidaemia, cellulitis, fatty accumulation,malignant mastocytosis, systemic mastocytosis, emotional disorders,affectivity disorders, depression, anxiety states, reproductivedisorders, sexual disorders, memory disorders, epilepsy, forms ofdementia and hormonal disorders.

Compounds according to the invention are also suitable as activesubstances for the prevention and/or treatment of other illnesses and/ordisorders, particularly those which accompany obesity, such as forexample diabetes, diabetes mellitus, particularly type II diabetes,hyperglycaemia, particularly chronic hyperglycaemia, complications ofdiabetes including diabetic retinopathy, diabetic neuropathy, diabeticnephropathy, etc., insulin resistance, pathological glucose tolerance,encephalorrhagia, cardiac insufficiency, cardiovascular diseases,particularly arteriosclerosis and high blood pressure, arthritis andgonitis.

MCH antagonists and formulations according to the invention mayadvantageously be used in combination with a dietary therapy, such asfor example a dietary diabetes treatment, and exercise.

Another range of indications for which the compounds according to theinvention are advantageously suitable is the prevention and/or treatmentof micturition disorders, such as for example urinary incontinence,hyperactive bladder, urgency, nycturia, enuresis, while the hyperactivebladder and urgency may or may not be connected with benign prostatichyperplasia.

Generally speaking, the compounds according to the invention arepotentially suitable for preventing and/or treating dependencies, suchas for example alcohol and/or nicotine dependency, and/or withdrawalsymptoms, such as for example weight gain in smokers coming offnicotine. By “dependency” is generally meant here an irresistible urgeto take an addictive substance and/or to perform certain actions,particularly in order to either achieve a feeling of wellbeing or toeliminate negative emotions. In particular, the term “dependency” isused here to denote a dependency on an addictive substance. By“withdrawal symptoms” are meant here, in general, symptoms which occuror may occur when addictive substances are withdrawn from patientsdependent on one or more such substances. The compounds according to theinvention are potentially suitable particularly as active substances forreducing or ending tobacco consumption, for the treatment or preventionof a nicotine dependency and/or for the treatment or prevention ofnicotine withdrawal symptoms, for reducing the craving for tobaccoand/or nicotine and generally as an anti-smoking agent. The compoundsaccording to the invention may also be useful for preventing or at leastreducing the weight gain typically seen when smokers are coming offnicotine. The substances may also be suitable as active substances whichprevent or at least reduce the craving for and/or relapse into adependency on addictive substances. The term addictive substances refersparticularly but not exclusively to substances with a psycho-motoractivity, such as narcotics or drugs, particularly alcohol, nicotine,cocaine, amphetamine, opiates, benzodiazepines and barbiturates.

The dosage required to achieve such an effect is conveniently, byintravenous or subcutaneous route, 0.001 to 30 mg/kg of body weight,preferably 0.01 to 5 mg/kg of body weight, and by oral or nasal route orby inhalation, 0.01 to 50 mg/kg of body weight, preferably 0.1 to 30mg/kg of body weight, in each case 1 to 3× daily.

For this purpose, the compounds prepared according to the invention maybe formulated, optionally in conjunction with other active substances asdescribed hereinafter, together with one or more inert conventionalcarriers and/or diluents, e.g. with corn starch, lactose, glucose,microcrystalline cellulose, magnesium stearate, polyvinylpyrrolidone,citric acid, tartaric acid, water, water/ethanol, water/glycerol,water/sorbitol, water/polyethylene glycol, propylene glycol,cetylstearyl alcohol, carboxymethylcellulose or fatty substances such ashard fat or suitable mixtures thereof, to produce conventional galenicpreparations such as plain or coated tablets, capsules, lozenges,powders, granules, solutions, emulsions, syrups, aerosols forinhalation, ointments or suppositories.

In addition to pharmaceutical compositions the invention also includescompositions containing at least one compound according to the inventionand/or a salt according to the invention optionally together with one ormore physiologically acceptable excipients. Such compositions may alsobe for example foodstuffs which may be solid or liquid, in which thecompound according to the invention is incorporated.

For the above mentioned combinations it is possible to use as additionalactive substances particularly those which for example potentiate thetherapeutic effect of an MCH antagonist according to the invention interms of one of the indications mentioned above and/or which make itpossible to reduce the dosage of an MCH antagonist according to theinvention. Preferably one or more additional active substances areselected from among

-   -   active substances for the treatment of diabetes,    -   active substances for the treatment of diabetic complications,    -   active substances for the treatment of obesity, preferably other        than MCH antagonists,    -   active substances for the treatment of high blood pressure,    -   active substances for the treatment of hyperlipidaemia,        including arteriosclerosis,    -   active substances for the treatment of dyslipidaemia, including        arteriosclerosis,    -   active substances for the treatment of arthritis,    -   active substances for the treatment of anxiety states,    -   active substances for the treatment of depression.

The above mentioned categories of active substances will now beexplained in more detail by means of examples.

Examples of active substances for the treatment of diabetes are insulinsensitisers, insulin secretion accelerators, biguanides, insulins,α-glucosidase inhibitors, β3 adreno-receptor agonists.

-   -   Insulin sensitisers include glitazones, particularly        pioglitazone and its salts (preferably hydrochloride),        troglitazone, rosiglitazone and its salts (preferably maleate),        JTT-501, GI-262570, MCC-555, YM-440, DRF-2593, BM-13-1258,        KRP-297, R-119702 and GW-1929.    -   Insulin secretion accelerators include sulphonylureas, such as        for example tolbutamide, chloropropamide, tolazamide,        acetohexamide, glyclopyramide and its ammonium salts,        glibenclamide, gliclazide, glimepiride. Further examples of        insulin secretion accelerators are repaglinide, nateglinide,        mitiglinide (KAD-1229) and JTT-608.    -   Biguanides include metformin, buformin and phenformin.    -   Insulins include those obtained from animals, particularly        cattle or pigs, semisynthetic human insulins which are        synthesised enzymatically from insulin obtained from animals,        human insulin obtained by genetic engineering, e.g. from        Escherichi coli or yeasts. Moreover, the term insulin also        includes insulin-zinc (containing 0.45 to 0.9 percent by weight        of zinc) and protamine-insulin-zinc obtainable from zinc        chloride, protamine sulphate and insulin. Insulin may also be        obtained from insulin fragments or derivatives (for example        INS-1, etc.).    -   Insulin may also include different kinds, e.g. with regard to        the onset time and duration of effect (“ultra immediate action        type”, “immediate action type”, “two phase type”, “intermediate        type”, “prolonged action type”, etc.), which are selected        depending on the pathological condition of the patient.    -   α-Glucosidase inhibitors include acarbose, voglibose, miglitol,        emiglitate.    -   β₃ Adreno receptor agonists include AJ-9677, BMS-196085,        SB-226552, AZ40140.    -   Active substances for the treatment of diabetes other than those        mentioned above include ergoset, pramlintide, leptin,        BAY-27-9955 as well as glycogen phosphorylase inhibitors,        sorbitol dehydrogenase inhibitors, protein tyrosine phosphatase        1B inhibitors, dipeptidyl protease inhibitors, glipazide,        glyburide.

Active substances for the treatment of diabetes or diabeticcomplications furthermore include for example aldose reductaseinhibitors, glycation inhibitors and protein kinase C inhibitors, DPPIVblockers, GLP-1 or GLP-2 analogues and SGLT-2 inhibitors.

-   -   Aldose reductase inhibitors are for example tolrestat,        epalrestat, imirestat, zenarestat, SNK-860, zopolrestat,        ARI-50i, AS-3201.    -   An example of a glycation inhibitor is pimagedine.    -   Protein Kinase C inhibitors are for example NGF, LY-333531.    -   DPPIV blockers are for example LAF237 (Novartis), MK431 (Merck)        as well as 815541, 823093 and 825964 (all GlaxoSmithkline).    -   GLP-1 analogues are for example Liraglutide (NN2211)        (NovoNordisk), CJC1131 (Conjuchem), Exenatide (Amylin).    -   SGLT-2 inhibitors are for example AVE-2268 (Aventis) and T-1095        (Tanabe, Johnson&Johnson).    -   Active substances other than those mentioned above for the        treatment of diabetic complications include alprostadil,        thiapride hydrochloride, cilostazol, mexiletine hydrochloride,        ethyl eicosapentate, memantine, pimagedine (ALT-711).

Active substances for the treatment of obesity, preferably other thanMCH antagonists, include lipase inhibitors and anorectics.

-   -   A preferred example of a lipase inhibitor is orlistat.    -   Examples of preferred anorectics are phentermine, mazindol,        dexfenfluramine, fluoxetine, sibutramine, baiamine,        (S)-sibutramine, SR-141716, NGD-95-1.    -   Active substances other than those mentioned above for the        treatment of obesity include lipstatin.    -   Moreover, for the purposes of this application, the active        substance group of anti-obesity active substances also includes        the anorectics, of which the β₃ agonists, thyromimetic active        substances and NPY antagonists should be emphasised. The range        of substances which may be considered as preferred anti-obesity        or anorectic active substances is indicated by the following        additional list, by way of example: phenylpropanolamine,        ephedrine, pseudoephedrine, phentermine, a cholecystokinin-A        (hereinafter referred to as CCK-A) agonist, a monoamine reuptake        inhibitor (such as for example sibutramine), a sympathomimetic        active substance, a serotonergic active substance (such as for        example dexfenfluramine, fenfluramine, a 5-HT2C agonist such as        BVT.933 or APD356, or duloxetine), a dopamine antagonist (such        as for example bromocriptine or pramipexol), a        melanocyte-stimulating hormone receptor agonist or mimetic, an        analogue of melanocyte-stimulating hormone, a cannabinoid        receptor antagonist (Rimonabant, ACOMPLIA™), an MCH antagonist,        the OB protein (hereinafter referred to as leptin), a leptin        analogue, a fatty acid synthase (FAS) antagonist, a leptin        receptor agonist, a galanine antagonist, a GI lipase inhibitor        or reducer (such as for example orlistat). Other anorectics        include bombesin agonists, dehydroepiandrosterone or its        analogues, glucocorticoid receptor agonists and antagonists,        orexin receptor antagonists, urocortin binding protein        antagonists, agonists of the Glucagon-like Peptide-1 receptor,        such as for example exendin, AC 2993, CJC-1131, ZP10 or        GRT0203Y, DPPIV inhibitors and ciliary neurotrophic factors,        such as for example axokines. In this context mention should        also be made of the forms of therapy which produce weight loss        by increasing the fatty acid oxidation in the peripheral tissue,        such as for example inhibitors of acetyl-CoA carboxylase.

Active substances for the treatment of high blood pressure includeinhibitors of angiotensin converting enzyme, calcium antagonists,potassium channel openers and angiotensin II antagonists.

-   -   Inhibitors of angiotensin converting enzyme include captopril,        enalapril, alacepril, delapril (hydrochloride), lisinopril,        imidapril, benazepril, cilazapril, temocapril, trandolapril,        manidipine (hydrochloride).    -   Examples of calcium antagonists are nifedipine, amlodipine,        efonidipine, nicardipine.    -   Potassium channel openers include levcromakalim, L-27152,        AL0671, NIP-121.    -   Angiotensin II antagonists include telmisartan, losartan,        candesartan cilexetil, valsartan, irbesartan, CS-866, E4177.

Active substances for the treatment of hyperlipidaemia, includingarteriosclerosis, include HMG-CoA reductase inhibitors, fibratecompounds.

-   -   HMG-CoA reductase inhibitors include pravastatin, simvastatin,        lovastatin, atorvastatin, fluvastatin, lipantil, itavastatin,        ZD-4522 and their salts.    -   Fibrate compounds include fenofibrate, bezafibrate,        clinofibrate, clofibrate and simfibrate.

Active substances for the treatment of dyslipidaemia, includingarteriosclerosis, include e.g. medicaments which raise the HDL level,such as e.g. nicotinic acid and derivatives and preparations thereof,such as e.g. niaspan, as well as agonists of the nicotinic acidreceptor.

Active substances for the treatment of arthritis include NSAIDs(non-steroidal antiinflammatory drugs), particularly COX2 inhibitors,such as for example meloxicam or ibuprofen.

Active substances for the treatment of anxiety states includechlordiazepoxide, diazepam, oxozolam, medazepam, cloxazolam, bromazepam,lorazepam, alprazolam, fludiazepam.

Active substances for the treatment of depression include fluoxetine,fluvoxamine, imipramine, paroxetine, sertraline.

The dosage for these active substances is conveniently ⅕ of the lowestnormal recommended dose up to 1/1 of the normal recommended dose.

In another embodiment the invention also relates to the use of at leastone compound according to the invention and/or a salt according to theinvention for influencing the eating behaviour of a mammal. This use isparticularly based on the fact that compounds according to the inventionmay be suitable for reducing hunger, curbing appetite, controllingeating behaviour and/or inducing a feeling of satiety. The eatingbehaviour is advantageously influenced so as to reduce food intake.Therefore, the compounds according to the invention are advantageouslyused for reducing body weight. Another use according to the invention isthe prevention of increases in body weight, for example in people whohad previously taken steps to lose weight and are interested inmaintaining their lower body weight. A further use may be the preventionof weight gain in a co-medication with a substance generally causingweight gain (such a glitazones). According to this embodiment it ispreferably a non-therapeutic use. Such a non-therapeutic use might be acosmetic use, for example to alter the external appearance, or anapplication to improve general health. The compounds according to theinvention are preferably used non-therapeutically for mammals,particularly humans, not suffering from any diagnosed eating disorders,no diagnosed obesity, bulimia, diabetes and/or no diagnosed micturitiondisorders, particularly urinary incontinence. Preferably, the compoundsaccording to the invention are suitable for non-therapeutic use inpeople whose BMI (body mass index), defined as their body weight inkilograms divided by their height (in metres) squared, is below a levelof 30, particularly below 25.

Other features and advantages of the present invention will becomeapparent from the following more detailed examples which illustrate, byway of example, the principles of the invention.

Preliminary Remarks:

As a rule, ¹H-NMR and/or mass spectra have been obtained for thecompounds prepared. The R_(f) values are determined using ready-madesilica gel 60 TLC plates F₂₅₄ (E. Merck, Darmstadt, Item no. 1.05714)without chamber saturation or using ready-made aluminium oxide 60 F₂₅₄TLC plates (E. Merck, Darmstadt, Item no. 1.05713) without chambersaturation. The ratios given for the eluents relate to units by volumeof the solvent in question. The units by volume for NH₃ relate to aconcentrated solution of NH₃ in water. Silica gel made by Millipore(MATREX™, 35-70 my) is used for chromatographic purification. Alox (E.Merck, Darmstadt, aluminium oxide 90 standardised, 63-200 μm, Item no.1.01097.9050) is used for chromatographic purification. Purity datagiven for compounds are based on ¹H-NMR.

The HPLC data given are measured under the following parameters:

mobile phase A: water:formic acid 99.9:0.1mobile phase B: acetonitrile:formic acid 99.9:0.1mobile phase C: water:NH₄OH 99.9:0.1mobile phase D: acetonitrile NH₄OH 99.9:0.1

gradient: flow rate time in min % A % B in ml/min method A: analyticalcolumn: Zorbax column (Agilent Technologies), SB (Zorbax stable bond) -C18; 3.5 μm; 4.6 mm × 75 mm; column temperature: RT 0.00 95.0 5.0 1.604.50 10.0 90.0 1.60 5.00 10.0 90.0 1.60 5.50 95.0 5.00 1.60 method B:analytical column: Zorbax column (Agilent Technologies), Bonus-RP - C14;3.5 μm; 4.6 mm × 75 mm; column temperature: RT 0.00 95.0 5.0 1.60 4.0050.0 50.0 1.60 4.50 10.00 90.00 1.60 5.00 10.00 90.00 1.60 5.50 95.0 5.01.60 method C: analytical column: Waters Symmetry - C18; 3.5 μm; 4.6 mm× 75 mm; column temperature: RT 0.00 95.0 5.0 1.60 4.00 50.0 50.0 1.604.50 10.00 90.00 1.60 5.00 10.00 90.00 1.60 5.50 95.0 5.0 1.60 method D:analytical column: Waters SunFire - C18; 3.5 μm; 4.6 mm × 75 mm; columntemperature: RT 0.00 95.0 5.0 1.60 4.00 50.0 50.0 1.60 4.50 10.0 90.01.60 5.00 10.0 90.0 1.60 5.50 95.0 5.0 1.60 method E: analytical column:Zorbax column (Agilent Technologies), SB (Zorbax stable bond) - C18; 3.5μm; 4.6 mm × 75 mm; column temperature: RT 0.00 95.0 5.0 1.60 2.00 10.090.0 1.60 5.00 10.0 90.0 1.60 5.50 95.0 5.0 1.60 method F: analyticalcolumn: Zorbax column (Agilent Technologies), SB (Zorbax stable bond) -C18; 3.5 μm; 4.6 mm × 75 mm; column temperature: RT 0.00 95.0 5.0 1.604.00 50.0 50.0 1.60 4.50 10.0 90.0 1.60 5.00 10.0 90.0 1.60 5.50 95.05.0 1.60 method G: analytical column: Waters SunFire - C18; 3.5 μm; 4.6mm × 75 mm; column temperature: RT 0.00 95.0 5.0 1.60 4.50 10.0 90.01.60 5.00 10.0 90.0 1.60 5.50 95.0 5.00 1.60 method H: analyticalcolumn: Waters Symmetry - C18; 3.5 μm; 4.6 mm × 75 mm; columntemperature: RT 0.00 95.0 5.0 1.60 4.50 10.0 90.0 1.60 5.00 10.0 90.01.60 5.50 95.0 5.00 1.60 method I: analytical column: Waters XBridge -C18; 3.5 μm; 4.6 mm × 75 mm; column temperature: RT gradient: flow ratetime in min % C % D in ml/min 0.00 95.0 5.0 1.60 4.50 10.0 90.0 1.605.00 10.0 90.0 1.60 5.50 95.0 5.00 1.60 method J: analytical column:Zorbax column (Agilent Technologies), SB (Zorbax stable bond) - C18; 1.8μm; 3.0 mm × 30 mm; column temperature: RT gradient: flow rate time inmin % A % B in ml/min 0.00 95.0 5.0 1.60 0.10 95.0 5.00 1.60 1.75 5.095.0 1.60 1.90 5.0 95.0 1.60 1.95 95.0 5.0 1.60 2.00 95.0 5.0 1.60method K: analytical column: Waters XBridge - C18; 2.5 μm; 3.0 mm × 30mm; column temperature: RT gradient: flow rate time in min % C % D inml/min 0.00 95.0 5.0 1.40 1.80 10.0 90.0 1.40 2.00 10.0 90.0 1.40 2.2095.0 5.00 1.40 method L: analytical column: Zorbax column (AgilentTechnologies), SB (Zorbax stable bond) - C18; 1.8 μm; 3.0 mm × 30 mm;column temperature: RT gradient: flow rate time in min % A % B in ml/min0.00 95.0 5.0 1.60 1.00 10.0 90.0 1.60 2.50 10.0 90.0 1.60 2.75 95.0 5.01.60 method M: analytical column: Waters XBridge - C18; 2.5 μm; 3.0 mm ×30 mm; column temperature: RT gradient: flow rate time in min % C % D inml/min 0.00 95.0 5.0 1.40 0.80 10.0 90.0 1.40 2.00 10.0 90.0 1.40 2.2095.0 5.00 1.40

The following abbreviations for the eluent mixtures are used hereinafterwhen giving the R_(f) values:

(A): silica gel, DCM/MeOH/ammonia (9:1:0.1)(B): silica gel, DCM/MeOH/ammonia (9.5:0.5:0.05)(C): silica gel, PE/EtOAc (8:2)(D) silica gel, DCM/MeOH (9:1)(E) silica gel, PE/EtOAc (1:1)(F): silica gel, Cyclohexane/EtOAc (8:2)(G): silica gel, EtOAc/MeOH/ammonia (8:2:0.2)(H): silica gel, Chloroform/MeOH/ammonia (9:1:0.1)(I): silica gel, PE/EtOAc (6:4)(J): silica gel, Cyclohexane/EtOAc (6:4)

The following abbreviations are used above and hereinafter:

BOC tert-Butylcarbonatecal. Calculated

CDI 1,1′-Carbonyl-di-imidazole DCM Dichloromethane

DMAP Dimethyl-pyridin-4-yl-amine

DMF N,N-Dimethylformamide DMSO Dimethylsulfoxide

EII Electron impact ionisationESI Electron spray ionisationEtOAc Ethyl acetate

h Hour

HCl Hydrochloric acidHPLC High pressure liquid chromatographyKHSO₄ Potassium hydrogen sulfate

MeOH MeOH min Minutes

Na₂CO₃ Sodium carbonate

NaHCO₃ Sodiumhydrogencarbonate

NH₄OH Ammonium hydroxide

PE Petrolether

RT Ambient temperature (approx. 20° C.)

THF Tetrahydrofuran Preparation of Starting Material Preparation 1[4-(2-iodo-ethyl)-phenyl]-methanol

1a [4-(2-Chloro-ethyl)-phenyl]-methanol

To 100 g (525 mmol) 4-(2-chloro-ethyl)-benzoic acid in 1.0 L of THF isadded 170 g (1050 mmol) CDI in small portions. The mixture is stirred at60° C. until the gas evolution ceased. After cooling to RT, the mixtureis slowly added into a solution of 39.7 g (1050 mmol) sodium borohydridein ice water and is stirred for 3 h at RT. The solution is acidifiedwith diluted HCL and extracted twice with EtOAc. The organic phase isseparated and dried over MgSO₄. After evaporation of the solvent, theresidue is dissolved in water/EtOAc. The aqueous phase is separated,washed once with EtOAc and the combined organic phase is dried overMgSO₄. After evaporation of the solvent the residue is purified bysilica gel column chromatography with PE/EtOAc (7:3) as eluent.

Yield: 65.6 g (73% of theory)

ESI Mass spectrum: (M+H)⁺-H₂0=153/155

R_(f)-value: 0.6 (silica gel, mixture A).

1b [4-(2-Iodo-ethyl)-phenyl]-methanol

To 60.0 g (352 mmol) [4-(2-chloro-ethyl)-phenyl]-MeOH (preparation 1a)in 280 mL of acetone is added 105 g (703 mmol) sodium iodide. Thereaction mixture is refluxed overnight and cooled to RT. Afterfiltration, the residue is elutriated in DCM, filtered and dried.

Yield: 79.0 g (86% of theory)

Retention time HPLC: 3.9 min (method C).

Preparation 24-Hydroxy-1-[2-(4-hydroxymethyl-phenyl)-ethyl]-1H-pyridin-2-one

2a 4-Benzyloxy-1-[2-(4-hydroxymethyl-phenyl)-ethyl]-1H-pyridin-2-one

A mixture of 13.0 g (64.6 mmol) 4-benzyloxy-1H-pyridin-2-one, 23.7 g(90.4 mmol) [4-(2-iodoethyl)-phenyl]-methanol (preparation 1b) and 63.1g (194 mmol) cesium carbonate in 55 mL of DMF is stirred overnight atRT. The reaction mixture is heated to 70° C., filtered through a pad ofcelite which is washed with hot DMF. The solvent is removed almostcompletely. After cooling to RT, MeOH is added, the precipitate isfiltered, washed with EtOAc and water and is dried in vacuo at 40° C.(fraction A). MeOH is removed in vacuo, the residue is redissolved inDMF and purified by reverse HPLC (Zorbax stable bond, C18; water (0.1%formic acid)/acetonitrile 95:5 to 10:90) to give fraction B, which iscombined with fraction A.

Yield: 10.0 g (46% of theory)

ESI Mass spectrum: [M+H]⁺=336

Retention time HPLC: 3.5 min (method A).

2b 4-Hydroxy-1-[2-(4-hydroxymethyl-phenyl)-ethyl]-1H-pyridin-2-one

To 10.0 g (29.8 mmol)4-benzyloxy-1-[2-(4-hydroxymethyl-phenyl)-ethyl]-1H-pyridin-2-one(preparation 2a) in 150 mL MeOH is added 1.50 g Rh/C. The reactionmixture is stirred under a hydrogen atmosphere of 3000 hPa at RT for 20h. 300 mL MeOH is added and the mixture is heated to reflux. Thecatalyst is removed by filtration and the solvent is removed almostcompletely. After cooling to RT, the precipitate is collected and driedin vacuo at 40° C.

Yield: 5.70 g (78% of theory)

ESI Mass spectrum: [M+H]⁺=246

Retention time HPLC: 2.3 min (method A).

Preparation 34-Hydroxy-1-[2-(4-pyrrolidin-1-ylmethyl-phenyl)-ethyl]-1H-pyridin-2-one

To 1.20 g (3.09 mmol)4-benzyloxy-1-[2-(4-pyrrolidin-1-ylmethyl-phenyl)-ethyl]-1H-pyridin-2-one(example 1.4) in 80 mL MeOH is added 400 mg Rh/C. The reaction mixtureis stirred under a hydrogen atmosphere of 3500 hPa at RT for 11 h. Thecatalyst is removed by filtration and the solvent is evaporated. Theresidue is purified by reverse HPLC chromatography (Zorbax stable bond,C18; water (0.1% formic acid)/acetonitrile 95:5 to 10:90).

Yield: 600 mg (65% of theory)

ESI Mass spectrum: [M+H]⁺=299

Retention time HPLC: 1.9 min (method A).

Preparation 41-[2-(4-Bromomethyl-phenyl)-ethyl]-4-hydroxy-1H-pyridin-2-one

To 2.45 g (10.0 mmol)4-hydroxy-1-[2-(4-hydroxymethyl-phenyl)-ethyl]-1H-pyridin-2-one(preparation 2.b) in 25 mL DCM is added 470 μL (5.00 mmol) phosphorustribromide at 0° C. The mixture is stirred overnight at RT and thenpoured into ice water. The precipitate is collected, washed with DCM anddried.

Yield: 2.10 g (68% of theory)

ESI Mass spectrum: [M+H]⁺=308/310

R_(f)-value: 0.5 (silica gel, mixture D).

Preparation 5 5-Benzyloxy-2H-pyridazin-3-one

5a 5-Hydroxy-2-(tetrahydro-pyran-2-yl)-2H-pyridazin-3-one

To 14.3 g (62.0 mmol)4-chloro-5-hydroxy-2-(tetrahydro-pyran-2-yl)-2H-pyridazin-3-one in 200mL MeOH and 8.71 mL (62.0 mmol) triethylamine is added 5.00 g 10% Pd/C.The reaction mixture is stirred under a hydrogen atmosphere of 1700 hPaat RT for 16 h. The catalyst is removed by filtration and the solvent isevaporated. 200 mL water is added to the residue, the precipitate iscollected, washed with water and dried (fraction A, 7.80 g). The aqueousphase is concentrated and the residue is directly added to a reverseHPLC for purification (Waters xbridge; water (0.15% NH₄OH)/acetonitril95:5 to 10:90) to afford fraction B (4.2 g) which is combined withfraction A.

Yield: 12.0 g (99% of theory)

ESI Mass spectrum: [M−H]⁻=195

Retention time HPLC: 2.4 min (method A).

5b 5-Benzyloxy-2-(tetrahydro-pyran-2-yl)-2H-pyridazin-3-one

To 500 mg (2.55 mmol)5-hydroxy-2-(tetrahydro-pyran-2-yl)-2H-pyridazin-3-one (preparation 5a)in THF is added at 0° C. subsequently 315 mg (2.80 mmol)potassium-tert-butylate, 47 mg (0.13 mmol) tetra-butylammonium-iodideand 0.45 mL (3.82 mmol) benzylbromide. The reaction mixture is stirredovernight at RT and is diluted with EtOAc and 1M aqueous sodiumhydroxide solution. The organic phase is separated, washed with waterand dried over MgSO₄. After filtration, the solvent is evaporated andthe residue is elutriated in tert-butylmethylether. The precipitate iscollected and dried.

Yield: 500 mg (69% of theory)

ESI Mass spectrum: [M+H]⁺=287

Retention time HPLC: 4.0 min (method A).

5c 5-Benzyloxy-2H-pyridazin-3-one

To 500 mg (1.75 mmol)5-benzyloxy-2-(tetrahydro-pyran-2-yl)-2H-pyridazin-3-one (preparation5b) in 10 mL MeOH is added 8.73 mL (8.73 mmol) 1M aqueous HCl solutionand the reaction mixture is stirred overnight at RT and 10 h at reflux.MeOH is evaporated, to the residual aqueous phase is added saturatedaqueous NaHCO₃-solution until the solution is basic. The aqueous phaseis extracted with EtOAc, the combined organic phase is washed withwater, dried over MgSO₄, filtered and evaporated to afford the product.

Yield: 200 mg (57% of theory)

ESI Mass spectrum: [M+H]⁺=203

Retention time HPLC: 3.2 min (method G).

Preparation 62,2,2-Trifluoro-1-[7-(2-iodo-ethyl)-1,2,4,5-tetrahydro-3-benzazepin-3-yl]-ethanone

6a1-[7-(2-Chloro-ethyl)-1,2,4,5-tetrahydro-3-benzazepin-3-yl]-2,2,2-trifluoro-ethanone

To 800 mg (2.50 mmol)1-[7-(2-chloro-acetyl)-1,2,4,5-tetrahydro-3-benzazepin-3-yl]-2,2,2-trifluoro-ethanonein 4.5 mL trifluoro-acetic acid is added at RT 1.59 mL (10.0 mmol)triethyl-silane. The reaction mixture is stirred 2 h at 60° C. and isadded into 100 mL water. The aqueous phase is extracted twice withEtOAc, the combined organic phase is washed with water and dried overMgSO₄. After filtration and evaporation of the solvent, the residue ispurified via chromatography (silica gel; PE:EtOAc 8:2).

Yield: 900 mg (85% purity (contains triethyl-silane), 100% of theory)

ESI Mass spectrum: [M+H]⁺=306/308

Retention time HPLC: 4.8 min (method A).

6b2,2,2-Trifluoro-1-[7-(2-iodo-ethyl)-1,2,4,5-tetrahydro-3-benzazepin-3-yl]-ethanone

To 800 mg (2.62 mmol)1-[7-(2-chloro-ethyl)-1,2,4,5-tetrahydro-3-benzazepin-3-yl]-2,2,2-trifluoro-ethanone(preparation 6a) in 40 mL acetone is added 471 mg (3.14 mmol) sodiumiodide. The reaction mixture is refluxed overnight, excess sodium iodideis added and the reaction mixture is refluxed additional three days. Thesolvent is evaporated, the residue is diluted with EtOAc and washedtwice with water. The organic phase is dried over MgSO₄, filtered andthe solvent is evaporated. The residue is purified via reverse HPLCchromatography (Zorbax stable bond; C18; water (0.1% formicacid)/acetonitrile (0.1% formic acid) 95:5 to 10:90).

Yield: 300 mg (29% of theory)

ESI Mass spectrum: [M+H]⁺=398

Retention time HPLC: 5.1 min (method A).

Preparation 77-[2-(Toluene-4-sulfonyloxy)-ethyl]-3,4-dihydro-1H-isoquinoline-2-carboxylicAcid Tert-Butyl Ester

7a 7-Bromo-3,4-dihydro-1H-isoquinoline-2-carboxylic Acid Tert-ButylEster

To 10.0 g (40.2 mmol) 7-bromo-1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-isoquinolinehydrochloride in 250 mL DCM and 50 mL (101 mmol) 2M aqueousNa₂CO₃-solution is added a solution of 9.27 g (42.5 mmol) BOC-anhydridein DCM. The reaction is stirred 1 h at RT and is diluted with 100 mLwater. The organic phase is washed with water, dried over MgSO₄,filtered and the solvent is evaporated. To the residue is added PE andthe mixture is cooled to −30° C. The precipitate is collected, washedwith cold PE and dried.

Yield: 10.3 g (82% of theory)

ESI Mass spectrum: [M+H]⁺=312/314

R_(f)-value: 0.5 (silica gel, mixture C).

7b 7-Iodo-3,4-dihydro-1H-isoquinoline-2-carboxylic Acid Tert-Butyl Ester

To 11.0 g (35.2 mmol) 7-bromo-3,4-dihydro-1H-isoquinoline-2-carboxylicacid tert-butyl ester (preparation 7a) in 35 mL 1,4-1,4-dioxanee isadded 692 mg (3.56 mmol) copper(I)-iodide under argon. After flushingwith argon, 0.75 mL (7.05 mmol) N,N-dimethylethylen-diamine and 10.6 g(70.5 mmol) sodium-iodide is added at RT. The reaction mixture isstirred 14 h at 110° C., cooled to RT and diluted with 5% aqueousammonia-solution. The aqueous phase is extracted with EtOAc and thecombined organic phase is washed with water, dried over MgSO₄. Afterfiltration and evaporation of the solvent, the residue is purified viachromatography (silica gel; Cyclohexane/EtOAc 85/15).

Yield: 10.8 g (purity 75% (contains compound 7a), 78% of theory)

ESI Mass spectrum: [M+H]⁺=360

R_(f)-value: 0.6 (silica gel, mixture F).

7c 7-(2-Hydroxy-ethyl)-3,4-dihydro-1H-isoquinoline-2-carboxylic AcidTert-Butyl Ester

To 1.80 g (5.00 mmol) 7-iodo-3,4-dihydro-1H-isoquinoline-2-carboxylicacid tert-butyl ester (preparation 7b) in 5.0 mL THF at −20° C. is added6.34 g (5.50 mmol) of a THF-solution of 14%isopropylmagnesium-chloride*lithiumchloride under argon. The mixture iswarmed to 0° C. and stirred 1 h at 0° C. The reaction mixture is cooledto −60° C. and 0.88 g (20.0 mmol) oxirane in 2.0 mL THF is added. Thecooling bath is removed and the reaction is warmed to RT. The reactionmixture is poured into 50 mL aqueous ammonium chloride solution and theaqueous phase is extracted with EtOAc. The combined organic phase iswashed with water, dried over MgSO₄. After filtration and evaporation ofthe solvent, the residue is purified via reverse HPLC chromatography(Zorbax stable bond, C18; water (0.15% formic acid)/acetonitrile 95:5 to5:95).

Yield: 800 mg (58% of theory)

ESI Mass spectrum: [M+H]⁺=278

Retention time HPLC: 2.6 min (method E).

7d7-[2-(Toluene-4-sulfonyloxy)-ethyl]-3,4-dihydro-1H-isoquinoline-2-carboxylicacid tert-butyl Ester

To 800 mg (2.88 mmol)7-(2-hydroxy-ethyl)-3,4-dihydro-1H-isoquinoline-2-carboxylic acidtert-butyl ester (preparation 7c) in 10 mL DCM is added at 0° C.subsequently 0.34 mL (4.33 mmol) pyridine and 605 mg (3.17 mmol)4-methyl-benzenesulfonyl chloride in 5.0 mL DCM. The reaction mixture iswarmed to RT and is stirred 5 h at RT. Additional 0.34 mL (4.33 mmol)pyridine and 605 mg (3.17 mmol) 4-methyl-benzenesulfonyl chloride in 5.0mL DCM are added and the mixture is stirred over night. The reactionmixture is poured into ice-water and the organic phase is separated,washed with aqueous KHSO₄-solution and aqueous NaHCO₃-solution, driedover MgSO₄. After evaporation of the solvent, the residue is purifiedvia chromatography (silica gel; cyclohexane/EtOAc 8:2 to 1:1).

Yield: 1.10 g (88% of theory)

ESI Mass spectrum: [M+H]⁺=432

R_(f)-value: 0.4 (silica gel, method F).

Preparation 8 7-(2-Iodo-ethyl)-3,4-dihydro-1H-isoquinoline-2-carboxylicAcid Tert-Butyl Ester

To 1.21 g (4.76 mmol) iodine in 50 mL toluene is added 1.59 g (4.76mmol) polymer bound triphenyl-phosphane. The mixture is stirred 5 min atRT and then 0.80 mL (9.92 mmol) pyridine and 1.10 g (3.97 mmol)7-(2-hydroxy-ethyl)-3,4-dihydro-1H-isoquinoline-2-carboxylic acidtert-butyl ester (preparation 7c) is added. The reaction mixture isstirred 5 h at 90° C., is cooled to RT and is filtered. The filtrate iswashed with saturated aqueous sodium thiosulfate-solution, brine anddried over MgSO₄. After filtration and evaporation of the solvent, theresidue is purified via chromatography (silica gel; PE/EtOAc=9:1).

Yield: 470 mg (31% of theory)

ESI Mass spectrum: [M+H]⁺=388

Retention time HPLC: 4.4 min (method A).

Preparation 94-[1-(4-Benzyloxy-2-oxo-2H-pyridin-1-ylmethyl)-vinyl]-benzaldehyde

9a 4-Benzyloxy-1-(2-bromo-allyl)-1H-pyridin-2-one

To 6.00 g (29.8 mmol) 4-benzyloxy-1H-pyridin-2-one in 30 mL DMF at 0° C.is added 19.4 g (59.6 mmol) cesium carbonate and after 15 min 11.9 g(59.6 mmol) 2,3-dibromo-propene. The reaction mixture is stirred 2 h atRT and is diluted with EtOAc/MeOH and water. The organic phase is washedwith water and is dried over MgSO₄. After filtration and evaporation ofthe solvent, the residue is purified via reverse HPLC chromatography(Waters symmetry, C18; water (0.15% formic acid)/acetonitrile 95:5 to10:90).

Yield: 6.17 g (65% of theory)

ESI Mass spectrum: [M+H]⁺=320/322

Retention time HPLC: 4.1 min (method H).

9b 4-[1-(4-Benzyloxy-2-oxo-2H-pyridin-1-ylmethyl)-vinyl]-benzaldehyde

To 6.17 g (19.3 mmol) 4-benzyloxy-1-(2-bromo-allyl)-1H-pyridin-2-one(preparation 9a), 3.76 g (25.1 mmol) 4-formylphenylboronic acid and 1.56g (1.35 mmol) tetrakis-triphenyl-phosphanepalladium in 150 ml1,4-1,4-dioxanee and 45 mL MeOH is added 19.3 mL (38.5 mmol) 2M aqueousNa₂CO₃-solution under a nitrogen atmosphere. The reaction mixture isevacuated three times and flushed with nitrogen. The mixture is refluxedovernight under a nitrogen atmosphere and is diluted with water. Thephases are separated and the aqueous phase is extracted with DCM. Thecombined organic phase is dried over MgSO₄, filtered and the solvent isevaporated. To the residue is added MeOH/acetonitrile, the mixture isfiltered and purified via reverse HPLC chromatography (Waters symmetry,C18; water (0.15% formic acid)/acetonitrile 95:5 to 10:90).

Yield: 3.70 g (purity 85%, 47% of theory)

ESI Mass spectrum: [M+H]⁺=346

Retention time HPLC: 4.1 min (method H).

Preparation 106-[2-(Toluene-4-sulfonyloxy)-ethyl]-3,4-dihydro-1H-isoquinoline-2-carboxylicAcid Tert-Butyl Ester

10a 6-Iodo-3,4-dihydro-1H-isoquinoline-2-carboxylic Acid Tert-ButylEster

To 13.0 g (41.6 mmol) 6-bromo-3,4-dihydro-1H-isoquinoline-2-carboxylicacid tert-butyl ester in 42 mL 1,4-dioxane is added 817 mg (4.21 mmol)copper(I)-iodide under argon. After flushing with argon, 0.89 mL (8.33mmol) N,N-dimethylethylen-diamine and 12.5 g (83.3 mmol) sodium iodideis added at RT. The reaction mixture is stirred 14 h at 110° C., iscooled to RT and is diluted with 5% aqueous ammonia-solution. The layersare separated and the aqueous phase is extracted with EtOAc. Thecombined organic phase is washed with water and is dried over MgSO₄,filtered and the solvent is evaporated to give the product.

Yield: 14.0 g (94% of theory)

EII Mass spectrum: [M]⁺=359

R_(r)-value: 0.8 (silica gel, mixture C).

10b 6-(2-Hydroxy-ethyl)-3,4-dihydro-1H-isoquinoline-2-carboxylic AcidTert-Butyl Ester

6-(2-Hydroxy-ethyl)-3,4-dihydro-1H-isoquinoline-2-carboxylic acidtert-butyl ester is prepared as example 7c from 8.30 g (23.1 mmol)6-iodo-3,4-dihydro-1H-isoquinoline-2-carboxylic acid tert-butyl ester(preparation 10a) and 4.07 g (92.4 mmol) oxirane.

Yield: 3.00 g (47% of theory)

R_(f)-value: 0.4 (silica gel, mixture D).

10c6-[2-(Toluene-4-sulfonyloxy)-ethyl]-3,4-dihydro-1H-isoquinoline-2-carboxylicAcid Tert-Butyl Ester

6-[2-(Toluene-4-sulfonyloxy)-ethyl]-3,4-dihydro-1H-isoquinoline-2-carboxylicacid tert-butyl ester is prepared as example 7d from 1.60 g (5.77 mmol)6-(2-hydroxy-ethyl)-3,4-dihydro-1H-isoquinoline-2-carboxylic acidtert-butyl ester (preparation 10b) and 1.21 g (6.35 mmol)4-methyl-benzenesulfonyl chloride.

Yield: 1.30 g (52% of theory)

ESI Mass spectrum: [M+NH₄]⁺=449

R_(f)-value: 0.4 (silica gel, mixture C).

Preparation 114-Benzyloxy-1-[2-(5-hydroxymethyl-thiophen-2-yl)-ethyl]-1H-pyridin-2-one

11a 5-(2-Methanesulfonyloxy-ethyl)-thiophene-2-carboxylic Acid MethylEster

To a solution of 300 mg (1.61 mmol)5-(2-hydroxy-ethyl)-thiophene-2-carboxylic acid methyl ester in 10 mLDCM is added 0.90 mL triethylamine (6.44 mmol) and subsequently 312 μL(4.03 mmol) methanesulfonyl chloride at RT. The reaction mixture isstirred 1 h at RT and is diluted with 50 mL DCM. The organic phase isseparated, washed three times with water and is dried over MgSO₄. Afterfiltration and evaporation of the solvent, the product is afforded.

Yield: 430 mg (101% of theory)

ESI Mass spectrum: [M+H]⁺=265

Retention time HPLC: 3.5 min (method A).

11b5-[2-(4-Benzyloxy-2-oxo-2H-pyridin-1-yl)-ethyl]-thiophene-2-carboxylicAcid Methyl Ester

To 1.20 g (5.96 mmol) 4-benzyloxy-1H-pyridin-2-one in DMF is addedsubsequently 3.89 g (11.9 mmol) cesium carbonate and 1.58 g (5.96 mmol)5-(2-methanesulfonyloxy-ethyl)thiophene-2-carboxylic acid methyl ester(preparation 11a). The reaction mixture is stirred overnight at RT.After filtration, the residue is purified via reverse HPLCchromatography (Zorbax stable bond, C18; water (0.1% formicacid)/acetonitrile (0.1% formic acid) 95:5 to 10:90).

Yield: 540 mg (25% of theory)

ESI Mass spectrum: [M+H]⁺=370

Retention time HPLC: 4.1 min (method A).

11c5-[2-(4-Benzyloxy-2-oxo-2H-pyridin-1-yl)-ethyl]-thiophene-2-carboxylicAcid

To 540 mg (1.46 mmol)5-[2-(4-benzyloxy-2-oxo-2H-pyridin-1-yl)-ethyl]-thiophene-2-carboxylicacid methyl ester (preparation 11b) in 8.0 mL MeOH is added 5.5 mL (5.50mmol) 1M aqueous sodium hydroxide-solution. The reaction is stirredovernight at RT and additional 3.0 mL (3.00 mmol) 1M aqueous sodiumhydroxide-solution is added. The reaction mixture is stirred 4 days atRT and the solvent is evaporated. The residue is acidified with 1Maqueous HCl, the precipitate is collected, washed with water and dried.

Yield: 520 mg (100% of theory)

ESI Mass spectrum: [M+H]⁺=356

Retention time HPLC: 3.5 min (method A).

11d4-Benzyloxy-1-[2-(5-hydroxymethyl-thiophen-2-yl)-ethyl]-1H-pyridin-2-one

To 530 mg (1.49 mmol)5-[2-(4-benzyloxy-2-oxo-2H-pyridin-1-yl)-ethyl]-thiophene-2-carboxylicacid (preparation 11c) in 15 mL THF is added at RT 266 mg (1.64 mmol)CDI. The reaction mixture is stirred 30 min at 50° C. and is then pouredinto a solution of 169 mg (4.47 mmol) sodium borohydride in 40 mL water.The mixture is stirred 1 h at RT, diluted with saturated aqueouspotassium-hydrogen-sulfate-solution and stirred for another 20 min. Themixture is neutralized with saturated aqueous Na₂CO₃-solution. Theaqueous phase is extracted three times with EtOAc/MeOH. The combinedorganic phase is dried over MgSO₄, filtered and the solvent isevaporated to afford the product.

Yield: 520 mg (102% of theory)

ESI Mass spectrum: [M+H]⁺=342

Retention time HPLC: 3.5 min (method A).

Preparation 12

Perhydro-azepin-4-ol

To 2.00 g (13.4 mmol) perhydro-azepin-4-one in 20 mL MeOH is added 200mg platin(IV)-oxide. The reaction mixture is stirred under a hydrogenatmosphere of 1500 hPa at RT for 22 h. The catalyst is removed byfiltration and 7.5 g polymer bound HCO₃ (MP resin 100 A) is added. Themixture is stirred 30 min at RT, filtered and the solvent is evaporatedto afford the product.

Yield: 1.60 g (104% of theory)

ESI Mass spectrum: [M+H]⁺=116

R_(f)-value: 0.05 (silica gel, mixture G).

Preparation 13

Perhydro-azepin-3-ol

13a Perhydro-azepin-3-one

To 120 g (500 mmol) 1-benzyl-perhydro-azepin-3-one in 800 mL MeOH and100 mL water is added 12.0 g Pd(II)-O. The reaction mixture is stirredunder a hydrogen atmosphere of 5000 hPa at RT overnight. The solvent isevaporated, the residue is co-evaporated twice with 100 mL toluene. Theresidue is elutriated with acetone. The precipitate is collected anddried.

Yield: 73.5 g (98% of theory)

Melting point=142° C.

R_(f)-value: 0.55 (silica gel, mixture H).

13b Perhydro-azepin-3-ol

Perhydro-azepin-3-ol is prepared as preparation 12 from 2.00 g (13.4mmol)) perhydro-azepin-3-one (preparation 13b).

Yield: 1.00 g (65% of theory)

ESI Mass spectrum: [M+H]⁺=116

R_(f)-value: 0.15 (silica gel, mixture G).

Preparation 144-(Benzyl-methyl-amino)-1-[2-(4-bromomethyl-phenyl)-ethyl]-1H-pyridin-2-one

14a Benzyl-methyl-(1-oxy-pyridin-4-yl)-amine

A mixture of 5.00 g (38.6 mmol) 4-chloro-pyridine-1-oxide and 14.9 mL(116 mmol) N-methyl-benzylamine is stirred 4 h at 90° C., is dilutedwith water/EtOAc and the layers are separated. The organic phase iswashed with water and the combined aqueous phase is concentrated invacuo. The residue is dissolved in MeOH and is purified by HPLC (Zorbaxstable bond, C18; water (0.15% formic acid)/acetonitrile 95:5 to 10:90).

Yield: 4.40 g (53% of theory)

ESI Mass spectrum: [M+H]⁺=215

14b 4-(Benzyl-methyl-amino)-1H-pyridin-2-one

To 4.40 g (20.5 mmol) benzyl-methyl-(1-oxy-pyridin-4-yl)-amine(preparation 14a) is added 58 mL (616 mmol) acetic acid anhydride andthe mixture is stirred 5 h at 150° C. The mixture is cooled to RTovernight and the solvent is evaporated. The residue is purified by HPLC(Zorbax stable bond, C18; water (0.15% formic acid)/acetonitrile 95:5 to10:90).

Yield: 1.53 g (35% of theory)

ESI Mass spectrum: [M+H]⁺=215

Retention time HPLC: 3.9 min (method F).

14c4-(Benzyl-methyl-amino)-1-[2-(4-hydroxymethyl-phenyl)-ethyl]-1H-pyridin-2-one

A mixture of 500 mg (2.33 mmol) 4-(benzyl-methyl-amino)-1H-pyridin-2-one(preparation 14b) and 1.52 g (4.67 mmol) cesium carbonate in 2.3 mL ofDMF is stirred 15 min at RT and then 1.22 g (4.67 mmol)[4-(2-iodo-ethyl)-phenyl]-methanol (preparation 1b) is added. Themixture is stirred overnight at RT and the solvent is evaporated. Theresidue is dissolved in MeOH and is purified by reverse HPLC (Waterssymmetry, C18; water (0.15% formic acid)/acetonitrile 95:5 to 10:90).

Yield: 290 mg (26% of theory, 74% purity)

ESI Mass spectrum: [M+H]⁺=349

Retention time HPLC: 4.4 min (method C).

14d4-(Benzyl-methyl-amino)-1-[2-(4-bromomethyl-phenyl)-ethyl]-1H-pyridin-2-one

To 280 mg (0.80 mmol, 74% purity)4-(benzyl-methyl-amino)-1-[2-(4-hydroxymethyl-phenyl)-ethyl]-1H-pyridin-2-one(preparation 14c) in 5.0 mL of DCM is added at 0° C. 53 μL (0.56 mmol)phosphorus tribromide. The mixture is stirred overnight at RT and isdiluted with aqueous NaHCO₃-solution and water. The layers are separatedand the organic phase is dried over MgSO₄, filtered and the solvent isremoved. The residue is used directly without further purification.

Yield: 350 mg (106% of theory)

ESI Mass spectrum: [M+H]⁺=411/413

Retention time HPLC: 4.2 min (method C).

Preparation 154-Benzyloxy-1-[2-(4-bromomethyl-phenyl)-2-oxo-ethyl]-1H-pyridin-2-one

15a 2-Bromo-1-(4-hydroxymethyl-phenyl)-ethanone

To 7.00 g (46.6 mmol) 1-(4-hydroxymethyl-phenyl)-ethanone in 100 mL THFis added 22.5 g (46.6 mmol) tetrabutylammonium-tribromide dissolved inMeOH/THF. The reaction mixture is stirred 1 h at RT and the solvent isevaporated. The residue is dissolved with water andtertbutylmethylether. The organic phase is washed eight times withwater. The combined organic phase is dried over MgSO₄, filtered and thesolvent is evaporated. The residue is elutriated with diisopropyletherand the precipitate is collected and dried.

Yield: 8.10 g (76% of theory)

ESI Mass spectrum: [M+H]⁺=229/231

R_(f)-value: 0.2 (silica gel, mixture 1).

15b4-Benzyloxy-1-[2-(4-hydroxymethyl-phenyl)-2-oxo-ethyl]-1H-pyridin-2-one

To 3.29 g (16.4 mmol) 4-benzyloxy-1H-pyridin-2-one in 16 mL DMF is added13.3 g (40.9 mmol) cesium carbonate and the mixture is stirred 15 min atRT. Then 3.75 g (16.4 mmol) 2-bromo-1-(4-hydroxymethyl-phenyl)-ethanone(preparation 15a) is added and is stirred 2 h at RT. Water is added, theprecipitate is collected, washed with water and dried.

Yield: 5.30 g (93% of theory)

ESI Mass spectrum: [M+H]⁺=350

Retention time HPLC: 3.0 min (method A).

15c4-Benzyloxy-1-[2-(4-bromomethyl-phenyl)-2-oxo-ethyl]-1H-pyridin-2-one

To 3.00 g (8.59 mmol)4-benzyloxy-1-[2-(4-hydroxymethyl-phenyl)-2-oxo-ethyl]-1H-pyridin-2-one(preparation 15b) in 20 mL of DCM and 20 mL THF is added 0.81 mL (8.59mmol) phosphorus tribromide at 0° C. The cooling bath is removed and themixture is stirred 1 h at RT in an ultrasound bath.

The precipitate is collected, washed with diisopropylether and water andis dried.

Yield: 3.40 g (96% of theory)

ESI Mass spectrum: [M+H]⁺=412/414

Retention time HPLC: 4.0 min (method H).

Preparation 164-Benzyloxy-1-[2-(4-bromomethyl-3-fluoro-phenyl)-2-oxo-ethyl]-1H-pyridin-2-one

16a (4-Bromo-2-fluoro-benzyloxy)-tert-butyl-dimethyl-silane

To 5.10 g (24.9 mmol) (4-bromo-2-fluoro-phenyl)-methanol in 30 mL DMF isadded subsequently 4.06 g (26.1 mmol) tert-butyl-chloro-dimethyl silane,2.57 g (37.3 mmol) imidazole and 456 mg (3.73 mmol) DMAP. The reactionmixture is stirred overnight at RT and the solvent is evaporated. Theresidue is diluted with EtOAc, washed five times with water and thecombined organic phase is dried over MgSO₄, filtered and the solvent isevaporated.

Yield: 7.70 g (97% of theory)

R_(f)-value: 0.9 (silica gel, mixture C).

16b tert-Butyl-(2-fluoro-4-iodo-benzyloxy)-dimethyl-silane

To 7.70 g (24.1 mmol)(4-bromo-2-fluoro-benzyloxy)-tert-butyl-dimethyl-silane (preparation16a) in 8 mL 1,4-dioxane is added 937 mg (4.82 mmol) Cu(I)-iodide. Thereaction mixture is flushed with argon and 7.23 g (48.2 mmol) sodiumiodide and 1.03 mL (9.65 mmol) N,N-dimethylethylen-diamine are added.The mixture is stirred at 120° C. for 7 h in a sealed tube. The reactionmixture is diluted at RT with 5% aqueous NH₃-solution and the aqueousphase is extracted with EtOAc. The combined organic phase is washed afew times with water, dried over MgSO₄, filtered and the solvent isevaporated.

Yield: 7.80 g (88% of theory)

Retention time HPLC: 4.2 min (method E).

16c 4-(tert-Butyl-dimethyl-silanyloxymethyl)-3-fluoro-benzoic AcidMethyl Ester

To 3.00 g (8.19 mmol)tert-butyl-(2-fluoro-4-iodo-benzyloxy)-dimethyl-silane (preparation 16b)in 20 mL MeOH and 20 mL DMF is added 455 mg (0.82 mmol)1,1-bis(-diphenylphosphino)ferrocene, 184 mg (0.82 mmol) Pd(II)-acetateand 2.27 mL (16.3 mmol) triethylamine. The reaction mixture is stirredunder a CO atmosphere (4000 hPa) at 50° C. for 24 h. The solvent isevaporated, the residue is dissolved in DMF and is purified by HPLC(Zorbax stable bond, C18; water (0.15% formic acid)/acetonitrile 85:5 to0:100).

Yield: 1.46 g (60% of theory)

Retention time HPLC: 3.8 min (method E).

16d 4-(tert-Butyl-dimethyl-silanyloxymethyl)-3-fluoro-benzoic Acid

To 2.20 g (7.37 mmol)4-(tert-butyl-dimethyl-silanyloxymethyl)-3-fluoro-benzoic acid methylester (preparation 16c) in 30 mL EtOH is added 12 mL 1 M aqueousNaOH-solution. The mixture is stirred 1 h at RT, additional 4 mL 1 Maqueous NaOH-solution are added and the reaction mixture is stirred anadditional hour. The solvent is evaporated, the residue is acidifiedwith 1 M aqueous HCl-solution. The precipitate is collected and dried.

Yield: 540 mg (26% of theory)

ESI Mass spectrum: [M−H]⁻=283

Retention time HPLC: 4.9 min (method A).

16e1-[4-(tert-Butyl-dimethyl-silanyloxymethyl)-3-fluoro-phenyl]-ethanone

A solution of 540 mg (1.90 mmol)4-(tert-butyl-dimethyl-silanyloxymethyl)-3-fluoro-benzoic acid(preparation 16d) in 20 mL THF is degassed and cooled to −30° C. 3.56 mL(5.67 mmol) 1.6 M methyl-lithium solution in diethylether is added, themixture is stirred 2 h at −30° C. and 3.12 mL (24.7 mmol)trimethyl-chloro-silane are added. The mixture is stirred 2 min and istransferred to a pH 7 buffer solution (0° C.). The aqueous phase isextracted with EtOAc and diethylether. The combined organic phase iswashed with water, dried over MgSO₄, filtered and the solvent isevaporated. The residue is purified by silica gel column chromatographywith PE/EtOAc (9:1) as eluent.

Yield: 280 mg (52% of theory)

ESI Mass spectrum: (M+H)⁺=283

R_(f)-value: 0.5 (silica gel, mixture C).

16f 2-Bromo-1-(3-fluoro-4-hydroxymethyl-phenyl)-ethanone2-Bromo-1-(3-fluoro-4-hydroxymethyl-phenyl)-ethanone is preparedfollowing preparation 15a from 280 mg (0.99 mmol)1-[4-(tert-butyl-dimethyl-silanyloxymethyl)-3-fluoro-phenyl]-ethanone(preparation 16e) and 478 mg (0.99 mmol) tetrabutylammonium-tribromide.

Yield: 230 mg (94% of theory)

R_(f)-value: 0.3 (silica gel, mixture J).

16 g4-Benzyloxy-1-[2-(3-fluoro-4-hydroxymethyl-phenyl)-2-oxo-ethyl]-1H-pyridin-2-one

4-Benzyloxy-1-[2-(3-fluoro-4-hydroxymethyl-phenyl)-2-oxo-ethyl]-1H-pyridin-2-oneis prepared following preparation 15b from 193 mg (0.93 mmol)4-benzyloxy-1H-pyridin-2-one and 230 mg (0.93 mmol)2-bromo-1-(3-fluoro-4-hydroxymethyl-phenyl)-ethanone (preparation 16f).

Yield: 240 mg (70% of theory)

ESI Mass spectrum: (M+H)⁺=368

Retention time HPLC: 3.2 min (method A).

16h4-Benzyloxy-1-[2-(4-bromomethyl-3-fluoro-phenyl)-2-oxo-ethyl]-1H-pyridin-2-one

4-Benzyloxy-1-[2-(4-bromomethyl-3-fluoro-phenyl)-2-oxo-ethyl]-1H-pyridin-2-oneis prepared following preparation 15c from 240 mg (0.65 mmol)4-benzyloxy-1-[2-(3-fluoro-4-hydroxymethyl-phenyl)-2-oxo-ethyl]-1H-pyridin-2-one(preparation 16g) and 0.43 mL (4.57 mmol) phosphorus tribromide.

Yield: 210 mg (75% of theory)

ESI Mass spectrum: (M+H)⁺=430/432

Retention time HPLC: 2.4 min (method E).

Preparation 175-Benzyloxy-2-[2-(4-bromomethyl-phenyl)-2-oxo-ethyl]-2H-pyridazin-3-one

17a5-Benzyloxy-2-[2-(4-hydroxymethyl-phenyl)-2-oxo-ethyl]-2H-pyridazin-3-one

5-Benzyloxy-2-[2-(4-hydroxymethyl-phenyl)-2-oxo-ethyl]-2H-pyridazin-3-oneis prepared following preparation 15b from 5.20 g (25.7 mmol)5-benzyloxy-2H-pyridazin-3-one (preparation 5c) and 7.70 g (28.6 mmol)2-bromo-1-(4-hydroxymethyl-phenyl)-ethanone (preparation 15a) using DMSOas solvent.

Yield: 9.40 g (94% of theory)

ESI Mass spectrum: [M+H]⁺=351

Retention time HPLC: 0.9 min (method L).

17b5-Benzyloxy-2-[2-(4-bromomethyl-phenyl)-2-oxo-ethyl]-2H-pyridazin-3-one

5-Benzyloxy-2-[2-(4-bromomethyl-phenyl)-2-oxo-ethyl]-2H-pyridazin-3-oneis prepared following preparation 15c from 9.40 g (26.8 mmol)5-benzyloxy-2-[2-(4-hydroxymethyl-phenyl)-2-oxo-ethyl]-2H-pyridazin-3-one(preparation 17a) and 2.52 mL (26.8 mmol) phosphorus tribromide.

Yield: 10.0 g (90% of theory)

ESI Mass spectrum: [M+H]⁺=413/415

Retention time HPLC: 1.6 min (method J).

Preparation 182-[2-(4-Bromomethyl-phenyl)-2-oxo-ethyl]-5-(5-chloro-pyridin-2-ylmethoxy)-2H-pyridazin-3-one

18a5-(5-Chloro-pyridin-2-ylmethoxy)-2-(tetrahydro-pyran-2-yl)-2H-pyridazin-3-one

To 5.00 g (25.5 mmol)5-hydroxy-2-(tetrahydro-pyran-2-yl)-2H-pyridazin-3-one (see preparation5a) and 4.03 g (28.0 mmol) (5-chloro-pyridin-2-yl)-methanol in 25 mL THFand 15 mL DCM is added molecular sieve and then 12.7 g (38.2 mmol) ofpolymer bound triphenylphosphane (3 mmol/g). The reaction mixture iscooled to 0° C. and 7.53 mL (38.2 mmol) diisopropyl azodicarboxylate isadded. The mixture is stirred 10 min at 0° C. and 30 min at RT. Thereaction mixture is filtered and the solvent is evaporated. The residueis purified via reverse HPLC chromatography (Zorbax stable bond, C18;water (0.1% formic acid)/acetonitrile (0.1% formic acid) 95:5 to 10:90).

Yield: 5.50 g (67% of theory)

ESI Mass spectrum: [M+H]⁺=322/324

Retention time HPLC: 3.3 min (method A). 18b5-(5-Chloro-pyridin-2-ylmethoxy)-2H-pyridazin-3-one

To 5.50 g (17.1 mmol)5-(5-chloro-pyridin-2-ylmethoxy)-2-(tetrahydro-pyran-2-yl)-2H-pyridazin-3-one(preparation 18a) in 50 mL MeOH is added 7.1 mL conc. HCl and thereaction mixture is refluxed for 2 h. The solvent is evaporated, theprecipitate collected and added to 50 mL of water. The mixture isneutralized with saturated aqueous NaHCO₃-solution. The precipitate iscollected, washed with water and dried.

Yield: 3.00 g (74% of theory)

ESI Mass spectrum: [M+H]⁺=238/240

Retention time HPLC: 1.0 min (method J).

18c5-(5-Chloro-pyridin-2-ylmethoxy)-2-[2-(4-hydroxymethyl-phenyl)-2-oxo-ethyl]-2H-pyridazin-3-one

5-(5-Chloro-pyridin-2-ylmethoxy)-2-[2-(4-hydroxymethyl-phenyl)-2-oxo-ethyl]-2H-pyridazin-3-oneis prepared following preparation 15b from 450 mg (1.89 mmol)5-(5-chloro-pyridin-2-ylmethoxy)-2H-pyridazin-3-one (preparation 18b)and 477 mg (2.08 mmol) 2-bromo-1-(4-hydroxymethyl-phenyl)-ethanone(preparation 15a).

Yield: 650 mg (89% of theory)

ESI Mass spectrum: [M+H]⁺=386/388

Retention time HPLC: 2.9 min (method A).

18d2-[2-(4-Bromomethyl-phenyl)-2-oxo-ethyl]-5-(5-chloro-pyridin-2-ylmethoxy)-2H-pyridazin-3-one

2-[2-(4-Bromomethyl-phenyl)-2-oxo-ethyl]-5-(5-chloro-pyridin-2-ylmethoxy)-2H-pyridazin-3-oneis prepared following preparation 15c from 650 mg (1.69 mmol)5-(5-chloro-pyridin-2-ylmethoxy)-2-[2-(4-hydroxymethyl-phenyl)-2-oxo-ethyl]-2H-pyridazin-3-one(preparation 18c) and 0.16 mL (1.69 mmol) phosphorus tribromide.

Yield: 500 mg (66% of theory)

ESI Mass spectrum: (M+H)⁺=448/450

Retention time HPLC: 2.4 min (method E).

Preparation 192-[2-(4-Chloromethyl-phenyl)-2-oxo-ethyl]-5-(5-fluoro-pyridin-2-ylmethoxy)-2H-pyridazin-3-one

19a5-(5-Fluoro-pyridin-2-ylmethoxy)-2-(tetrahydro-pyran-2-yl)-2H-pyridazin-3-one

5-(5-Fluoro-pyridin-2-ylmethoxy)-2-(tetrahydro-pyran-2-yl)-2H-pyridazin-3-oneis prepared following preparation 18a from 2.40 g (12.2 mmol)5-hydroxy-2-(tetrahydro-pyran-2-yl)-2H-pyridazin-3-one (see preparation5a) and 1.56 g (12.2 mmol) (5-fluoro-pyridin-2-yl)-methanol

Yield: 800 mg (21% of theory)

ESI Mass spectrum: (M+H)⁺=306

Retention time HPLC: 3.0 min (method A).

19b 5-(5-Fluoro-pyridin-2-ylmethoxy)-2H-pyridazin-3-one

5-(5-Fluoro-pyridin-2-ylmethoxy)-2H-pyridazin-3-one is preparedfollowing preparation 18b from 800 mg (2.62 mmol)5-(5-fluoro-pyridin-2-ylmethoxy)-2-(tetrahydro-pyran-2-yl)-2H-pyridazin-3-one.

Yield: 350 mg (60% of theory)

ESI Mass spectrum: [M+H]⁺=222

Retention time HPLC: 2.0 min (method A).

19c5-(5-Fluoro-pyridin-2-ylmethoxy)-2-[2-(4-hydroxymethyl-phenyl)-2-oxo-ethyl]-2H-pyridazin-3-one

5-(5-Fluoro-pyridin-2-ylmethoxy)-2-[2-(4-hydroxymethyl-phenyl)-2-oxo-ethyl]-2H-pyridazin-3-oneis prepared following preparation 15b (with acetonitrile as solvent)from 350 mg (1.58 mmol)5-(5-fluoro-pyridin-2-ylmethoxy)-2H-pyridazin-3-one (preparation 19b)and 399 mg (1.74 mmol) 2-bromo-1-(4-hydroxymethyl-phenyl)-ethanone(preparation 15a).

Yield: 400 mg (68% of theory)

ESI Mass spectrum: [M+H]⁺=370

Retention time HPLC: 2.7 min (method A).

19d2-[2-(4-Chloromethyl-phenyl)-2-oxo-ethyl]-5-(5-fluoro-pyridin-2-ylmethoxy)-2H-pyridazin-3-one

To 400 mg (1.08 mmol)5-(5-fluoro-pyridin-2-ylmethoxy)-2-[2-(4-hydroxymethyl-phenyl)-2-oxo-ethyl]-2H-pyridazin-3-one(preparation 19c) in 10 mL DCM is added 0.12 mL (1.62 mmol)thionylchloride at 0° C. The reaction mixture is stirred 2 h at RT anddiluted with tert-butylmethylether. The precipitate is collected anddried.

Yield: 350 mg (83% of theory)

ESI Mass spectrum: [M+H]⁺=388/390

Retention time HPLC: 3.6 min (method A).

Preparation 206-Benzyloxy-3-[2-(4-bromomethyl-phenyl)-2-oxo-ethyl]-3H-pyrimidin-4-one

20a6-Benzyloxy-3-[2-(4-hydroxymethyl-phenyl)-2-oxo-ethyl]-3H-pyrimidin-4-one

6-Benzyloxy-3-[2-(4-hydroxymethyl-phenyl)-2-oxo-ethyl]-3H-pyrimidin-4-oneis prepared following preparation 15b from 1.50 g (7.42 mmol)6-benzyloxy-3H-pyrimidin-4-one and 1.87 g (8.16 mmol)2-bromo-1-(4-hydroxymethyl-phenyl)-ethanone (preparation 15a).

Yield: 2.5 g (96% of theory)

ESI Mass spectrum: [M+H]⁺=351

Retention time HPLC: 3.0 min (method A).

20b6-Benzyloxy-3-[2-(4-bromomethyl-phenyl)-2-oxo-ethyl]-3H-pyrimidin-4-one

6-Benzyloxy-3-[2-(4-bromomethyl-phenyl)-2-oxo-ethyl]-3H-pyrimidin-4-oneis prepared following preparation 15c from 2.50 g (7.14 mmol)6-benzyloxy-3-[2-(4-hydroxymethyl-phenyl)-2-oxo-ethyl]-3H-pyrimidin-4-one(preparation 20a) and 0.67 mL (7.14 mmol) phosphorus tribromide.

Yield: 900 mg (31% of theory)

ESI Mass spectrum: (M+H)⁺=413/415

Preparation 214-Hydroxy-1-{2-[3-(2,2,2-trifluoro-acetyl)-2,3,4,5-tetrahydro-1H-3-benzazepin-7-yl]-ethyl}-1H-pyridin-2-one

21a4-Benzyloxy-1-{2-oxo-2-[3-(2,2,2-trifluoro-acetyl)-2,3,4,5-tetrahydro-1H-3-benzazepin-7-yl]-ethyl}-1H-pyridin-2-one

To 8.05 g (40.0 mmol) 4-benzyloxy-1H-pyridin-2-one in 50 mL THF is addedat 0° C. subsequently 4.94 g (44.0 mmol) potassium tert-butylate, 739 mg(2.00 mmol) tert-butyl ammonium-iodide and 15.3 g (48.0 mmol)1-[7-(2-chloro-acetyl)-1,2,4,5-tetrahydro-3-benzazepin-3-yl]-2,2,2-trifluoro-ethanone.The reaction mixture is stirred overnight at RT and poured onto 500 mLwater. 100 ml tert-butylmethylether is added. The precipitate iscollected and dried. The product, which contains 20%1-[7-(2-chloro-acetyl)-1,2,4,5-tetrahydro-3-benzazepin-3-yl]-2,2,2-trifluoro-ethanoneis used without further purification in the next step.

Yield: 16.0 g (66% of theory; 80% purity)

ESI Mass spectrum: [M+H]⁺=485

Retention time HPLC: 4.3 min (method A).

21b4-Hydroxy-1-{2-[3-(2,2,2-trifluoro-acetyl)-2,3,4,5-tetrahydro-1H-3-benzazepin-7-yl]-ethyl}-1H-pyridin-2-one

To 5.00 g (10.3 mmol)4-benzyloxy-1-{2-oxo-2-[3-(2,2,2-trifluoro-acetyl)-2,3,4,5-tetrahydro-1H-3-benzazepin-7-yl]-ethyl}-1H-pyridin-2-one(preparation 21a) in 100 mL MeOH and 9.8 mL 1 M aqueous HCl-solution isadded 500 mg of 10% Pd/C. The reaction mixture is stirred under ahydrogen atmosphere of 5000 hPa at 50° C. for 18 h. After filtration andevaporation of the solvent, is the residue purified by HPLC (Zorbaxstable bond, C18; water (0.15% formic acid)/acetonitrile 95:5 to 5:95).

Yield: 1.90 g (36% of theory; 75% purity)

ESI Mass spectrum: [M+H]⁺=381

Retention time HPLC: 3.4 min (method A).

Preparation 22.1 4-(4-Fluoro-benzyloxy)-1H-pyridin-2-one

To 1.40 g (7.41 mmol) 1-bromomethyl-4-fluoro-benzene in 20 mLacetonitrile is added 822 mg (7.40 mmol) 2,4-dihydroxy pyridine and 2.05g (14.8 mmol) potassium carbonate. The reaction mixture is stirredovernight at RT. 5 mL of DMF is added and the reaction is stirredovernight. After filtration and evaporation of the solvent, is theresidue purified by HPLC (Zorbax stable bond, C18; water (0.15% formicacid)/acetonitrile 95:5 to 5:95).

Yield: 600 mg (37% of theory)

ESI Mass spectrum: [M+H]⁺=220

Retention time HPLC: 2.8 min (method A).

The following compounds are prepared as described for preparation 22.1.For the preparation of 22.6 and 22.7 the corresponding chlorides areused as alkylating agents.

Retention time HPLC Yield in min Preparation -W-B (%) Formula MS(method) 22.2

46 C₁₁H₉BrN₂O₂ 281/283[M + H]⁺ 2.5 (A) 22.3

18 C₁₀H₉NO₂S 208[M + H]+ 2.5 (A) 22.4

12 C₁₁H₁₀N₂O₂ 203[M + H]⁺ 1.7 (F) 22.5

43 C₁₂H₁₀ClNO₂ 236/238[M + H]⁺ 1.1 (K) 22.6

37 C₁₃H₁₃NO₂ 216[M + H]⁺ 1.1 (K) 22.7

24 C₁₃H₁₃NO₃ 232[M + H]⁺ 1.1 (K)

Preparation 231-[5-(2-Chloro-acetyl)-1,3-dihydro-isoindol-2-yl]-2,2,2-trifluoro-ethanone

To 5.00 g (37.5 mmol) aluminium(III)-chloride in 20 mL1,2-dichloroethane is added at 0° C. dropwise 2.24 mL (28.1 mmol)1,3-dichloro-propan-2-one keeping the temperature below 15° C. Then 4.48g (18.7 mmol) 1-(1,3-dihydro-isoindol-2-yl)-2,2,2-trifluoro-ethanone in5 mL 1,2-dichloroethane is added dropwise at RT keeping the temperaturebetween 40-45° C. The reaction is stirred for 18 h at RT and is pouredonto aqueous HCl-solution. The aqueous phase is extracted twice withDCM, the organic phase is washed with water, dried over MgSO₄, filteredand the solvent is evaporated. The residue is elutriated with PE and theprecipitate is collected.

Yield: 2.76 g (51% of theory)

ESI Mass spectrum: [M+H]⁺=292/294

Retention time HPLC: 3.7 min (method H).

Preparation 242-Chloro-1-[5-(2-chloro-benzyl)-3a,4,5,6,7,7a-hexahydro-thieno[3,2-c]pyridin-2-yl]-ethanone

To 10.0 g (33.3 mmol)5-(2-chloro-benzyl)-3a,4,5,6,7,7a-hexahydro-thieno[3,2-c]pyridine isadded 3.18 mL (40.0 mmol) chloro-acetyl chloride and then 8.88 g (66.6mmol) aluminium(III)-chloride. The reaction mixture is stirred 1 h at70° C. and then a water-ice mixture is added followed by DCM. The formedprecipitate is collected and dried.

Yield: 9.70 g (77% of theory)

ESI Mass spectrum: [M+H]⁺=340/342/344

Retention time HPLC: 4.9 min (method J).

Preparation 25 5-(5-Bromo-pyridin-2-ylmethoxy)-2H-pyridazin-3-one

25a5-(5-Bromo-pyridin-2-ylmethoxy)-2-(tetrahydro-pyran-2-yl)-2H-pyridazin-3-one

To 3.29 g (16.7 mmol)5-hydroxy-2-(tetrahydro-pyran-2-yl)-2H-pyridazin-3-one (preparation 5a)in acetonitrile is added at RT subsequently 4.63 g (33.4 mmol)potassium-carbonate and 4.20 g (16.7 mmol)5-bromo-2-bromomethyl-pyridine. The reaction mixture is stirred 3 h atRT and 5 mL DMF is added. The reaction mixture is stirred overnight andthe solvent is evaporated. To the residue water andtert-butylmethylether is added. The precipitate is collected and dried.

Yield: 5.30 g (86% of theory)

ESI Mass spectrum: [M+H]⁺=366/368

Retention time HPLC: 3.7 min (method A).

25b 5-(5-Bromo-pyridin-2-ylmethoxy)-2H-pyridazin-3-one

5-(5-Bromo-pyridin-2-ylmethoxy)-2H-pyridazin-3-one is prepared followingpreparation 18b from 5.30 g (14.5 mmol)5-(5-bromo-pyridin-2-ylmethoxy)-2-(tetrahydro-pyran-2-yl)-2H-pyridazin-3-one(preparation 25a).

Yield: 4.20 g (103% of theory)

ESI Mass spectrum: [M+H]⁺=282/284

Retention time HPLC: 2.8 min (method A).

Preparation 26 5-(4-Fluoro-benzyloxy)-2H-pyridazin-3-one

26a 5-(4-Fluoro-benzyloxy)-2-(tetrahydro-pyran-2-yl)-2H-pyridazin-3-one

5-(4-Fluoro-benzyloxy)-2-(tetrahydro-pyran-2-yl)-2H-pyridazin-3-one isprepared following preparation 25a from 8.00 g (40.8 mmol)5-hydroxy-2-(tetrahydro-pyran-2-yl)-2H-pyridazin-3-one (preparation 5a)and 5.4 mL (44.9 mmol) 1-chloromethyl-4-fluoro-benzene.

Yield: 10.5 g (85% of theory)

ESI Mass spectrum: [M+H]⁺=305

Retention time HPLC: 3.6 min (method A).

26b 5-(4-Fluoro-benzyloxy)-2H-pyridazin-3-one

5-(4-Fluoro-benzyloxy)-2H-pyridazin-3-one is prepared followingpreparation 18b from 10.5 g (34.5 mmol)5-(4-fluoro-benzyloxy)-2-(tetrahydro-pyran-2-yl)-2H-pyridazin-3-one(preparation 26a).

Yield: 7.30 g (96% of theory)

ESI Mass spectrum: [M+H]⁺=221

Retention time HPLC: 2.7 min (method A).

Preparation 27 5-(Pyridin-2-ylmethoxy)-2H-pyridazin-3-one

27a 5-(Pyridin-2-ylmethoxy)-2-(tetrahydro-pyran-2-yl)-2H-pyridazin-3-one

5-(Pyridin-2-ylmethoxy)-2-(tetrahydro-pyran-2-yl)-2H-pyridazin-3-one isprepared following preparation 25a from 2.00 g (10.2 mmol)5-hydroxy-2-(tetrahydro-pyran-2-yl)-2H-pyridazin-3-one (preparation 5a)and 2.58 g (10.2 mmol) 2-bromomethyl-pyridine hydro-bromide.

Yield: 2.40 g (82% of theory)

ESI Mass spectrum: [M+H]⁺=288

Retention time HPLC: 2.9 min (method A).

27b 5-(Pyridin-2-ylmethoxy)-2H-pyridazin-3-one

5-(Pyridin-2-ylmethoxy)-2H-pyridazin-3-one is prepared followingpreparation 18b from 2.40 g (8.35 mmol)5-(pyridin-2-ylmethoxy)-2-(tetrahydro-pyran-2-yl)-2H-pyridazin-3-one(preparation 27a).

Yield: 1.40 g (82% of theory)

ESI Mass spectrum: [M+H]⁺=204

Retention time HPLC: 1.8 min (method A).

Preparation 28.15-Benzyloxy-2-{2-oxo-2-[2-(2,2,2-trifluoro-acetyl)-1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-isoquinolin-7-yl]-ethyl}-2H-pyridazin-3-one

5-Benzyloxy-2-{2-oxo-2-[2-(2,2,2-trifluoro-acetyl)-1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-isoquinolin-7-yl]-ethyl}-2H-pyridazin-3-oneis prepared following preparation 15b (DMSO as solvent; purification viaHPLC) from 3.00 g (14.8 mmol) 5-benzyloxy-2H-pyridazin-3-one(preparation 5c) and 4.54 g (14.8 mmol)1-[7-(2-chloro-acetyl)-3,4-dihydro-1H-isoquinolin-2-yl]-2,2,2-trifluoro-ethanone.

Yield: 4.70 g (67% of theory)

ESI Mass spectrum: [M+H]⁺=472

Retention time HPLC: 4.1 min (method A).

The following compounds are prepared as described for preparation 28.1.For preparation 28.3 DMSO is used as solvent, for preparation 28.21-[7-(2-bromo-acetyl)-3,4-dihydro-1H-isoquinolin-2-yl]-2,2,2-trifluoro-ethanoneis used as alkylating agent.

Retention time HPLC Starting Yield in min preparation -W-B material (%)Formula MS (method) 28.2

Preparation27b 57 C₂₃H₁₉F₃N₄O₄ 473[M + H]⁺ 3.7 (A) 28.3

Preparation25b 69 C₂₃H₁₈BrF₃N₄O₄ 551/553[M + H]⁺ 1.8 (K) 28.4

Preparation26b 90 C₂₄H₁₉F₄N₃O₄ 490[M + H]⁺ 4.2 (A) 28.5

Preparation18b 19 C₂₃H₁₈ClF₃N₄O₄ 507/509[M + H]⁺ 3.9 (A)

Preparation 296-[2-(4-Benzyloxy-2-oxo-2H-pyridin-1-yl)-acetyl]-3,4-dihydro-1H-isoquinoline-2-carboxylicAcid Tert-Butyl Ester

29a6-(Methoxy-methyl-carbamoyl)-3,4-dihydro-1H-isoquinoline-2-carboxylicAcid Tert-Butyl Ester

To 2.00 g (7.21 mmol) 3,4-dihydro-1H-isoquinoline-2,6-dicarboxylic acid2-tert-butyl ester in 70 mL MeOH is added at RT 844 mg (8.65 mmol)O,N-dimethyl-hydroxylamine and 1.59 mL (14.4 mmol) 4-methyl-morpholine.The mixture is stirred at RT and then 2.10 g (7.57 mmol)4-(4,6-dimethoxy-1,3,5-triazin-2-yl)-4-methyl-morpholin-4-ium chloridehydrate is added and the mixture is stirred overnight at RT. The residueis directly purified via reverse HPLC chromatography (Waters XBridge,C18; water (0.3% NH₄OH)/acetonitrile (0.3% NH₄OH) 90:10 to 10:90).

Yield: 2.30 g (100% of theory)

ESI Mass spectrum: [M+H]⁺=321

Retention time HPLC: 1.7 min (method K).

29b 6-Acetyl-3,4-dihydro-1H-isoquinoline-2-carboxylic Acid Tert-ButylEster

To 2.30 g (7.18 mmol)6-(methoxy-methyl-carbamoyl)-3,4-dihydro-1H-isoquinoline-2-carboxylicacid tert-butyl ester (preparation 29a) in 50 mL THF is added under anargon atmosphere at 0° C. 7.18 mL (21.5 mmol; 3 M solution indiethylether) methylmagnesium bromide. The reaction mixture is stirred1.5 h at −5° C. and is then transferred into a saturated aqueousammonium chloride solution. The aqueous phase is extracted three timeswith tert-butylmethylether, dried over MgSO₄, filtered and the solventis evaporated. The residue is purified by silica gel columnchromatography with PE/EtOAc (8:2) as eluent.

Yield: 1.40 g (71% of theory)

ESI Mass spectrum: [M+H]⁺=276

R_(f)-value: 0.7 (silica gel, mixture E).

29c 6-(2-Bromo-acetyl)-3,4-dihydro-1H-isoquinoline-2-carboxylic AcidTert-Butyl Ester

To 1.40 g (5.09 mmol) 6-acetyl-3,4-dihydro-1H-isoquinoline-2-carboxylicacid tert-butyl ester (preparation 29b) in 20 mL THF is added a solutionof 2.45 g (5.09 mmol) tetrabutylammonium-tribromide in MeOH/THF at RT.The reaction mixture is stirred 30 min at RT and the solvent isevaporated. The residue is treated with water and 1 M aqueousHCl-solution and the aqueous phase is extracted withtert-butylmethylether. The organic phase is washed with water and 1 Maqueous HCl-solution, dried over MgSO₄, filtered and the solvent isevaporated. The residue is purified by silica gel column chromatographywith PE/EtOAc (7:3) as eluent.

Yield: 580 mg (21% of theory)

ESI Mass spectrum: [M+NH₄]⁺=371/373

29d6-[2-(4-Benzyloxy-2-oxo-2H-pyridin-1-yl)-acetyl]-3,4-dihydro-1H-isoquinoline-2-carboxylicAcid Tert-Butyl Ester

6-[2-(4-Benzyloxy-2-oxo-2H-pyridin-1-yl)-acetyl]-3,4-dihydro-1H-isoquinoline-2-carboxylicacid tert-butyl ester is prepared following preparation 15b (DMSO assolvent; purification via HPLC) from 214 mg (1.06 mmol)4-benzyloxy-1H-pyridin-2-one and 580 mg (1.06 mmol)6-(2-bromoacetyl)-3,4-dihydro-1H-isoquinoline-2-carboxylic acidtert-butyl ester (preparation 29c).

Yield: 410 mg (81% of theory)

ESI Mass spectrum: [M+H]⁺=475

Retention time HPLC: 1.9 min (method K).

Preparation 305-Benzyloxy-2-{2-[4-(1-bromo-ethyl)-phenyl]-2-oxo-ethyl}-2H-pyridazin-3-one

30a 2-Bromo-1-[4-(1-hydroxy-ethyl)-phenyl]-ethanone

2-Bromo-1-[4-(1-hydroxy-ethyl)-phenyl]-ethanone is prepared followingpreparation 29c from 600 mg (3.65 mmol)1-[4-(1-hydroxy-ethyl)-phenyl]-ethanone.

Yield: 750 mg (84% of theory)

ESI Mass spectrum: [M+H]⁺=243/245

R_(f)-value: 0.5 (silica gel, mixture E).

30b5-Benzyloxy-2-{2-[4-(1-hydroxy-ethyl)-phenyl]-2-oxo-ethyl}-2H-pyridazin-3-one

5-Benzyloxy-2-{2-[4-(1-hydroxy-ethyl)-phenyl]-2-oxo-ethyl}-2H-pyridazin-3-oneis prepared following preparation 15b (DMSO as solvent) from 624 mg(3.09 mmol) 5-benzyloxy-2H-pyridazin-3-one (preparation 5c) and 750 mg(3.09 mmol) 2-bromo-1-[4-(1-hydroxy-ethyl)phenyl]-ethanone (preparation30a).

Yield: 920 mg (82% of theory; 72% purity)

ESI Mass spectrum: [M+H]⁺=365

Retention time HPLC: 1.1 min (method M).

30c5-Benzyloxy-2-{2-[4-(1-bromo-ethyl)-phenyl]-2-oxo-ethyl}-2H-pyridazin-3-one

5-Benzyloxy-2-{2-[4-(1-bromo-ethyl)-phenyl]-2-oxo-ethyl}-2H-pyridazin-3-oneis prepared following example 1.1a from 920 mg (2.53 mmol)5-benzyloxy-2-{2-[4-(1-hydroxy-ethyl)-phenyl]-2-oxo-ethyl}-2H-pyridazin-3-one(preparation 30b).

Yield: 900 mg (58% of theory; 70% purity)

ESI Mass spectrum: [M+H]⁺=428/430

Retention time HPLC: 1.6 min (method J).

Preparation 31.14-(4-Fluoro-benzyloxy)-1-[2-(4-hydroxymethyl-phenyl)-2-oxo-ethyl]-1H-pyridin-2-one

4-(4-Fluoro-benzyloxy)-1-[2-(4-hydroxymethyl-phenyl)-2-oxo-ethyl]-1H-pyridin-2-oneis prepared following preparation 15b (DMSO as solvent) from 1.10 g(5.00 mmol) 4-(4-fluoro-benzyloxy)-1H-pyridin-2-one (preparation 22.1)and 1.15 g (5.00 mmol) 2-bromo-1-(4-hydroxymethylphenyl)-ethanone(preparation 15a).

Yield: 1.25 g (68% of theory)

ESI Mass spectrum: [M+H]⁺=368

Retention time HPLC: 1.6 min (method K).

The following compounds are prepared as described for preparation 31.1.

Retention Starting time material HPLC (preparation Yield in minPreparation -W-B No.) (%) Formula MS (method) 31.2

22.5 76 C₂₁H₁₈ClNO₄ 384/386[M + H]⁺ 1.7 (K) 31.3

22.6 83 C₂₂H₂₁NO₄ 364[M + H]⁺ 1.6 (K) 31.4

22.7 76 C₂₂H₂₁NO₅ 380[M + H]⁺ 1.5 (K)

Preparation 32.11-[2-(4-Chloromethyl-phenyl)-2-oxo-ethyl]-4-(4-fluoro-benzyloxy)-1H-pyridin-2-one

To 1.20 g (3.27 mmol)4-(4-fluoro-benzyloxy)-1-[2-(4-hydroxymethyl-phenyl)-2-oxo-ethyl]-1H-pyridin-2-one(preparation 31.1) in 20 mL DCM is added 0.29 mL (3.59 mmol) pyridineand 0.26 mL (3.59 mmol) thionylchloride at 0° C. The reaction mixture isstirred 1 h at 0° C., is warmed to RT and is then diluted with water.The organic phase is washed with saturated aqueous KHSO₄-solution andthen with water, dried over MgSO₄, filtered over charcoal and thesolvent is evaporated.

Yield: 800 mg (64% of theory)

ESI Mass spectrum: [M+H]⁺=386/388

Retention time HPLC: 4.2 min (method A).

The following compounds are prepared as described for preparation 32.1.

Retention Starting time material HPLC (preparation Yield in minPreparation -W-B No.) (%) Formula MS (method) 32.2

31.2 68 C₂₁H₁₇Cl₂NO₃ 402/404/406[M + H]⁺ 4.5 (A) 32.3

31.3 39 C₂₂H₂₀ClNO₃ 382/384[M + H]⁺ 4.4 (A) 32.4

31.4 34 C₂₂H₂₀ClNO₄ 398/400[M + H]⁺ 4.2 (A)

Preparation of the End Compounds EXAMPLE 1.14-Benzyloxy-1-{2-[4-(3-hydroxy-piperidin-1-ylmethyl)-phenyl]-ethyl}-1H-pyridin-2-one

1.1a 4-Benzyloxy-1-[2-(4-bromomethyl-phenyl)-ethyl]-1H-pyridin-2-one

To 3.00 g (8.95 mmol)4-benzyloxy-1-[2-(4-hydroxymethyl-phenyl)-ethyl]-1H-pyridin-2-one(preparation 2a) in 30 mL of DCM is added 1.26 mL (13.4 mmol) phosphorustribromide at 0° C. The cooling bath is removed, the mixture is stirred2 h at RT and is diluted with half saturated aqueous NaHCO₃-solution.The layers are separated and the aqueous layer is washed three timeswith DCM. The combined organic phase is dried over MgSO₄, filtered andthe solvent is evaporated to afford the product.

Yield: 3.40 g (95% of theory)

ESI Mass spectrum: [M+H]⁺=398/400

Retention time HPLC: 4.6 min (method A).

1.1b4-Benzyloxy-1-{2-[4-(3-hydroxy-piperidin-1-ylmethyl)-phenyl]-ethyl}-1H-pyridin-2-one

To 100 mg (0.25 mmol)4-benzyloxy-1-[2-(4-bromomethyl-phenyl)-ethyl]-1H-pyridin-2-one (example1.1a) in 2.00 mL of DMF is added 76 mg (0.75 mmol) 3-hydroxypiperidine.The reaction mixture is stirred 1 h at RT and is directly purified byHPLC (Zorbax Bonus-RP, C14; water (0.1% formic acid)/acetonitrile (0.1%formic acid) 95:5 to 10:90).

Yield: 78 mg (74% of theory)

ESI Mass spectrum: [M+H]⁺=419

Retention time HPLC: 2.7 min (method B).

The following examples are prepared as described for Example 1.1b. Forexample 1.5-1.10 and 1.14-1.30 only 1.5 eq of the corresponding amineand additionally 2.0 eq of N-ethyl-diisopropylamine are used. Forexample 1.31 to 1.43 2.0 eq of the corresponding amine and 2.0 eq ofN-ethyl-diisopropylamine are used.

Retention time HPLC Yield in min Rf- Example R¹R²N— (%) Formula MS(method) Value 1.2

59 C₂₆H₃₀N₂O₃ 419[M + H]⁺ 2.7 (A) 1.3

36 C₂₈H₃₃N₃O₃ 460[M + H]⁺ 2.7 (A) 1.4

57 C₂₅H₂₈N₂O₂ 389[M + H]⁺ 2.7 (B) 1.5

79 C₂₉H₃₅N₃O₃ 474[M + H]⁺ 2.4 (B) 1.6

62 C₂₉H₃₅N₃O₃ 474[M + H]⁺ 2.0 (B) 1.7

37 C₂₄H₂₆N₂O₃ 391[M + H]⁺ 2.4 (B) 1.8

69 C₃₀H₃₇N₃O₃ 488[M + H]⁺ 2.1 (B) 1.9

76 C₂₆H₂₉N₃O₃ 432[M + H]⁺ 2.8 (A) 1.10

51 C₂₅H₂₇N₃O₃ 418[M + H]⁺ 2.7 (A) 1.11

79 C₂₅H₂₆N₂O₂ 387[M + H]⁺ 2.8 (A) 1.12

79 C₂₄H₂₈N₂O₂ 377[M + H]⁺ 2.8 (A) 1.13

74 C₂₃H₂₆N₂O₂ 363[M + H]⁺ 2.8 (A) 1.14

80 C₂₅H₂₈N₂O₃ 405[M + H]⁺ 0.7 (A) 1.15

79 C₂₇H₃₂N₂O₃ 433[M + H]⁺ 0.5 (A) 1.16

78 C₂₇H₃₂N₂O₃ 433[M + H]⁺ 0.45 (A) 1.17

99 C₂₇H₃₂N₂O₃ 433[M + H]⁺ 0.45 (B) 1.18

83 C₂₇H₃₂N₂O₃ 433[M + H]⁺ 0.5 (A) 1.19

85 C₂₇H₃₂N₂O₃ 433[M + H]⁺ 0.55 (A) 1.20

82 C₂₅H₂₈N₂O₃ 405[M + H]⁺ 0.4 (A) 1.21

68 C₂₆H₃₀N₂O₃ 419[M + H]⁺ 0.4 (A) 1.22

80 C₂₅H₂₇FN₂O₂ 407[M + H]⁺ 0.6 (A) 1.23

22 C₂₅H₂₈N₂O₂ 389[M + H]⁺ 0.5 (A) 1.24

47 C₂₆H₂₉N₃O₃ 432[M + H]⁺ 3.1 (C) 1.25

88 C₂₇H₃₁N₃O₃ 446[M + H]⁺ 0.5 (A) 1.26

75 C₂₉H₃₅N₃O₃ 474[M + H]⁺ 0.55 (A) 1.27

87 C₂₅H₂₈N₂O₃ 405[M + H]⁺ 0.4 (A) 1.28

90 C₂₆H₃₀N₂O₃ 419[M + H]⁺ 0.5 (A) 1.29

64 C₂₆H₃₀N₂O₃ 419[M + H]⁺ 0.5 (A) 1.30

79 C₂₇H₂₉N₃O₂ 428[M + H]⁺ 3.2 (C) 1.31

47 C₂₇H₃₃N₃O₂ 432[M + H]⁺ 2.4 (C) 1.32

69 C₂₇H₃₃N₃O₂ 432[M + H]⁺ 2.4 (C) 1.33

80 C₂₇H₃₂N₂O₃ 433[M + H]⁺ 3.1 (C) 1.34

74 C₂₇H₃₂N₂O₃ 433[M + H]+ 3.2 (C) 1.35

84 C₂₇H₃₁N₃O₃ 446[M + H]+ 3.35 (C) 1.36

78 C₂₇H₃₁N₃O₃ 446[M + H]+ 3.1 (C) 1.37

79 C₂₇H₃₁N₃O₃ 446[M + H]+ 3.1 (C) 1.38

78 C₂₈H₃₃N₃O₃ 460[M + H]+ 3.2 (C) 1.39

58 C₂₈H₃₃N₃O₃ 460[M + H]+ 3.1 (D) 1.40

17 C₂₆H₂₉N₃O₃ 432[M + H]+ 3.1 (C) 1.41

78 C₂₇H₃₁N₃O₃ 446[M + H]+ 3.1 (C) 1.42

55 C₂₆H₃₁N₃O₂ 418[M + H]+ 2.9 (C) 1.43

41 C₂₅H₂₉N₃O₂ 404[M + H]+ 2.7 (C)

The following examples are prepared as described for Example 1.1b,followed by BOC-deprotection (BOC deprotection as described for example24.2; yield given for the BOC-deprotection).

Retention time HPLC Yield in min Rf- Example —W—B (%) Formula MS(method) Value 1.44

72 C₂₅H₂₇F₂N₃O₂ 440[M + H]⁺ 2.7 (A) 1.45

59 C₂₅H₂₈FN₃O₂ 422[M + H]⁺ 2.3 (A) 1.46

100 C₂₅H₂₈FN₃O₂ 422[M + H]⁺ 2.6 (A) 1.47

57 C₂₅H₂₈ClN₃O₂ 438/440[M + H]⁺ 2.9 (A) 1.48

85 C₂₅H₂₈FN₃O₂ 422[M + H]⁺ 2.6 (A) 1.49

89 C₂₅H₂₈BrN₃O₂ 482/484[M + H]+ 2.9 (A) 1.50

66 C₂₄H₂₇BrN₄O₂ 483/485[M + H]+ 2.5 (A)

EXAMPLE 2.1N-[1-(4-{2-[2-Oxo-4-(thiophen-2-ylmethoxy)-2H-pyridin-1-yl]-ethyl}-benzyl)-piperidin-4-yl]-acetamide

2.1a1-[2-(4-Hydroxymethyl-phenyl)-ethyl]-4-(thiophen-2-ylmethoxy)-1H-pyridin-2-one

To 400 mg (1.63 mmol)4-hydroxy-1-[2-(4-hydroxymethyl-phenyl)-ethyl]-1H-pyridin-2-one(preparation 2b) and 385 mg (2.00 mmol) methanesulfonic acidthiophen-2-ylmethyl ester in 20 mL DMF is added 451 mg (3.26 mmol)potassium carbonate at RT. The reaction mixture is stirred overnight atRT and is diluted with 60 mL of EtOAc. The organic phase is washed threetimes with water, dried over MgSO₄, filtered and the solvent isevaporated. The residue is purified via reverse HPLC chromatography(Waters symmetry, C18; water (0.1% formic acid)/acetonitrile (0.1%formic acid) 95:5 to 10:90).

Yield: 90 mg (16% of theory)

ESI Mass spectrum: [M+H]⁺=342

Retention time HPLC: 3.4 min (method A).

2.1bN-[1-(4-{2-[2-Oxo-4-(thiophen-2-ylmethoxy)-2H-pyridin-1-yl]-ethyl}-benzyl)-piperidin-4-yl]-acetamide

To 45 mg (0.13 mmol)1-[2-(4-hydroxymethyl-phenyl)-ethyl]-4-(thiophen-2-ylmethoxy)-1H-pyridin-2-one(example 2.1a) in 3.0 mL DCM is added 55 μL triethylamine (0.40 mmol)and subsequently 20 μL (0.26 mmol) methanesulfonyl chloride at RT. Thereaction mixture is stirred 1 h at RT and then 37 mg (0.40 mmol)N-piperidin-4-yl-acetamide is added. The mixture is stirred overnight atRT and is directly added to a reverse HPLC for purification (Zorbaxstable bond, C18, 7 μm; water (0.15% formic acid)/acetonitrile 95:5 to10:90).

Yield: 22 mg (36% of theory)

ESI Mass spectrum: [M+H]⁺=466

Retention time HPLC: 2.7 min (method A).

EXAMPLE 2.21-[2-(4-Pyrrolidin-1-ylmethyl-phenyl)-ethyl]-4-(thiophen-2-ylmethoxy)-1H-pyridin-2-one

1-[2-(4-Pyrrolidin-1-ylmethyl-phenyl)-ethyl]-4-(thiophen-2-ylmethoxy)-1H-pyridin-2-oneis prepared as example 2.1b from 45 mg (mg (0.13 mmol)1-[2-(4-hydroxymethyl-phenyl)-ethyl]-4-(thiophen-2-ylmethoxy)-1H-pyridin-2-one(example 2.1a) and 22 μL (0.26 mmol) pyrrolidine. The product ispurified via reverse HPLC chromatography (Waters X-Bridge; water (0.15%NH₄OH)/acetonitrile 95:5 to 10:90 and then Stable bond, C18; water (0.1%formic acid)/acetonitrile (0.1% formic acid) 95:5 to 10:90).

Yield: 8 mg (15% of theory)

ESI Mass spectrum: [M+H]⁺=395

Retention time HPLC: 2.8 min (method A).

EXAMPLE 2.31-{2-[4-((S)-3-Hydroxy-pyrrolidin-1-ylmethyl)-phenyl]-ethyl}-4-(thiophen-2-ylmethoxy)-1H-pyridin-2-one

2.3a1-[2-(4-Bromomethyl-phenyl)-ethyl]-4-(thiophen-2-ylmethoxy)-1H-pyridin-2-one

To 480 mg (1.41 mmol)1-[2-(4-hydroxymethyl-phenyl)-ethyl]-4-(thiophen-2-ylmethoxy)-1H-pyridin-2-one(example 2.1a) in 5.0 mL of DCM is added 67 μL (0.70 mmol) phosphorustribromide at 0° C. After warming to RT, the mixture is stirred 2 h atRT and is diluted with aqueous 5% NaHCO₃-solution. The layers areseparated and the aqueous phase is washed with DCM. The combined organicphase is washed with water, dried over MgSO₄, filtered and the solventis evaporated to afford the product.

Yield: 500 mg (88% of theory)

ESI Mass spectrum: [M+H]⁺=404/406

Retention time HPLC: 2.8 min (method E).

2.3b1-{2-[4-((S)-3-Hydroxy-pyrrolidin-1-ylmethyl)-phenyl]-ethyl}-4-(thiophen-2-ylmethoxy)-1H-pyridin-2-one

To 50 mg (0.12 mmol)1-[2-(4-bromomethyl-phenyl)-ethyl]-4-(thiophen-2-ylmethoxy)-1H-pyridin-2-onein 5.0 mL DCM is added 23 mg (0.26 mmol) (S)-hydroxy-pyrrolidine at RT.The reaction mixture is stirred overnight at 40° C., diluted with 0.5 mLDMF and is directly added to a reverse HPLC for purification (Zorbaxstable bond, C18; water (0.15% formic acid)/acetonitrile 95:5 to 5:95).

Yield: 23 mg (45% of theory)

ESI Mass spectrum: [M+H]⁺=411

R_(f)-value: 0.3 (silica gel, mixture A).

The following examples are prepared as described for Example 2.3b. Forthe preparation of example 2.6 and 2.9 additional 5.0 eq oftriethylamine are used.

Retention time HPLC Yield in min Rf- Example R¹R²N— (%) Formula MS(method) Value 2.4

27 C₂₅H₂₉N₃O₃S 452[M + H]⁺ 0.35 (A) 2.5

26 C₂₅H₂₉N₃O₃S 452[M + H]⁺ 0.35 (A) 2.6

33 C₂₄H₂₇N₃O₃S 438[M + H]⁺ 0.3 (A) 2.7

52 C₂₅H₃₀N₂O₃S 439[M + H]⁺ 0.3 (A) 2.8

51 C₂₄H₂₈N₂O₃S 425[M + H]⁺ 0.3 (A) 2.9

24 C₂₂H₂₄N₂O₃S 397[M + H]⁺ 0.3 (A) 2.10

46 C₂₃H₂₆N₂O₃S 411[M + H]⁺ 2.8 (A) 2.11

66 C₂₁H₂₄N₂O₂S 369[M + H]⁺ 2.7 (A) 2.12

46 C₂₃H₂₆N₂O₃S 411[M + H]⁺ 2.7 (A) 2.13

56 C₂₇H₃₃N₃O₃S 480[M + H]⁺ 2.7 (A)

EXAMPLE 3.14-(Pyridin-2-ylmethoxy)-1-[2-(4-pyrrolidin-1-ylmethyl-phenyl)-ethyl]-1H-pyridin-2-one

3.1a1-[2-(4-Hydroxymethyl-phenyl)-ethyl]-4-(pyridin-2-ylmethoxy)-1H-pyridin-2-one

To 500 mg (2.04 mmol)4-hydroxy-1-[2-(4-hydroxymethyl-phenyl)-ethyl]-1H-pyridin-2-one(preparation 2b) in 20 mL DMF is added 0.62 g (2.46 mmol)2-bromomethyl-pyridine and 0.85 g (6.12 mmol) potassium carbonate. Thereaction mixture is stirred overnight at RT and is diluted with 60 mL ofEtOAc. The organic phase is washed twice with water, separated, driedover MgSO₄ and the solvent is evaporated to afford the product.

Yield: 300 mg (44% of theory)

ESI Mass spectrum: [M+H]⁺=337

Retention time HPLC: 2.5 min (method A).

3.1b4-(Pyridin-2-ylmethoxy)-1-[2-(4-pyrrolidin-1-ylmethyl-phenyl)-ethyl]-1H-pyridin-2-one

To 150 mg (0.45 mmol)1-[2-(4-hydroxymethyl-phenyl)-ethyl]-4-(pyridin-2-ylmethoxy)-1H-pyridin-2-onein 5.0 mL DCM is added 186 μL (1.34 mmol) triethylamine and subsequently69 μL (0.89 mmol) methanesulfonyl chloride at RT. The reaction mixtureis stirred 1 h at RT and 74 μL (0.89 mmol) pyrrolidine is added. Themixture is stirred overnight at RT and is directly transferred to areverse HPLC for purification (Zorbax stable bond, C18; water (0.1%formic acid)/acetonitrile (0.1% formic acid) 95:5 to 10:90).

Yield: 47 mg (27% of theory)

ESI Mass spectrum: [M+H]⁺=390

Retention time HPLC: 2.2 min (method A).

EXAMPLE 3.2N-[1-(4-{2-[2-Oxo-4-(pyridin-2-ylmethoxy)-2H-pyridin-1-yl]-ethyl}-benzyl)-piperidin-4-yl]-acetamide

N-[1-(4-{2-[2-Oxo-4-(pyridin-2-ylmethoxy)-2H-pyridin-1-yl]-ethyl}-benzyl)-piperidin-4-yl]-acetamideis prepared as example 3.1b from 150 mg (0.45 mmol)1-[2-(4-hydroxymethylphenyl)-ethyl]-4-(pyridin-2-ylmethoxy)-1H-pyridin-2-one(example 3.1a) and 127 mg (0.89 mmol) N-piperidin-4-yl-acetamide. Theproduct is purified via reverse HPLC chromatography (Zorbax stable bond,C18; water (0.1% formic acid)/acetonitrile (0.1% formic acid) 95:5 to10:90).

Yield: 60 mg (29% of theory)

ESI Mass spectrum: [M+H]⁺=461

Retention time HPLC: 2.1 min (method A).

EXAMPLE 3.31-{2-[4-(4-Hydroxy-4-methyl-piperidin-1-ylmethyl)-phenyl]-ethyl}-4-(pyridin-2-ylmethoxy)-1H-pyridin-2-one

3.3a1-[2-(4-Bromomethyl-phenyl)-ethyl]-4-(pyridin-2-ylmethoxy)-1H-pyridin-2-one

To 1.20 g (3.57 mmol)1-[2-(4-hydroxymethyl-phenyl)-ethyl]-4-(pyridin-2-ylmethoxy)-1H-pyridin-2-one(example 3.1a) in 25 mL of DCM is added at 0° C. 0.24 mL (2.50 mmol)phosphorus tribromide. After warming to RT, the mixture is stirred 2 hat RT and is diluted with 30 mL tertbutylmethylether. The precipitate iscollected and dried.

Yield: 1.90 g (100% of theory)

ESI Mass spectrum: [M+H]⁺=399/401

Retention time HPLC: 3.8 min (method A).

3.3b1-{2-[4-(4-Hydroxy-4-methyl-piperidin-1-ylmethyl)-phenyl]-ethyl}-4-(pyridin-2-ylmethoxy)-1H-pyridin-2-one

To 140 mg (0.26 mmol)1-[2-(4-bromomethyl-phenyl)-ethyl]-4-(pyridin-2-ylmethoxy)-1H-pyridin-2-one(example 3.3a) in 1.5 mL DMF is added 61 mg (0.53 mmol)4-hydroxy-4-methylpiperidine and 0.12 mL (0.66 mmol)N-ethyl-diisopropylamine at RT. The reaction mixture is stirred 2 h atRT and is directly transferred to a reverse HPLC for purification(Waters symmetry, C18; water (0.15% formic acid)/acetonitrile 95:5 to10:90).

Yield: 55 mg (48% of theory)

ESI Mass spectrum: [M+H]⁺=434

Retention time HPLC: 2.2 min (method C).

The following examples are prepared as described for example 3.3b. Forthe preparation of example 3.4 and 3.12-3.15 4.0 eq of amine (as reagentand base) are used.

Retention time HPLC Yield in min Example R¹R²N— (%) Formula MS (method)3.4

45 C₂₄H₂₇N₃O₃ 406[M + H]⁺ 2.2 (C) 3.5

35 C₂₅H₂₉N₃O₃ 420[M + H]⁺ 2.1 (C) 3.6

25 C₂₅H₂₈N₄O₃ 433[M + H]⁺ 2.1 (C) 3.7

41 C₂₆H₃₀N₄O₃ 447[M + H]⁺ 2.2 (C) 3.8

46 C₂₆H₃₀N₄O₃ 447[M + H]⁺ 2.2 (C) 3.9

35 C₂₄H₂₇N₃O₃ 406[M + H]⁺ 2.1 (C) 3.10

36 C₂₄H₂₇N₃O₃ 406[M + H]⁺ 2.1 (C) 3.11

17 C₂₃H₂₅N₃O₃ 392[M + H]⁺ 2.1 (C) 3.12

47 C₂₂H₂₅N₃O₃ 364[M + H]⁺ 2.1 (C) 3.13

29 C₂₃H₂₇N₃O₂ 378[M + H]⁺ 2.2 (C) 3.14

33 C₂₁H₂₃N₃O₂ 350[M + H]⁺ 2.1 (C) 3.15

39 C₂₃H₂₅N₃O₂ 376[M + H]⁺ 2.2 (C) 3.16

59 C₂₈H₃₄N₄O₃ 475[M + H]⁺ 2.3 (C)

EXAMPLE 4.11-[2-(4-Pyrrolidin-1-ylmethyl-phenyl)-ethyl]-4-(thiophen-3-ylmethoxy)-1H-pyridin-2-one

4.1a1-[2-(4-Hydroxymethyl-phenyl)-ethyl]-4-(thiophen-3-ylmethoxy)-1H-pyridin-2-one

To 582 mg (2.37 mmol)4-hydroxy-1-[2-(4-hydroxymethyl-phenyl)-ethyl]-1H-pyridin-2-one(preparation 2b) in 10 mL DMF is added 0.70 g (3.95 mmol)3-bromomethyl-thiophene and 1.64 g (11.9 mmol) potassium carbonate. Thereaction mixture is stirred overnight at RT, filtered and is directlytransferred to a reverse HPLC for purification (Zorbax stable bond C18;water (0.15% formic acid)/acetonitrile 95:5 to 10:90).

Yield: 250 mg (31% of theory)

ESI Mass spectrum: [M+H]⁺=342

Retention time HPLC: 3.4 min (method A).

4.1b1-[2-(4-Bromomethyl-phenyl)-ethyl]-4-(thiophen-3-ylmethoxy)-1H-pyridin-2-one

To 250 mg (0.73 mmol)1-[2-(4-hydroxymethyl-phenyl)-ethyl]-4-(pyridin-2-ylmethoxy)-1H-pyridin-2-one(example 4.1a) in 8.0 mL of DCM is added at 0° C. 48 μL (0.51 mmol)phosphorus tribromide. After warming to RT, the mixture is stirred 2 hat RT and is diluted with ice water. The layers are separated, theaqueous phase is extracted three times with DCM/MeOH. The combinedorganic phase is dried over MgSO₄, filtered and the solvent isevaporated to afford the product.

Yield: 300 mg (101% of theory)

ESI Mass spectrum: [M+H]⁺=404/406

Retention time HPLC: 4.4 min (method A).

4.1c1-[2-(4-Pyrrolidin-1-ylmethyl-phenyl)-ethyl]-4-(thiophen-3-ylmethoxy)-1H-pyridin-2-one

To 150 mg (0.37 mmol)1-[2-(4-bromomethyl-phenyl)-ethyl]-4-(thiophen-3-ylmethoxy)-1H-pyridin-2-one(example 4.1b) in 1.5 mL acetonitrile is added at RT 122 μL (1.48 mmol)pyrrolidine. The reaction mixture is stirred for 2 h at RT and isdirectly transferred to a reverse HPLC for purification (Zorbax stablebond, C18; water (0.15% formic acid)/acetonitrile 95:5 to 10:90).

Yield: 62 mg (42% of theory)

ESI Mass spectrum: [M+H]⁺=395

Retention time HPLC: 2.8 min (method A).

EXAMPLE 4.2N-[1-(4-{2-[2-Oxo-4-(thiophen-3-ylmethoxy)-2H-pyridin-1-yl]-ethyl}-benzyl)-piperidin-4-yl]-acetamide

To 30 mg (0.45 mmol)1-[2-(4-hydroxymethyl-phenyl)-ethyl]-4-(thiophen-3-ylmethoxy)-1H-pyridin-2-one(example 4.1a) in 2.0 mL DCM is added 37 μL triethylamine (0.26 mmol)and subsequently 14 μL (0.18 mmol) methanesulfonyl chloride at RT. Thereaction mixture is stirred 1 h at RT and additional 18 μL triethylamine(0.13 mmol) and 7 μL (0.09 mmol) methanesulfonyl chloride is added at RTand the reaction mixture is stirred 1 h at RT. 2.0 mL acetonitrile and25 mg (0.18 mmol) N-piperidin-4-yl-acetamide are added and the reactionmixture is stirred for 1 h. A precipitate is formed and 1 mL of DMF isadded and the reaction mixture is stirred overnight. The sole productformed (HPLC-MS analysis) is1-[2-(4-chloromethyl-phenyl)-ethyl]-4-(thiophen-3-ylmethoxy)-1H-pyridin-2-one.The reaction mixture is diluted with EtOAc, washed twice with water andis dried over MgSO₄. After filtration, the solvent is evaporated and 30mg (95% yield) of1-[2-(4-chloromethyl-phenyl)-ethyl]-4-(thiophen-3-ylmethoxy)-1H-pyridin-2-oneis isolated. To 30 mg (0.09 mmol)1-[2-(4-chloromethyl-phenyl)-ethyl]-4-(thiophen-3-ylmethoxy)-1H-pyridin-2-onein 2.0 mL DMF is added 26 mg (0.18 mmol) N-piperidin-4-yl-acetamide and37 mg (0.27 mmol) potassium carbonate at RT. The reaction mixture isstirred overnight at RT, filtered and is directly transferred to areverse HPLC for purification (Zorbax stable bond, C18; water (0.15%formic acid)/acetonitrile 95:5 to 10:90).

Yield: 9 mg (22% of theory)

ESI Mass spectrum: [M+H]⁺=466

Retention time HPLC: 2.7 min (method A).

EXAMPLE 5.14-(Furan-3-ylmethoxy)-1-[2-(4-pyrrolidin-1-ylmethyl-phenyl)-ethyl]-1H-pyridin-2-one

5.1a4-(Furan-3-ylmethoxy)-1-[2-(4-hydroxymethyl-phenyl)-ethyl]-1H-pyridin-2-one

To 582 mg (2.37 mmol)4-hydroxy-1-[2-(4-hydroxymethyl-phenyl)-ethyl]-1H-pyridin-2-one(preparation 2b) in 10 mL DMF is added 0.76 g (4.74 mmol)3-bromomethyl-furan and 0.98 g (7.12 mmol) potassium carbonate. Thereaction mixture is stirred overnight at RT, filtered and is directlytransferred to a reverse HPLC for purification (Zorbax stable bond C18;water (0.15% formic acid)/acetonitrile 95:5 to 10:90).

Yield: 220 mg (29% of theory)

ESI Mass spectrum: [M+H]⁺=326

Retention time HPLC: 3.2 min (method A).

5.1b1-[2-(4-Bromomethyl-phenyl)-ethyl]-4-(furan-3-ylmethoxy)-1H-pyridin-2-one

To 220 mg (0.68 mmol)4-(furan-3-ylmethoxy)-1-[2-(4-hydroxymethyl-phenyl)-ethyl]-1H-pyridin-2-one(example 5.1a) in 8.0 mL of DCM is added at 0° C. 44 μL (0.47 mmol)phosphorus tribromide. After warming to RT, the mixture is stirred 2 hat RT and is diluted with ice water. The layers are separated, theaqueous phase is extracted three times with DCM/MeOH. The combinedorganic phase is dried over MgSO₄, filtered and the solvent isevaporated to afford the product.

Yield: 300 mg (purity: 85%; 97% of theory)

ESI Mass spectrum: [M+H]⁺=388/390

Retention time HPLC: 4.3 min (method A).

5.1c4-(Furan-3-ylmethoxy)-1-[2-(4-pyrrolidin-1-ylmethyl-phenyl)-ethyl]-1H-pyridin-2-one

To 150 mg (85% purity, 0.33 mmol)1-[2-(4-bromomethyl-phenyl)-ethyl]-4-(furan-3-ylmethoxy)-1H-pyridin-2-one(example 5.1b) in 1.5 mL DCM is added 108 μL (1.31 mmol) pyrrolidine atRT. The reaction mixture is stirred for 2 h at RT and is directlytransferred to a reverse HPLC for purification (Zorbax stable bond, C18;water (0.15% formic acid)/acetonitrile 95:5 to 10:90).

Yield: 76 mg (61% of theory)

ESI Mass spectrum: [M+H]⁺=379

Retention time HPLC: 2.6 min (method A).

EXAMPLE 5.2N-[1-(4-{2-[4-(Furan-3-ylmethoxy)-2-oxo-2H-pyridin-1-yl]-ethyl}-benzyl)-piperidin-4-yl]-acetamide

N-[1-(4-{2-[4-(Furan-3-ylmethoxy)-2-oxo-2H-pyridin-1-yl]-ethyl}-benzyl)-piperidin-4-yl]-acetamideis prepared as example 5.1c from 150 mg (85% purity, 0.33 mmol)1-[2-(4-bromomethylphenyl)-ethyl]-4-(furan-3-ylmethoxy)-1H-pyridin-2-one(example 5.1b) and 187 mg (1.31 mmol) N-piperidin-4-yl-acetamide.

Yield: 115 mg (78% of theory)

ESI Mass spectrum: [M+H]⁺=450

Retention time HPLC: 2.4 min (method A).

EXAMPLE 6.14-(Furan-2-ylmethoxy)-1-[2-(4-pyrrolidin-1-ylmethyl-phenyl)-ethyl]-1H-pyridin-2-one

6.1a4-(Furan-2-ylmethoxy)-1-[2-(4-hydroxymethyl-phenyl)-ethyl]-1H-pyridin-2-one

To 491 mg (2.00 mmol)4-hydroxy-1-[2-(4-hydroxymethyl-phenyl)-ethyl]-1H-pyridin-2-one(preparation 2b) in 20 mL DMF is added 0.35 g (2.00 mmol)methanesulfonic acid furan-2-ylmethyl ester and 0.83 g (6.00 mmol)potassium carbonate. The reaction mixture is stirred overnight at RT,filtered and is directly transferred to a reverse HPLC for purification(Zorbax stable bond C18; water (0.15% formic acid)/acetonitrile 95:5 to10:90).

Yield: 80 mg (12% of theory)

ESI Mass spectrum: [M+H]⁺=326

Retention time HPLC: 3.2 min (method A).

6.1b1-[2-(4-Bromomethyl-phenyl)-ethyl]-4-(furan-2-ylmethoxy)-1H-pyridin-2-one

To 80 mg (0.25 mmol)4-(furan-2-ylmethoxy)-1-[2-(4-hydroxymethyl-phenyl)-ethyl]-1H-pyridin-2-one(example 6.1a) in 3.0 mL of DCM is added at 0° C. 35 μL (0.37 mmol)phosphorus tribromide. After warming to RT, the mixture is stirred 2 hat RT and is diluted with half saturated aqueous NaHCO₃-solution. Thelayers are separated, the aqueous phase is extracted three times withDCM/MeOH. The combined organic phase is dried over MgSO₄, filtered andthe solvent is evaporated to afford the product.

Yield: 100 mg (105% of theory)

ESI Mass spectrum: [M+H]⁺=388/390

Retention time HPLC: 4.2 min (method A).

6.1c4-(Furan-2-ylmethoxy)-1-[2-(4-pyrrolidin-1-ylmethyl-phenyl)-ethyl]-1H-pyridin-2-one

To 50 mg (0.13 mmol)1-[2-(4-bromomethyl-phenyl)-ethyl]-4-(furan-2-ylmethoxy)-1H-pyridin-2-onein 1.5 mL DMF is added 42 μL (0.52 mmol) pyrrolidine at RT. The reactionmixture is stirred for 2 h at RT and is directly added to a reverse HPLCfor purification (Zorbax stable bond, C18; water (0.15% formicacid)/acetonitrile 95:5 to 10:90).

Yield: 31 mg (64% of theory)

ESI Mass spectrum: [M+H]⁺=379

Retention time HPLC: 2.6 min (method A).

EXAMPLE 6.2N-[1-(4-{2-[4-(Furan-2-ylmethoxy)-2-oxo-2H-pyridin-1-yl]-ethyl}-benzyl)-piperidin-4-yl]-acetamide

N-[1-(4-{2-[4-(Furan-2-ylmethoxy)-2-oxo-2H-pyridin-1-yl]-ethyl}-benzyl)-piperidin-4-yl]-acetamideis prepared as example 6.1c from 50 mg (0.13 mmol)1-[2-(4-bromomethyl-phenyl)-ethyl]-4-(furan-2-ylmethoxy)-1H-pyridin-2-one(example 6.1b) and 73 mg (0.52 mmol) N-piperidin-4-yl-acetamide.

Yield: 32 mg (55% of theory)

ESI Mass spectrum: [M+H]⁺=450

Retention time HPLC: 2.5 min (method A).

EXAMPLE 7.14-(4-Fluoro-benzyloxy)-1-[2-(4-pyrrolidin-1-ylmethyl-phenyl)-ethyl]-1H-pyridin-2-one

7.1a4-(4-Fluoro-benzyloxy)-1-[2-(4-hydroxymethyl-phenyl)-ethyl]-1H-pyridin-2-one

To 400 mg (1.63 mmol)4-hydroxy-1-[2-(4-hydroxymethyl-phenyl)-ethyl]-1H-pyridin-2-one(preparation 2b) in 30 mL acetonitrile is added 0.22 mL (1.79 mmol)1-bromomethyl-4-fluoro-benzene and 0.45 g (3.26 mmol) potassiumcarbonate. The reaction mixture is stirred overnight at RT. 5.0 mL DMFis added and the reaction mixture is stirred additional 24 h at RT. Thereaction mixture is diluted with 60 mL of EtOAc and is washed twice withwater. The organic phase is dried over MgSO₄, filtered and the solventis evaporated. The residue is purified via reverse HPLC chromatography(Waters symmetry C18; water (0.15% formic acid)/acetonitrile 95:5 to10:90).

Yield: 300 mg (52% of theory)

ESI Mass spectrum: [M+H]⁺=354

Retention time HPLC: 3.6 min (method A).

7.1b1-[2-(4-Bromomethyl-phenyl)-ethyl]-4-(4-fluoro-benzyloxy)-1H-pyridin-2-one

To 300 mg (0.85 mmol)4-(4-fluoro-benzyloxy)-1-[2-(4-hydroxymethyl-phenyl)-ethyl]-1H-pyridin-2-one(example 7.1a) in 5.0 mL of DCM is added 120 μL (1.27 mmol) phosphorustribromide. The mixture is stirred 2 h at RT and is diluted with halfsaturated aqueous NaHCO₃-solution. The layers are separated and theaqueous phase is extracted three times with DCM. The combined organicphase is dried over MgSO₄, filtered and the solvent is evaporated toafford the product.

Yield: 250 mg (71% of theory)

ESI Mass spectrum: [M+H]⁺=416/418

Retention time HPLC: 4.6 min (method A).

7.1c4-(4-Fluoro-benzyloxy)-1-[2-(4-pyrrolidin-1-ylmethyl-phenyl)-ethyl]-1H-pyridin-2-one

To 80 mg (0.19 mmol)1-[2-(4-bromomethyl-phenyl)-ethyl]-4-(4-fluoro-benzyloxy)-1H-pyridin-2-one(example 7.1b) in 1.5 mL DMF is added at RT 63 μL (0.77 mmol)pyrrolidine. The reaction mixture is stirred overnight at RT and isdirectly transferred to a reverse HPLC for purification (Waterssymmetry, C18; water (0.15% formic acid)/acetonitrile 95:5 to 10:90).

Yield: 52 mg (67% of theory)

ESI Mass spectrum: [M+H]⁺=407

Retention time HPLC: 3.0 min (method A).

EXAMPLE 7.2N-[1-(4-{2-[4-(4-Fluoro-benzyloxy)-2-oxo-2H-pyridin-1-yl]-ethyl}-benzyl)-piperidin-4-yl]-acetamide

N-[1-(4-{2-[4-(4-Fluoro-benzyloxy)-2-oxo-2H-pyridin-1-yl]-ethyl}-benzyl)-piperidin-4-yl]-acetamideis prepared as example 7.1c from 80 mg (0.19 mmol)1-[2-(4-bromomethyl-phenyl)ethyl]-4-(4-fluoro-benzyloxy)-1H-pyridin-2-one(example 7.1b), 41 mg (0.29 mmol) N-piperidin-4-yl-acetamide and 70 μL(0.40 mmol) N-ethyl-diisopropylamine as base.

Yield: 56 mg (61% of theory)

ESI Mass spectrum: [M+H]⁺=478

Retention time HPLC: 2.8 min (method A).

EXAMPLE 8.14-(3-Fluoro-benzyloxy)-1-[2-(4-pyrrolidin-1-ylmethyl-phenyl)-ethyl]-1H-pyridin-2-one

8.1a4-(3-Fluoro-benzyloxy)-1-[2-(4-hydroxymethyl-phenyl)-ethyl]-1H-pyridin-2-one

To 400 mg (1.63 mmol)4-hydroxy-1-[2-(4-hydroxymethyl-phenyl)-ethyl]-1H-pyridin-2-one(preparation 2b) in 20 mL DMF is added 339 mg (1.79 mmol)1-bromomethyl-3-fluoro-benzene and 0.45 g (3.26 mmol) potassiumcarbonate. The reaction mixture is stirred overnight at RT, diluted with60 mL of EtOAc and is washed twice with water. The combined organicphase is dried over MgSO₄, filtered and the solvent is evaporated. Theresidue is purified via reverse HPLC chromatography (Waters symmetryC18; water (0.15% formic acid)/acetonitrile 95:5 to 10:90).

Yield: 250 mg (43% of theory)

ESI Mass spectrum: [M+H]⁺=354

Retention time HPLC: 3.6 min (method A).

8.1b1-[2-(4-Bromomethyl-phenyl)-ethyl]-4-(3-fluoro-benzyloxy)-1H-pyridin-2-one

To 250 mg (0.71 mmol)4-(3-fluoro-benzyloxy)-1-[2-(4-hydroxymethyl-phenyl)-ethyl]-1H-pyridin-2-one(example 8.1a) in 4.0 mL of DCM is added 100 μL (1.06 mmol) phosphorustribromide. The mixture is stirred 2 h at RT and is diluted with halfsaturated aqueous NaHCO₃-solution. The layers are separated and theaqueous phase is extracted three times with DCM. The organic phase isdried over MgSO₄, filtered and the solvent is evaporated to afford theproduct.

Yield: 250 mg (85% of theory)

ESI Mass spectrum: [M+H]⁺=416/418

Retention time HPLC: 2.9 min (method E).

8.1c4-(3-Fluoro-benzyloxy)-1-[2-(4-pyrrolidin-1-ylmethyl-phenyl)-ethyl]-1H-pyridin-2-one

To 120 mg (0.29 mmol)1-[2-(4-bromomethyl-phenyl)-ethyl]-4-(3-fluoro-benzyloxy)-1H-pyridin-2-one(example 8.1b) in 2.0 mL DMF is added at RT 95 μL (1.15 mmol)pyrrolidine. The reaction mixture is stirred overnight at RT and isdirectly transferred to a reverse HPLC for purification (Waterssymmetry; water (0.15% formic acid)/acetonitrile 95:5 to 10:90).

Yield: 48 mg (41% of theory)

ESI Mass spectrum: [M+H]⁺=407

Retention time HPLC: 2.9 min (method A).

EXAMPLE 8.2N-[1-(4-{2-[4-(3-Fluoro-benzyloxy)-2-oxo-2H-pyridin-1-yl]-ethyl}-benzyl)-piperidin-4-yl]-acetamide

N-[1-(4-{2-[4-(3-Fluoro-benzyloxy)-2-oxo-2H-pyridin-1-yl]-ethyl}-benzyl)-piperidin-4-yl]-acetamideis prepared as example 8.1c from 120 mg (0.29 mmol)1-[2-(4-bromomethyl-phenyl)ethyl]-4-(3-fluoro-benzyloxy)-1H-pyridin-2-one(example 8.1b), 61 mg (0.43 mmol) N-piperidin-4-yl-acetamide and 126 μL(0.72 mmol) N-ethyl-diisopropylamine as base.

Yield: 95 mg (69% of theory)

ESI Mass spectrum: [M+H]⁺=478

Retention time HPLC: 2.7 min (method A).

EXAMPLE 9.14-(2-Fluoro-benzyloxy)-1-[2-(4-pyrrolidin-1-ylmethyl-phenyl)-ethyl]-1H-pyridin-2-one

9.1a4-(2-Fluoro-benzyloxy)-1-[2-(4-hydroxymethyl-phenyl)-ethyl]-1H-pyridin-2-one

To 400 mg (1.63 mmol)4-hydroxy-1-[2-(4-hydroxymethyl-phenyl)-ethyl]-1H-pyridin-2-one(preparation 2b) in 20 mL DMF is added 216 μL (1.79 mmol)1-bromomethyl-2-fluoro-benzene and 0.45 g (3.26 mmol) potassiumcarbonate. The reaction mixture is stirred overnight at RT, diluted with60 mL of EtOAc and is washed twice with water. The combined organicphase is dried over MgSO₄, filtered and the solvent is evaporated. Theresidue is purified via reverse HPLC chromatography (Waters symmetryC18; water (0.15% formic acid)/acetonitrile 95:5 to 10:90).

Yield: 250 mg (43% of theory)

ESI Mass spectrum: [M+H]⁺=354

Retention time HPLC: 3.5 min (method A).

9.1b1-[2-(4-Bromomethyl-phenyl)-ethyl]-4-(2-fluoro-benzyloxy)-1H-pyridin-2-one

To 250 mg (0.71 mmol)4-(2-fluoro-benzyloxy)-1-[2-(4-hydroxymethyl-phenyl)-ethyl]-1H-pyridin-2-one(example 9.1a) in 4.0 mL of DCM is added 100 μL (1.06 mmol) phosphorustribromide. The mixture is stirred 2 h at RT and is diluted with halfsaturated aqueous NaHCO₃-solution. The layers are separated and theaqueous phase is extracted three times with DCM. The combined organicphase is dried over MgSO₄, filtered and the solvent is evaporated toafford the product.

Yield: 200 mg (68% of theory)

ESI Mass spectrum: [M+H]⁺=416/418

Retention time HPLC: 2.9 min (method E).

9.1c4-(2-Fluoro-benzyloxy)-1-[2-(4-pyrrolidin-1-ylmethyl-phenyl)-ethyl]-1H-pyridin-2-one

To 80 mg (0.19 mmol)1-[2-(4-Bromomethyl-phenyl)-ethyl]-4-(2-fluoro-benzyloxy)-1H-pyridin-2-one(example 9.1b) in 1.5 mL DMF is added at RT 63 μL (0.77 mmol)pyrrolidine. The reaction mixture is stirred overnight at RT and isdirectly transferred to a reverse HPLC for purification (Zorbax stablebond, C18; water (0.15% formic acid)/acetonitrile 95:5 to 10:90).

Yield: 69 mg (88% of theory)

ESI Mass spectrum: [M+H]⁺=407

Retention time HPLC: 2.8 min (method A).

EXAMPLE 9.2N-[1-(4-{2-[4-(2-Fluoro-benzyloxy)-2-oxo-2H-pyridin-1-yl]-ethyl}-benzyl)-piperidin-4-yl]-acetamide

N-[1-(4-{2-[4-(2-Fluoro-benzyloxy)-2-oxo-2H-pyridin-1-yl]-ethyl}-benzyl)-piperidin-4-yl]-acetamideis prepared as example 9.1c from 80 mg (0.19 mmol)1-[2-(4-bromomethyl-phenyl)ethyl]-4-(2-fluoro-benzyloxy)-1H-pyridin-2-one(example 9.1b), 41 mg (0.29 mmol) N-piperidin-4-yl-acetamide and 84 μL(0.48 mmol) N-ethyl-diisopropylamine as base.

Yield: 77 mg (84% of theory)

ESI Mass spectrum: [M+H]⁺=478

Retention time HPLC: 2.7 min (method A).

EXAMPLE 10.14-(Pyridin-4-ylmethoxy)-1-[2-(4-pyrrolidin-1-ylmethyl-phenyl)-ethyl]-1H-pyridin-2-one

10.1a1-[2-(4-Hydroxymethyl-phenyl)-ethyl]-4-(pyridin-4-ylmethoxy)-1H-pyridin-2-one

To 400 mg (1.63 mmol)4-hydroxy-1-[2-(4-hydroxymethyl-phenyl)-ethyl]-1H-pyridin-2-one(preparation 2b) in 20 mL DMF is added 0.45 g (1.79 mmol)4-bromomethyl-pyridine and 0.68 g (4.89 mmol) potassium carbonate. Thereaction mixture is stirred overnight at RT, diluted with 60 mL of EtOAcand is washed twice with water. The organic phase is dried over MgSO₄,filtered and the solvent is evaporated. The residue is purified viareverse HPLC chromatography (Waters symmetry C18; water (0.15% formicacid)/acetonitrile 95:5 to 10:90).

Yield: 50 mg (9% of theory)

ESI Mass spectrum: [M+H]⁺=337

Retention time HPLC: 2.1 min (method A).

10.1b4-(Pyridin-4-ylmethoxy)-1-[2-(4-pyrrolidin-1-ylmethyl-phenyl)-ethyl]-1H-pyridin-2-one

To 45 mg (0.13 mmol)1-[2-(4-hydroxymethyl-phenyl)-ethyl]-4-(pyridin-4-ylmethoxy)-1H-pyridin-2-one(example 10.1a) in 3.0 mL DCM is added at RT 56 μL (0.40 mmol)triethylamine and subsequently 21 μL (0.27 mmol) methanesulfonylchloride. The reaction mixture is stirred 1 h at RT. Additional 56 μLtriethylamine (0.40 mmol) and subsequently 21 μL (0.27 mmol)methanesulfonyl chloride are added at RT and the reaction mixture isstirred for additional 1.5 h. Then 22 μL (0.27 mmol) pyrrolidine isadded. The mixture is stirred overnight at RT, diluted with 50 mL DCMand is washed four times with water. The organic phase is dried overMgSO₄, filtered and the solvent is evaporated. The residue is purifiedvia chromatography (silica gel; DCM/MeOH/NH₄OH 9:1:0.1 to 8:2:0.2).

Yield: 23 mg (44% of theory)

ESI Mass spectrum: [M+H]⁺=390

Retention time HPLC: 2.0 min (method F).

EXAMPLE 10.2N-[1-(4-{2-[2-Oxo-4-(pyridin-4-ylmethoxy)-2H-pyridin-1-yl]-ethyl}-benzyl)-piperidin-4-yl]-acetamide

N-[1-(4-{2-[2-Oxo-4-(pyridin-4-ylmethoxy)-2H-pyridin-1-yl]-ethyl}-benzyl)-piperidin-4-yl]-acetamideis prepared as example 10.1b from 80 mg (0.24 mmol)1-[2-(4-hydroxymethylphenyl)-ethyl]-4-(pyridin-4-ylmethoxy)-1H-pyridin-2-one(example 10.1a), 101 mg (0.71 mmol) N-piperidin-4-yl-acetamide, 99 μLtriethylamine (0.71 mmol) and subsequently 37 μL (0.48 mmol)methanesulfonyl chloride. The product is purified via reverse HPLCchromatography (Zorbax stable bond, C18; water (0.1% formicacid)/acetonitrile (0.1% formic acid) 95:5 to 10:90).

Yield: 61 mg (56% of theory)

ESI Mass spectrum: [M+H]⁺=461

Retention time HPLC: 2.0 min (method F).

EXAMPLE 11.14-(Pyridin-3-ylmethoxy)-1-[2-(4-pyrrolidin-1-ylmethyl-phenyl)-ethyl]-1H-pyridin-2-one

11.1a1-[2-(4-Hydroxymethyl-phenyl)-ethyl]-4-(pyridin-3-ylmethoxy)-1H-pyridin-2-one

To 500 mg (2.04 mmol)4-hydroxy-1-[2-(4-hydroxymethyl-phenyl)-ethyl]-1H-pyridin-2-one(preparation 2b) in 20 mL DMF is added 0.62 g (2.45 mmol)3-bromomethyl-pyridine and 0.85 g (6.12 mmol) potassium carbonate. Thereaction mixture is stirred overnight at RT, diluted with 60 mL of EtOAcand is washed twice with water. The organic phase is dried over MgSO₄,filtered and the solvent is evaporated. The residue is purified viareverse HPLC chromatography (Zorbax stable bond, C18; water (0.15%formic acid)/acetonitrile 95:5 to 10:90).

Yield: 50 mg (7% of theory)

ESI Mass spectrum: [M+H]⁺=337

Retention time HPLC: 2.2 min (method A).

11.1b4-(Pyridin-3-ylmethoxy)-1-[2-(4-pyrrolidin-1-ylmethyl-phenyl)-ethyl]-1H-pyridin-2-one

To 50 mg (0.15 mmol)1-[2-(4-hydroxymethyl-phenyl)-ethyl]-4-(pyridin-3-ylmethoxy)-1H-pyridin-2-one(example 11.1a) in 3.0 mL DCM is added 62 μL triethylamine (0.45 mmol)and subsequently 23 μL (0.30 mmol) methanesulfonyl chloride at RT. Thereaction mixture is stirred 1 h at RT, and then 25 μL (0.30 mmol)pyrrolidine is added. The mixture is stirred additional 2 h at RT and isdirectly transferred to a reverse HPLC for purification (Zorbax stablebond, C18; water (0.15% formic acid)/acetonitrile 95:5 to 10:90).

Yield: 13 mg (22% of theory)

ESI Mass spectrum: [M+H]⁺=390

Retention time HPLC: 2.2 min (method F).

EXAMPLE 12.14-(5-Bromo-pyridin-2-ylmethoxy)-1-[2-(4-pyrrolidin-1-ylmethyl-phenyl)-ethyl]-1H-pyridin-2-one

12.1a4-(5-Bromo-pyridin-2-ylmethoxy)-1-[2-(4-hydroxymethyl-phenyl)-ethyl]-1H-pyridin-2-one

To 1.23 g (5.00 mmol)4-hydroxy-1-[2-(4-hydroxymethyl-phenyl)-ethyl]-1H-pyridin-2-one(preparation 2b) in 8.0 mL DMF is added 1.26 g (5.00 mmol)5-bromo-2-bromomethyl-pyridine and 2.07 g (15.0 mmol) potassiumcarbonate. The reaction mixture is stirred overnight at RT, diluted with80 mL of water, the formed precipitate is collected and dissolved inDMF. The solution is directly transferred to a reverse HPLC forpurification (Zorbax stable bond, C18; water (0.15% formicacid)/acetonitrile 95:5 to 10:90).

Yield: 450 mg (22% of theory)

ESI Mass spectrum: [M+H]⁺=415/417

Retention time HPLC: 3.3 min (method A).

12.1b1-[2-(4-Bromomethyl-phenyl)-ethyl]-4-(5-bromo-pyridin-2-ylmethoxy)-1H-pyridin-2-one

To 150 mg (0.36 mmol)4-(5-bromo-pyridin-2-ylmethoxy)-1-[2-(4-hydroxymethyl-phenyl)-ethyl]-1H-pyridin-2-one(example 12.1a) in 8.0 mL of DCM is added at 0° C. 27 μL (0.29 mmol)phosphorus tribromide. The mixture is stirred 2 h at RT and the formedprecipitate is collected. The product is washed withtert-butylmethylether and dried.

Yield: 180 mg (104% of theory)

ESI Mass spectrum: [M+H]⁺=477/479/481

Retention time HPLC: 4.5 min (method A).

12.1c4-(5-Bromo-pyridin-2-ylmethoxy)-1-[2-(4-pyrrolidin-1-ylmethyl-phenyl)-ethyl]-1H-pyridin-2-one

To 90 mg (0.19 mmol)1-[2-(4-bromomethyl-phenyl)-ethyl]-4-(5-bromo-pyridin-2-ylmethoxy)-1H-pyridin-2-one(example 12.1b) in 2.0 mL acetonitrile is added at RT 63 μL (0.75 mmol)pyrrolidine. The reaction mixture is stirred for 2 h at RT and isdirectly transferred to a reverse HPLC for purification (Waterssymmetry, C18; water (0.15% formic acid)/acetonitrile 95:5 to 10:90).

Yield: 39 mg (44% of theory)

ESI Mass spectrum: [M+H]⁺=468/470

Retention time HPLC: 3.0 min (method C).

EXAMPLE 12.2N-[1-(4-{2-[4-(5-Bromo-pyridin-2-ylmethoxy)-2-oxo-2H-pyridin-1-yl]-ethyl}-benzyl)-piperidin-4-yl]-acetamide

N-[1-(4-{2-[4-(5-Bromo-pyridin-2-ylmethoxy)-2-oxo-2H-pyridin-1-yl]-ethyl}-benzyl)-piperidin-4-yl]-acetamideis prepared as example 12.1c from 75 mg (0.16 mmol)1-[2-(4-bromomethyl-phenyl)-ethyl]-4-(5-bromo-pyridin-2-ylmethoxy)-1H-pyridin-2-one(example 12.1b) and 89 mg (0.63 mmol) N-piperidin-4-yl-acetamide.

Yield: 37 mg (44% of theory)

ESI Mass spectrum: [M+H]⁺=539/541

Retention time HPLC: 2.6 min (method C).

EXAMPLE 13.14-(5-Methyl-pyridin-2-ylmethoxy)-1-[2-(4-pyrrolidin-1-ylmethyl-phenyl)-ethyl]-1H-pyridin-2-one

13.1a1-[2-(4-Hydroxymethyl-phenyl)-ethyl]-4-(5-methyl-pyridin-2-ylmethoxy)-1H-pyridin-2-one

To 300 mg (0.72 mmol)4-(5-bromo-pyridin-2-ylmethoxy)-1-[2-(4-hydroxymethyl-phenyl)-ethyl]-1H-pyridin-2-one(example 12.1a) is added 25 mg (0.04 mmol)bis(triphenylphosphan)palladium(II)-chloride, 1.08 mL (2.17 mmol) 2 Maqueous Na₂CO₃-solution and a solution of 65 mg (1.08 mmol)methyl-boronic acid in 10 mL 1,4-dioxane/5 mL MeOH. The reaction mixtureis refluxed for 48 h. The solvent is evaporated and the residue isdissolved in water/DCM. The layers are separated and the aqueous phaseis extracted with DCM. The combined organic phase is dried over MgSO₄,filtered and the solvent is evaporated. The residue is purified viareverse HPLC chromatography (Waters symmetry, C18; water (0.15% formicacid)/acetonitrile 95:5 to 10:90).

Yield: 100 mg (40% of theory)

ESI Mass spectrum: [M+H]⁺=351

Retention time HPLC: 3.2 min (method C).

13.1b1-[2-(4-Bromomethyl-phenyl)-ethyl]-4-(5-methyl-pyridin-2-ylmethoxy)-1H-pyridin-2-one

To 100 mg (0.29 mmol)1-[2-(4-hydroxymethyl-phenyl)-ethyl]-4-(5-methyl-pyridin-2-ylmethoxy)-1H-pyridin-2-one(example 13.1a) in 5.0 mL of DCM is added 21 μL (0.23 mmol) phosphorustribromide. The mixture is stirred 2 h at RT, diluted with DCM/MeOH andextracted twice with water. The organic phase is dried over MgSO₄,filtered and the solvent is evaporated to afford the product.

Yield: 110 mg (93% of theory)

ESI Mass spectrum: [M+H]⁺=413/415

Retention time HPLC: 3.9 min (method A).

13.1c4-(5-Methyl-pyridin-2-ylmethoxy)-1-[2-(4-pyrrolidin-1-ylmethyl-phenyl)-ethyl]-1H-pyridin-2-one

To 55 mg (0.13 mmol)1-[2-(4-bromomethyl-phenyl)-ethyl]-4-(5-methyl-pyridin-2-ylmethoxy)-1H-pyridin-2-one(example 13.1b) in 1.5 mL DMF is added at RT 44 μL (0.53 mmol)pyrrolidine. The reaction mixture is stirred for 2 h at RT and isdirectly transferred to a reverse HPLC for purification (Waters SunFire,C18; water (0.15% formic acid)/acetonitrile 95:5 to 10:90).

Yield: 28 mg (52% of theory)

ESI Mass spectrum: [M+H]⁺=404

Retention time HPLC: 2.3 min (method D).

EXAMPLE 13.2N-[1-(4-{2-[4-(5-Methyl-pyridin-2-ylmethoxy)-2-oxo-2H-pyridin-1-yl]-ethyl}-benzyl)-piperidin-4-yl]-acetamide

N-[1-(4-{2-[4-(5-Methyl-pyridin-2-ylmethoxy)-2-oxo-2H-pyridin-1-yl]-ethyl}-benzyl)-piperidin-4-yl]-acetamideis prepared as example 13.1c from 55 mg (0.13 mmol)1-[2-(4-bromomethyl-phenyl)-ethyl]-4-(5-methyl-pyridin-2-ylmethoxy)-1H-pyridin-2-one(example 13.1b) and 76 mg (0.53 mmol) N-piperidin-4-yl-acetamide.

Yield: 30 mg (48% of theory)

ESI Mass spectrum: [M+H]⁺=475

Retention time HPLC: 2.2 min (method D).

EXAMPLE 14.14-(3-Methyl-pyridin-2-ylmethoxy)-1-[2-(4-pyrrolidin-1-ylmethyl-phenyl)-ethyl]-1H-pyridin-2-one

14.1a1-[2-(4-Hydroxymethyl-phenyl)-ethyl]-4-(3-methyl-pyridin-2-ylmethoxy)-1H-pyridin-2-one

To 500 mg (2.04 mmol)4-hydroxy-1-[2-(4-hydroxymethyl-phenyl)-ethyl]-1H-pyridin-2-one(preparation 2b) in 10 mL DMF is added 472 mg (2.65 mmol)2-chloromethyl-3-methyl-pyridine and 845 mg (6.12 mmol) potassiumcarbonate. The reaction mixture is stirred overnight at RT, filtered anddirectly transferred to a reverse HPLC for purification (Zorbax stablebond, C18; water (0.15% formic acid)/acetonitrile 95:5 to 10:90).

Yield: 350 mg (49% of theory)

ESI Mass spectrum: [M+H]⁺=351

Retention time HPLC: 2.3 min (method A).

14.1b1-[2-(4-Bromomethyl-phenyl)-ethyl]-4-(3-methyl-pyridin-2-ylmethoxy)-1H-pyridin-2-one

To 280 mg (0.80 mmol)1-[2-(4-hydroxymethyl-phenyl)-ethyl]-4-(3-methyl-pyridin-2-ylmethoxy)-1H-pyridin-2-one(example 14.1a) in 8.0 mL of DCM is added 75 μL (0.80 mmol) phosphorustribromide. The mixture is stirred 2 h at RT and tert-butylmethyletheris added. The formed precipitate is collected, washed withtert-butylmethylether and dried.

Yield: 370 mg (112% of theory)

ESI Mass spectrum: [M+H]⁺=413/415

Retention time HPLC: 3.4 min (method A).

14.1c4-(3-Methyl-pyridin-2-ylmethoxy)-1-[2-(4-pyrrolidin-1-ylmethyl-phenyl)-ethyl]-1H-pyridin-2-one

To 100 mg (0.24 mmol)1-[2-(4-bromomethyl-phenyl)-ethyl]-4-(3-methyl-pyridin-2-ylmethoxy)-1H-pyridin-2-one(example 14.1b) in 1.5 mL DMF is added 79 μL (0.97 mmol) pyrrolidine atRT. The reaction mixture is stirred for 2 h at RT and is directlytransferred to a reverse HPLC for purification (Zorbax stable bond, C18;water (0.15% formic acid)/acetonitrile 95:5 to 10:90).

Yield: 28 mg (29% of theory)

ESI Mass spectrum: [M+H]⁺=404

Retention time HPLC: 2.0 min (method A).

EXAMPLE 14.2N-[1-(4-{2-[4-(3-Methyl-pyridin-2-ylmethoxy)-2-oxo-2H-pyridin-1-yl]-ethyl}-benzyl)-piperidin-4-yl]-acetamide

N-[1-(4-{2-[4-(3-Methyl-pyridin-2-ylmethoxy)-2-oxo-2H-pyridin-1-yl]-ethyl}-benzyl)-piperidin-4-yl]-acetamideis prepared as example 14.1c from 100 mg (0.24 mmol)1-[2-(4-bromomethyl-phenyl)-ethyl]-4-(3-methyl-pyridin-2-ylmethoxy)-1H-pyridin-2-one(example 14.1b) and 138 mg (0.97 mmol) N-piperidin-4-yl-acetamide.

Yield: 45 mg (39% of theory)

ESI Mass spectrum: [M+H]⁺=475

Retention time HPLC: 2.0 min (method A).

EXAMPLE 15.14-(Pyridazin-3-ylmethoxy)-1-[2-(4-pyrrolidin-1-ylmethyl-phenyl)-ethyl]-1H-pyridin-2-one

15.1a1-[2-(4-Hydroxymethyl-phenyl)-ethyl]-4-(pyridazin-3-ylmethoxy)-1H-pyridin-2-one

To 491 mg (2.00 mmol)4-hydroxy-1-[2-(4-hydroxymethyl-phenyl)-ethyl]-1H-pyridin-2-one(preparation 2b) in 20 mL DMF is added 386 mg (3.00 mmol)3-chloromethyl-pyridazine and 829 mg (6.00 mmol) potassium carbonate.The reaction mixture is stirred overnight at RT, diluted with water andthe layers are separated. The aqueous phase is extracted twice with DCMand the combined organic phase is washed twice with water, dried overMgSO₄, filtered and the solvent is evaporated. The residue is purifiedvia reverse HPLC chromatography (Zorbax stable bond, C18; water (0.15%formic acid)/acetonitrile 95:5 to 10:90).

Yield: 240 mg (36% of theory)

ESI Mass spectrum: [M+H]⁺=338

Retention time HPLC: 2.5 min (method A).

15.1b1-[2-(4-Bromomethyl-phenyl)-ethyl]-4-(pyridazin-3-ylmethoxy)-1H-pyridin-2-one

To 240 mg (0.71 mmol)1-[2-(4-hydroxymethyl-phenyl)-ethyl]-4-(pyridazin-3-ylmethoxy)-1H-pyridin-2-one(example 15.1a) in 5.0 mL of DCM is added at 0° C. 47 μL (0.50 mmol)phosphorus tribromide. The mixture is warmed to RT, stirred 2 h at RTand is diluted with 30 mL tertbutylmethylether. The formed precipitateis collected and dried.

Yield: 230 mg (81% of theory)

ESI Mass spectrum: [M+H]⁺=400/402

Retention time HPLC: 3.6 min (method A).

15.1c4-(Pyridazin-3-ylmethoxy)-1-[2-(4-pyrrolidin-1-ylmethyl-phenyl)-ethyl]-1H-pyridin-2-one

To 110 mg (0.28 mmol)1-[2-(4-bromomethyl-phenyl)-ethyl]-4-(pyridazin-3-ylmethoxy)-1H-pyridin-2-one(example 15.1b) in 1.5 mL DMF is added 92 μL (1.10 mmol) pyrrolidine atRT. The reaction mixture is stirred for 2 h at RT and is directlytransferred to a reverse HPLC for purification (Waters symmetry, C18;water (0.15% formic acid)/acetonitrile 95:5 to 10:90).

Yield: 18 mg (17% of theory)

ESI Mass spectrum: [M+H]⁺=391

Retention time HPLC: 2.1 min (method C).

EXAMPLE 15.2N-[1-(4-{2-[2-Oxo-4-(pyridazin-3-ylmethoxy)-2H-pyridin-1-yl]-ethyl}-benzyl)-piperidin-4-yl]-acetamide

N-[1-(4-{2-[2-Oxo-4-(pyridazin-3-ylmethoxy)-2H-pyridin-1-yl]-ethyl}-benzyl)-piperidin-4-yl]-acetamideis prepared as example 15.1c from 110 mg (0.28 mmol)1-[2-(4-bromomethylphenyl)-ethyl]-4-(pyridazin-3-ylmethoxy)-1H-pyridin-2-one(example 15.1b) and 156 mg (1.10 mmol) N-piperidin-4-yl-acetamide.

Yield: 19 mg (15% of theory)

ESI Mass spectrum: [M+H]⁺=462

Retention time HPLC: 2.1 min (method C).

EXAMPLE 16.14-Phenoxy-1-[2-(4-pyrrolidin-1-ylmethyl-phenyl)-ethyl]-1H-pyridin-2-one

To 100 mg (0.34 mmol)4-hydroxy-1-[2-(4-pyrrolidin-1-ylmethyl-phenyl)-ethyl]-1H-pyridin-2-one(preparation 3) in 2.0 mL 1,4-dioxane is added 43 mg (0.39)potassium-tert-butylate and the mixture is stirred 30 min at RT. 77 μL(0.34 mmol) iodo-benzene and 21 mg (0.34 mmol) Cu-powder are added andthe reaction mixture is stirred 5 h at 125° C. A few drops formic acidare added and after filtration the mixture is purified via HPLCchromatography (Zorbax stable bond, C18; water (0.15% formicacid)/acetonitrile 95:5 to 5:95)

Yield: 31 mg (25% of theory)

ESI Mass spectrum: [M+H]⁺=375

Retention time HPLC: 2.9 min (method A).

EXAMPLE 16.2N-(1-{4-[2-(2-Oxo-4-phenoxy-2H-pyridin-1-yl)-ethyl]-benzyl}-piperidin-4-yl)-acetamide

16.2a 1-[2-(4-Hydroxymethyl-phenyl)-ethyl]-4-phenoxy-1H-pyridin-2-one

To 1.87 g (10.0 mmol) 4-phenoxy-1H-pyridin-2-one in 10 mL DMF is addedat 0° C. 6.52 g (20.0 mmol) cesium carbonate and after 15 min 3.93 g (15mmol) [4-(2-iodo-ethyl)-phenyl]-methanol (preparation 1b) is added. Thereaction mixture is stirred overnight at RT and is diluted with EtOAc,water and a few drops of MeOH. The layers are separated, the organicphase is washed with water, dried over MgSO₄, filtered and the solventis evaporated. The residue is dissolved in MeOH/DMF and is purified viaHPLC chromatography (Zorbax stable bond, C18; water (0.15% formicacid)/acetonitrile 95:5 to 10:90).

Yield: 2.3 g (72% of theory)

ESI Mass spectrum: [M+H]⁺=322

Retention time HPLC: 2.4 min (method E).

16.2b 1-[2-(4-Bromomethyl-phenyl)-ethyl]-4-phenoxy-1H-pyridin-2-one

To 1.50 g (4.67 mmol)1-[2-(4-hydroxymethyl-phenyl)-ethyl]-4-phenoxy-1H-pyridin-2-one (example16.2a) in 15 mL of DCM is added at 0° C. 222 μL (2.33 mmol) phosphorustribromide. The mixture is stirred 2 h at RT and is added to aqueous 5%NaHCO₃-solution. The layers are separated, the aqueous phase isextracted with DCM and the combined organic phase is washed with water,dried over MgSO₄, filtered and the solvent is evaporated to afford theproduct.

Yield: 1.42 g (79% of theory)

ESI Mass spectrum: [M+H]⁺=384/386

R_(f)-value: 0.80 (silica gel, mixture C).

16.2cN-(1-{4-[2-(2-Oxo-4-phenoxy-2H-pyridin-1-yl)-ethyl]-benzyl}-piperidin-4-yl)-acetamide

To 100 mg (0.26 mmol)1-[2-(4-bromomethyl-phenyl)-ethyl]-4-phenoxy-1H-pyridin-2-one (example16.2b) in 1.0 mL DMF is added at RT 148 mg (1.04 mmol)N-piperidin-4-yl-acetamide. The reaction mixture is stirred for 2 h at50° C., filtered and is directly transferred to a reverse HPLC forpurification (Waters symmetry; water (0.15% formic acid)/acetonitrile95:5 to 5:95).

Yield: 84 mg (72% of theory)

ESI Mass spectrum: [M+H]⁺=446

Retention time HPLC: 2.6 min (method A).

EXAMPLE 16.31-{2-[4-(4-Hydroxy-piperidin-1-ylmethyl)-phenyl]-ethyl}-4-phenoxy-1H-pyridin-2-one

1-{2-[4-(4-Hydroxy-piperidin-1-ylmethyl)-phenyl]-ethyl}-4-phenoxy-1H-pyridin-2-oneis prepared as example 16.2c from 100 mg (0.26 mmol)1-[2-(4-bromomethyl-phenyl)-ethyl]-4-phenoxy-1H-pyridin-2-one (example16.2b) and 105 mg (1.04 mmol) 4-hydroxy-piperidine.

Yield: 35 mg (33% of theory)

ESI Mass spectrum: [M+H]⁺=405

Retention time HPLC: 3.4 min (method F).

EXAMPLE 17.11-(4-{2-[2-Oxo-4-(thiophen-2-ylmethoxy)-2H-pyridin-1-yl]-ethyl}-benzyl)-piperidine-4-carboxylicAcid Dimethylamide

17.1a1-{4-[2-(4-Hydroxy-2-oxo-2H-pyridin-1-yl)-ethyl]-benzyl}-piperidine-4-carboxylicAcid Dimethylamide

To 500 mg (1.62 mmol)1-[2-(4-bromomethyl-phenyl)-ethyl]-4-hydroxy-1H-pyridin-2-one(preparation 4) in 2.5 mL DMF is added at RT 482 mg (1.79)piperidine-4-carboxylic acid dimethylamide and 0.46 mL (3.25 mmol)triethylamine. The mixture is stirred overnight at RT and afterfiltration is purified via HPLC chromatography (Zorbax stable bond, C18;water (0.15% formic acid)/acetonitrile 95:5 to 5:95).

Yield: 200 mg (32% of theory)

ESI Mass spectrum: [M+H]⁺=384

17.1b1-(4-{2-[2-Oxo-4-(thiophen-2-ylmethoxy)-2H-pyridin-1-yl]-ethyl}-benzyl)-piperidine-4-carboxylicAcid Dimethylamide

To 50 mg (0.13 mmol)1-{4-[2-(4-hydroxy-2-oxo-2H-pyridin-1-yl)-ethyl]-benzyl}-piperidine-4-carboxylicacid dimethylamide (example 17.1a) in 2.0 mL DMF is added 130 μL (1 Msolution in 1,4-dioxane, 0.13 mmol) 2-bromomethyl-thiophene and 45 mg(0.33 mmol) potassium carbonate at 0° C. The reaction mixture is stirredovernight at RT, filtered and the solvent is evaporated. The residue isdissolved in 2.5 mL of DMF and is purified via reverse HPLCchromatography (Waters symmetry, C18, 7 μm; water (0.15% formicacid)/acetonitrile 95:5 to 5:95).

Yield: 16 mg (26% of theory)

ESI Mass spectrum: [M+H]⁺=480

Retention time HPLC: 2.8 min (method A).

The following examples are prepared as described in Example 17.1b.

Retention time HPLC Yield in min Example —W—B (%) Formula MS (method)17.2

31 C₂₉H₃₄FN₃O₃ 492[M + H]⁺ 2.9 (A) 17.3

30 C₂₉H₃₄FN₃O₃ 492[M + H]⁺ 2.9 (A) 17.4

32 C₂₇H₃₃N₃O₃S 480[M + H]⁺ 2.5 (H)

EXAMPLE 18.14-Phenethyl-1-[2-(4-pyrrolidin-1-ylmethyl-phenyl)-ethyl]-1H-pyridin-2-one

18.1a 1-[2-(4-Hydroxymethyl-phenyl)-ethyl]-4-phenethyl-1H-pyridin-2-one

To 200 mg (1.01 mmol) 4-phenethyl-1H-pyridin-2-one in 1.0 mL DMF isadded at 0° C. 650 mg (2.01 mmol) cesium carbonate and the mixture isstirred 15 min at 0° C. Then 0.53 g (2.01 mmol)[4-(2-iodo-ethyl)-phenyl]-methanol (preparation 1b) is added, themixture is warmed to RT and is stirred overnight at RT. The reactionmixture is diluted with EtOAc, water and a few drops of MeOH, the layersare separated and the organic phase is washed with water, dried overMgSO₄, filtered and the solvent is evaporated. The residue is dissolvedin MeOH/DMF and is purified via HPLC chromatography (Zorbax stable bond,C18; water (0.15% formic acid)/acetonitrile 95:5 to 10:90).

Yield: 150 mg (45% of theory)

ESI Mass spectrum: [M+H]⁺=334

Retention time HPLC: 2.8 min (method A).

18.1b 1-[2-(4-Bromomethyl-phenyl)-ethyl]-4-phenethyl-1H-pyridin-2-one

To 150 mg (0.45 mmol)1-[2-(4-hydroxymethyl-phenyl)-ethyl]-4-phenethyl-1H-pyridin-2-one(example 18.1a) in 2.0 mL of DCM is added at 0° C. 21 μL (0.23 mmol)phosphorus tribromide. The mixture is stirred 2 h at RT and is thenadded to aqueous 5% NaHCO₃-solution. The layers are separated, theaqueous phase is extracted with DCM. The combined organic phase iswashed with water, dried over MgSO₄, filtered and the solvent isevaporated to afford the product.

Yield: 120 mg (67% of theory)

R_(f)-value: 0.9 (silica gel, mixture E).

18.1c4-Phenethyl-1-[2-(4-pyrrolidin-1-ylmethyl-phenyl)-ethyl]-1H-pyridin-2-one

To 85 mg (0.21 mmol)1-[2-(4-bromomethyl-phenyl)-ethyl]-4-phenethyl-1H-pyridin-2-one (example18.1b) in 1.0 mL DMF is added 36 μL (0.43 mmol) pyrrolidine at RT. Thereaction mixture is stirred overnight at RT, filtered and directlytransferred to a reverse HPLC for purification (Zorbax stable bond, C18;water (0.15% formic acid)/acetonitrile 95:5 to 10:90).

Yield: 14 mg (17% of theory)

ESI Mass spectrum: [M+H]⁺=387

Retention time HPLC: 2.3 min (method A).

EXAMPLE 19.14-Benzyloxy-1-[2-(4-methylaminomethyl-phenyl)-ethyl]-1H-pyridin-2-one

19.1a{4-[2-(4-Benzyloxy-2-oxo-2H-pyridin-1-yl)-ethyl]-benzyl}-methyl-carbamicAcid Tert-Butyl Ester

To 49 mg (0.38 mmol) methyl-carbamic acid tert-butyl ester in 4.0 mL THFis added at RT 48 mg (0.43 mmol) potassium-tert-butylate. The reactionmixture is stirred 20 min at RT and then 100 mg (0.25 mmol)4-benzyloxy-1-[2-(4-bromomethyl-phenyl)-ethyl]-1H-pyridin-2-one (example1.1a) is added. The mixture is stirred additional 1 h at RT and isdiluted with EtOAc and water. The layers are separated and the organicphase is washed with water, dried over MgSO₄, filtered and the solventis evaporated to afford the product.

Yield: 100 mg (89% of theory)

ESI Mass spectrum: [M+H]⁺=449

Retention time HPLC: 5.0 min (method G).

19.1b4-Benzyloxy-1-[2-(4-methylaminomethyl-phenyl)-ethyl]-1H-pyridin-2-one

To 100 mg (0.22 mmol){4-[2-(4-benzyloxy-2-oxo-2H-pyridin-1-yl)-ethyl]-benzyl}-methyl-carbamicacid tert-butyl ester (example 19.1a) in DCM is added at RT 0.70 mLtrifluoro-acetic acid. The reaction mixture is stirred 2 h at RT,neutralized with aqueous saturated NaHCO₃-solution and is diluted withwater and DCM. The layers are separated, the aqueous phase is extractedtwice with DCM. The combined organic phase is dried over MgSO₄, filteredand the solvent is evaporated. The residue is purified via reverse HPLCchromatography (Waters symmetry, C18; water (0.1% formicacid)/acetonitrile (0.1% formic acid) 95:5 to 10:90).

Yield: 48 mg (62% of theory)

ESI Mass spectrum: [M+H]⁺=349

Retention time HPLC: 2.8 min (method A).

EXAMPLE 20.1N-(1-{4-[2-(4-Benzyloxy-6-oxo-6H-pyrimidin-1-yl)-ethyl]-benzyl}-piperidin-4-yl)-acetamide

20.1a6-Benzyloxy-3-[2-(4-hydroxymethyl-phenyl)-ethyl]-3H-pyrimidin-4-one

To 3.00 g (14.8 mmol) 6-benzyloxy-3H-pyrimidin-4-one in 15 mL DMF isadded 2.66 g (15.6 mmol) [4-(2-chloro-ethyl)-phenyl]-methanol(preparation 1b) and 5.13 g (37.1 mmol) potassium carbonate. Thereaction mixture is stirred 3 h at 100° C., filtered and the solvent isevaporated. The residue is put on silica gel and is purified bychromatography (silica gel; PE/EtOAc 1:1 to 2.5:7.5)

Yield: 1.77 g (36% of theory)

ESI Mass spectrum: [M+H]⁺=337

Retention time HPLC: 2.3 min (method E).

20.1b 6-Benzyloxy-3-[2-(4-bromomethyl-phenyl)-ethyl]-3H-pyrimidin-4-one

To 200 mg (0.60 mmol)6-benzyloxy-3-[2-(4-hydroxymethyl-phenyl)-ethyl]-3H-pyrimidin-4-one(example 20.1a) in 2.0 mL of DCM is added at 0° C. 29 μL (0.30 mmol)phosphorus tribromide. The mixture is stirred 2 h at RT and is thenadded to 5% aqueous NaHCO₃-solution. The layers are separated, theaqueous phase is extracted with DCM and the organic phase is washed withwater. The combined organic phase is dried over MgSO₄, filtered and thesolvent is evaporated to afford the product.

Yield: 240 mg (100% of theory)

ESI Mass spectrum: [M+H]⁺=399/401

R_(f)-value: 0.4 (silica gel, mixture E).

20.1cN-(1-{4-[2-(4-Benzyloxy-6-oxo-6H-pyrimidin-1-yl)-ethyl]-benzyl}-piperidin-4-yl)-acetamide

To 100 mg (0.25 mmol)6-benzyloxy-3-[2-(4-bromomethyl-phenyl)-ethyl]-3H-pyrimidin-4-one(example 20.1b) in 1.0 mL DCM is added 71 mg (0.50 mmol)N-piperidin-4-yl-acetamide at RT. The reaction mixture is refluxed for 2h and the solvent is evaporated. The residue is dissolved in DMF and afew drops of formic acid and is transferred to a reverse HPLC forpurification (Waters symmetry, C18; water (0.15% formicacid)/acetonitrile 95:5 to 5:95).

Yield: 75 mg (65% of theory)

ESI Mass spectrum: [M+H]⁺=461

Retention time HPLC: 2.2 min (method G).

The following examples are prepared as described in Example 20.1c (inall cases 4.0 eq. of amine are used; for 20.5 and 20.11 excess of amineis condensed into the reaction mixture). For the preparation of example20.3-20.12 DMF is used as solvent at 50° C. and the reaction mixture isfiltered upon completion and the residue is directly transferred toreverse HPLC purification. Example 20.16 is synthesized in a two stepprotocol (alkylation with piperazine-1-carboxylic acid tert-butyl esterthen BOC deprotection as described for example 24.2; yield given for theBOC-deprotection).

Retention time HPLC Yield in min Example R¹R²N— (%) Formula MS (method)20.2

31 C₂₄H₂₇N₃O₂ 390[M + H]⁺ 2.3 (G) 20.3

46 C₂₄H₂₇N₃O₃ 406[M + H]⁺ 2.4 (H) 20.4

30 C₂₄H₂₇N₃O₃ 406[M + H]⁺ 2.4 (H) 20.5

24 C₂₂H₂₅N₃O₃ 364[M + H]⁺ 2.4 (H) 20.6

20 C₂₃H₂₅N₃O₃ 392[M + H]⁺ 2.4 (H) 20.7

21 C₂₄H₂₇N₃O₃ 390[M + H]⁺ — 20.8

39 C₂₄H₂₇N₃O₃ 406[M + H]⁺ 2.4 (H) 20.9

34 C₂₆H₃₁N₃O₃ 434[M + H]⁺ 2.5 (H) 20.10

46 C₂₆H₃₁N₃O₃ 434[M + H]⁺ 2.4 (H) 20.11

5 C₂₁H₂₃N₃O₂ 350[M + H]⁺ 2.4 (H) 20.12

33 C₂₅H₂₉N₃O₃ 420[M + H]⁺ 2.3 (H) 20.13

72 C₂₆H₃₀N₄O₃ 447[M + H]+ 2.9 (C) 20.14

63 C₂₅H₂₈N₄O₃ 433[M + H]+ 2.9 (C) 20.15

71 C₂₅H₃₀N₄O₂ 419[M + H]+ 2.7 (C) 20.16

62 C₂₄H₂₈N₄O₂ 405[M + H]+ 2.5 (C)

EXAMPLE 21.1N-(1-{4-[2-(4-Benzyloxy-6-oxo-6H-pyridazin-1-yl)-ethyl]-benzyl}-piperidin-4-yl)-acetamide

21.1a5-Benzyloxy-2-[2-(4-hydroxymethyl-phenyl)-ethyl]-2H-pyridazin-3-one

To 200 mg (0.99 mmol) 5-benzyloxy-2H-pyridazin-3-one (preparation 5) in1.0 mL DMF is added 645 mg (1.98 mmol) cesium carbonate and the mixtureis stirred 15 min at RT. Then 518 mg (1.98 mmol)[4-(2-iodo-ethyl)-phenyl]-methanol (preparation 1b) is added and thereaction mixture is stirred overnight. The mixture is diluted withEtOAc, a few drops of MeOH and water. The layers are separated, theorganic phase is washed with water, dried over MgSO₄, filtered and thesolvent is evaporated. The precipitate is elutriated in acetone and theproduct is collected by filtration and dried.

Yield: 240 mg (72% of theory)

ESI Mass spectrum: [M+H]⁺=337

Retention time HPLC: 3.7 min (method A).

21.1b 5-Benzyloxy-2-[2-(4-bromomethyl-phenyl)-ethyl]-2H-pyridazin-3-one

To 240 mg (0.71 mmol)5-benzyloxy-2-[2-(4-hydroxymethyl-phenyl)-ethyl]-2H-pyridazin-3-one(example 21.1a) in 2.0 mL of DCM is added at 0° C. 134 μL (1.43 mmol)phosphorus tribromide. The mixture is stirred 4 h at RT, cooled to 0° C.and aqueous saturated NaHCO₃-solution is added until pH >7. The layersare separated, the aqueous phase is extracted with DCM and the combinedorganic phase is washed with water, dried over MgSO₄, filtered and thesolvent is evaporated.

Yield: 250 mg (88% of theory)

ESI Mass spectrum: [M+H]⁺=399/401

21.1cN-(1-{4-[2-(4-Benzyloxy-6-oxo-6H-pyridazin-1-yl)-ethyl]-benzyl}-piperidin-4-yl)-acet-amide

To 125 mg (0.31 mmol)5-benzyloxy-2-[2-(4-bromomethyl-phenyl)-ethyl]-2H-pyridazin-3-one(example 21.1b) in 2.0 mL DMF is added at RT 89 mg (0.63 mmol)N-piperidin-4-yl-acetamide and 109 μL (0.63 mmol)N-ethyl-diisopropylamine. The reaction mixture is stirred 1 h at RT andis directly transferred to reverse HPLC purification (Waters symmetry,C18; water (0.15% formic acid)/acetonitrile 95:5 to 5:95).

Yield: 107 mg (74% of theory)

ESI Mass spectrum: [M+H]⁺=461

Retention time HPLC: 3.2 min (method C).

The following examples are prepared as described in example 21.1c. Forthe preparation of examples 21.2, 21.3, 21.10 and 21.11 4.0 eq. of amineis used (no additional N-ethyl-diisopropylamine added in these cases).Example 21.15 is synthesized in a two step protocol (alkylation withpiperazine-1-carboxylic acid tert-butyl ester then BOC deprotection asdescribed for example 24.2; yield given for the BOC-deprotection).

Retention time HPLC Yield in min Example R¹R²N— (%) Formula MS (method)21.2

78 C₂₄H₂₇N₃O₂ 390[M + H]⁺ 3.4 (C) 21.3

66 C₂₄H₂₇N₃O₃ 406[M + H]⁺ 3.3 (C) 21.4

44 C₂₆H₃₁N₃O₃ 434[M + H]⁺ 3.3 (C) 21.5

62 C₂₅H₂₉N₃O₃ 420[M + H]⁺ 3.3 (C) 21.6

54 C₂₆H₃₀N₄O₃ 447[M + H]⁺ 3.3 (C) 21.7

49 C₂₄H₂₇N₃O₃ 406[M + H]⁺ 3.2 (C) 21.8

43 C₂₃H₂₅N₃O₃ 392[M + H]⁺ 3.3 (C) 21.9

42 C₂₅H₂₈N₄O₃ 433[M + H]⁺ 3.3 (C) 21.10

61 C₂₃H₂₇N₃O₂ 378[M + H]⁺ 3.4 (C) 21.11

43 C₂₄H₂₇N₃O₂ 390[M + H]⁺ 3.5 (C) 21.12

69 C₂₅H₃₀N₄O₂ 419[M + H]+ 2.9 (A) 21.13

48 C₂₅H₂₈N₄O₃ 433[M + H]+ 3.2 (C) 21.14

43 C₂₆H₃₀N₄O₃ 447[M + H]+ 3.0 (C) 21.15

70 C₂₄H₂₈N₄O₂ 405[M + H]+ 2.7 (A) 21.16

86 C₂₅H₂₉N₃O₂ 404[M + H]+ 3.3 (A) 21.17

87 C₂₄H₂₇N₃O₂S 422[M + H]+ 3.3 (A) 21.18

82 C₂₉H₃₄N₄O₃ 487[M + H]+ 3.2 (A) 21.19

79 C₂₃H₂₅N₃O₂ 376[M + H]+ 3.1 (A) 21.20

86 C₂₆H₃₀N₄O₃ 447[M + H]+ 2.8 (C) 21.21

89 C₂₄H₂₇N₃O₃ 406[M + H]⁺ 2.8 (C) 21.22

62 C₂₇H₂₉F₃N₄O₃ 515[M + H]+ 3.3 (C)

EXAMPLE 22.14-Benzyloxy-1-{2-oxo-2-[3-(2,2,2-trifluoro-acetyl)-2,3,4,5-tetrahydro-1H-3-benzazepin-7-yl]-ethyl}-1H-pyridin-2-one

To 1.00 g (4.97 mmol) 4-benzyloxy-1H-pyridin-2-one in THF at 0° C. isadded subsequently 613 mg (5.47 mmol) potassium-tert-butylate, 92 mg(0.25 mmol) tetra-butylammonium-iodide and 2.38 g (7.46 mmol)1-[7-(2-chloro-acetyl)-1,2,4,5-tetrahydro-3-benzazepin-3-yl]-2,2,2-trifluoro-ethanone.The reaction mixture is stirred overnight at RT and the solvent isevaporated. The residue is taken up in DCM and aqueous 2M sodiumhydroxide solution. The layers are separated, the organic phase iswashed with water, dried over MgSO₄, filtered and the solvent isevaporated. The residue is purified via chromatography (silica gel;DCM/MeOH 95:5) and then via reverse HPLC purification (Zorbax stablebond, C18; water (0.15% formic acid)/acetonitrile 95:5 to 5:95).

Yield: 1.30 g (54% of theory)

ESI Mass spectrum: [M+H]⁺=485

Retention time HPLC: 4.3 min (method A).

EXAMPLE 22.24-Benzyloxy-1-{2-hydroxy-2-[3-(2,2,2-trifluoro-acetyl)-2,3,4,5-tetrahydro-1H-3-benzazepin-7-yl]-ethyl}-1H-pyridin-2-one

To 1.20 g (2.48 mmol)4-benzyloxy-1-{2-oxo-2-[3-(2,2,2-trifluoro-acetyl)-2,3,4,5-tetrahydro-1H-3-benzazepin-7-yl]-ethyl}-1H-pyridin-2-one(example 22.1) in 10 mL MeOH is added 94 mg (2.48 mmol)sodium-borohydride and the mixture is stirred 2 h at RT. The solvent isevaporated, the residue is taken up in EtOAc and water. The layers areseparated, the organic phase is dried over MgSO₄, filtered and thesolvent is evaporated. The residue is purified via chromatography(silica gel; EE/MeOH 8:2).

Yield: 460 mg (38% of theory)

ESI Mass spectrum: [M+H]⁺=487

Retention time HPLC: 4.2 min (method A).

EXAMPLE 22.34-Benzyloxy-1-[2-oxo-2-(2,3,4,5-tetrahydro-1H-3-benzazepin-7-yl)-ethyl]-1H-pyridin-2-one

To 100 mg (0.21 mmol)4-benzyloxy-1-{2-oxo-2-[3-(2,2,2-trifluoro-acetyl)-2,3,4,5-tetrahydro-1H-3-benzazepin-7-yl]-ethyl}-1H-pyridin-2-one(example 22.1) in 5.0 mL MeOH is added 0.41 mL (0.41 mmol) aqueous 1 Msodium hydroxide solution. The reaction mixture is stirred 2 h at RT.The solvent is evaporated, the residue is dissolved in DMF and purifiedvia reverse HPLC chromatography (Zorbax stable bond, C18; water (0.15%formic acid)/acetonitrile 95:5 to 5:95).

Yield: 52 mg (65% of theory)

ESI Mass spectrum: [M+H]⁺=389

Retention time HPLC: 2.75 min (method A).

EXAMPLE 22.44-Benzyloxy-1-[2-hydroxy-2-(2,3,4,5-tetrahydro-1H-3-benzazepin-7-yl)-ethyl]-1H-pyridin-2-one

To 100 mg (0.21 mmol)4-benzyloxy-1-{2-hydroxy-2-[3-(2,2,2-trifluoro-acetyl)-2,3,4,5-tetrahydro-1H-3-benzazepin-7-yl]-ethyl}-1H-pyridin-2-one(example 22.2) in 5.0 mL MeOH is added 0.41 mL (0.41 mmol) aqueous 1 Msodium hydroxide solution. The reaction mixture is stirred 2 h at RT.The solvent is evaporated, the residue is dissolved in DMF and purifiedvia reverse HPLC chromatography (Zorbax stable bond, C18; water (0.15%formic acid)/acetonitrile 95:5 to 5:95).

Yield: 38 mg (47% of theory)

ESI Mass spectrum: [M+H]⁺=391

Retention time HPLC: 2.65 min (method A).

EXAMPLE 22.54-Benzyloxy-1-[2-(3-methyl-2,3,4,5-tetrahydro-1H-3-benzazepin-7-yl)-2-oxo-ethyl]-1H-pyridin-2-one

To 2.00 g (5.15 mmol)4-benzyloxy-1-[2-oxo-2-(2,3,4,5-tetrahydro-1H-3-benzazepin-7-yl)-ethyl]-1H-pyridin-2-one(preparation 22.3) in 20 mL THF is added 0.41 mL (5.51 mmol) aqueous 37%formaldehyde solution. The mixture is acidified (pH 4-5) with aceticacid and then 1.27 g (5.97 mmol) sodium triacetoxy-borohydride is added.The reaction mixture is stirred overnight at RT, diluted with aqueoussaturated NaHCO₃-solution until pH 7 and THF is evaporated. The residueis diluted with EtOAc, the layers are separated and the organic phase isconcentrated. The residue is elutriated in tert-butylmethylether and iscollected by filtration. The residue is dissolved in DMF and purifiedvia reverse HPLC chromatography (Waters symmetry, C18; water (0.15%formic acid)/acetonitrile 95:5 to 5:95).

Yield: 1.13 g (55% of theory)

ESI Mass spectrum: [M+H]⁺=403

Retention time HPLC: 2.5 min (method H).

EXAMPLE 23.14-Benzyloxy-1-{2-[3-(2,2,2-trifluoro-acetyl)-2,3,4,5-tetrahydro-1H-3-benzazepin-7-yl]-ethyl}-1H-pyridin-2-one

To 152 mg (0.76 mmol) 4-benzyloxy-1H-pyridin-2-one in THF at 0° C. isadded subsequently 492 mg (1.51 mmol) cesium carbonate, 14 mg (0.08mmol) tetra-butylammonium-iodide and 300 mg (0.76 mmol)2,2,2-trifluoro-1-[7-(2-iodo-ethyl)-1,2,4,5-tetrahydro-3-benzazepin-3-yl]-ethanone(preparation 6b). The reaction mixture is stirred overnight at RT,diluted with DMF and filtered. The residue is purified via reverse HPLCchromatography (Zorbax stable bond, C18; water (0.1% formicacid)/acetonitrile (0.1% formic acid) 95:5 to 5:95).

Yield: 100 mg (28% of theory)

ESI Mass spectrum: [M+H]⁺=471

Retention time HPLC: 4.6 min (method A).

EXAMPLE 23.24-Benzyloxy-1-[2-(2,3,4,5-tetrahydro-1H-3-benzazepin-7-yl)-ethyl]-1H-pyridin-2-one

To 200 mg (0.43 mmol)4-benzyloxy-1-{2-[3-(2,2,2-trifluoro-acetyl)-2,3,4,5-tetrahydro-1H-3-benzazepin-7-yl]-ethyl}-1H-pyridin-2-one(example 23.1) in 5.0 mL MeOH is added 0.85 mL (0.85 mmol) aqueous 1 Msodium hydroxide solution. The reaction mixture is stirred 2 h at RT.The solvent is evaporated, the residue is taken up in water and isextracted twice with DCM/MeOH. The combined organic phase is dried overMgSO₄, filtered and the solvent is evaporated to afford the product.

Yield: 150 mg (94% of theory)

ESI Mass spectrum: [M+H]⁺=375

Retention time HPLC: 2.9 min (method A).

EXAMPLE 23.34-Benzyloxy-1-[2-(3-methyl-2,3,4,5-tetrahydro-1H-3-benzazepin-7-yl)-ethyl]-1H-pyridin-2-one

To 100 mg (0.27 mmol)4-benzyloxy-1-[2-(2,3,4,5-tetrahydro-1H-3-benzazepin-7-yl)-ethyl]-1H-pyridin-2-one(preparation 23.2) in 5.0 mL THF is added 43 μL (0.53 mmol) aqueous 37%formaldehyde solution. The mixture is acidified with acetic acid andthen 62 mg (0.29 mmol) sodium triacetoxy-borohydride is added. Thereaction mixture is stirred 3 h at RT and is diluted with aqueoussaturated NaHCO₃-solution. The mixture is stirred additional 1 h at RT,the layers are separated and the aqueous phase is extracted three timeswith DCM/MeOH. The combined organic phase is dried over MgSO₄, filteredand the solvent is evaporated to afford the product.

Yield: 76 mg (73% of theory)

ESI Mass spectrum: [M+H]⁺=389

Retention time HPLC: 2.9 min (method A).

EXAMPLE 23.44-(Pyridin-2-ylmethoxy)-1-{2-[3-(2,2,2-trifluoro-acetyl)-2,3,4,5-tetrahydro-1H-3-benzazepin-7-yl]-ethyl}-1H-pyridin-2-one

To 200 mg (0.53 mmol)4-hydroxy-1-{2-[3-(2,2,2-trifluoro-acetyl)-2,3,4,5-tetrahydro-1H-3-benzazepin-7-yl]-ethyl}-1H-pyridin-2-one(preparation 21b) in DMF is added 145 mg (1.05 mmol) potassium carbonateand the mixture is stirred 10 min at RT before 133 mg (0.53 mmol)2-(bromomethyl)-pyridine hydro-bromide is added. The reaction mixture isstirred 5 h at RT and is directly purified via reverse HPLCchromatography (Zorbax stable bond, C18; water (0.1% formicacid)/acetonitrile (0.1% formic acid) 95:5 to 5:95).

Yield: 80 mg (32% of theory)

ESI Mass spectrum: [M+H]⁺=472

Retention time HPLC: 2.6 min (method E).

The following compounds are prepared as described for example 23.4.

Retention time HPLC Yield in min Example —W—B (%) Formula MS (method)23.5

32 C₂₄H₂₃F₃N₂O₃S 477[M + H]⁺ 2.8 (E) 23.6

32 C₂₄H₂₃F₃N₂O₃S 477[M + H]⁺ 2.8 (E) 23.7

29 C₂₆H₂₄F₄N₂O₃ 489[M + H]⁺ 4.5 (A) 23.8

41 C₂₅H₂₃BrF₃N₃O₃ 550/552[M + H]⁺ 4.4 (A)

EXAMPLE 23.94-(5-Methyl-pyridin-2-ylmethoxy)-1-{2-[3-(2,2,2-trifluoro-acetyl)-2,3,4,5-tetrahydro-1H-3-benzazepin-7-yl]-ethyl}-1H-pyridin-2-one

To 320 mg (0.84 mmol)4-hydroxy-1-{2-[3-(2,2,2-trifluoro-acetyl)-2,3,4,5-tetrahydro-1H-3-benzazepin-7-yl]-ethyl}-1H-pyridin-2-one(preparation 21b) in 25 mL DCM is added 129 mg (1.05 mmol)(5-methyl-pyridin-2-yl)-methanol and 221 mg (0.84 mmol)triphenylphosphane. The reaction mixture is cooled to 0° C. and 174 μL(0.84 mmol) diisopropyl azodicarboxylate is added. The reaction mixtureis stirred 16 h at RT and then additional 221 mg (0.84 mmol)triphenylphosphane and 174 μL (0.84 mmol) diisopropyl azodicarboxylateis added. The mixture is stirred 2 h at RT, the solvent is evaporatedand to the residue water is added. The aqueous phase is extracted withDCM, dried over Na₂SO₄ and the solvent is evaporated. The residue ispurified via reverse HPLC chromatography (Zorbax stable bond, C18; water(0.1% formic acid)/acetonitrile (0.1% formic acid) 95:5 to 5:95).

Yield: 240 mg (59% of theory)

ESI Mass spectrum: [M+H]⁺=486

Retention time HPLC: 3.9 min (method A).

EXAMPLE 23.104-(5-Fluoro-pyridin-2-ylmethoxy)-1-[2-(2,3,4,5-tetrahydro-1H-3-benzazepin-7-yl)-ethyl]-1H-pyridin-2-one

23.10a4-(5-Fluoro-pyridin-2-ylmethoxy)-1-{2-[3-(2,2,2-trifluoro-acetyl)-2,3,4,5-tetrahydro-1H-3-benzazepin-7-yl]-ethyl}-1H-pyridin-2-one

4-(5-Fluoro-pyridin-2-ylmethoxy)-1-{2-[3-(2,2,2-trifluoro-acetyl)-2,3,4,5-tetrahydro-1H-3-benzazepin-7-yl]-ethyl}-1H-pyridin-2-oneis prepared following example 23.9 from 500 mg (1.32 mmol)4-hydroxy-1-{2-[3-(2,2,2-trifluoro-acetyl)-2,3,4,5-tetrahydro-1H-3-benzazepin-7-yl]-ethyl}-1H-pyridin-2-one(preparation 21b) and 251 mg (1.97 mmol)(5-fluoro-pyridin-2-yl)-methanol.

Yield: 380 mg (59% of theory)

ESI Mass spectrum: [M+H]⁺=490

Retention time HPLC: 4.1 min (method A).

23.10b4-(5-Fluoro-pyridin-2-ylmethoxy)-1-[2-(2,3,4,5-tetrahydro-1H-3-benzazepin-7-yl)-ethyl]-1H-pyridin-2-one

To 350 mg (0.72 mmol)4-(5-fluoro-pyridin-2-ylmethoxy)-1-{2-[3-(2,2,2-trifluoro-acetyl)-2,3,4,5-tetrahydro-1H-3-benzazepin-7-yl]-ethyl}-1H-pyridin-2-one(preparation 23.10a) in 10 mL MeOH is added 1.1 mL (1.10 mmol) 1 Maqueous NaOH-solution. The reaction mixture is stirred overnight at RT.After filtration is the residue purified via reverse HPLC chromatography(Waters Xbridge; water (0.3% NH₄OH)/acetonitrile (0.3% NH₄OH) 95:5 to5:95).

Yield: 240 mg (85% of theory)

ESI Mass spectrum: [M+H]⁺=394

Retention time HPLC: 2.6 min (method A).

The following compounds are prepared as described for example 23.10b

Retention time HPLC Yield in min Example —W—B (%) Formula MS (method)23.11

75 C₂₄H₂₇N₃O₂ 390[M + H]⁺ 2.3 (A) 23.12

70 C₂₂H₂₄N₂O₂S 381[M + H]⁺ 3.6 (K) 23.13

71 C₂₃H₂₅N₃O₂ 376[M + H]⁺ 3.0 (K)

EXAMPLE 23.144-(4-Fluoro-benzyloxy)-1-[2-(2,3,4,5-tetrahydro-1H-3-benzazepin-7-yl)-ethyl]-1H-pyridin-2-one

To 1.05 g (3.42 mmol)1-[7-(2-chloro-ethyl)-1,2,4,5-tetrahydro-3-benzazepin-3-yl]-2,2,2-trifluoro-ethanonein 5 mL DMF is added at 0° C. cesium carbonate and after 15 min 600 mg(2.74 mmol) 4-(4-fluoro-benzyloxy)-1H-pyridin-2-one (preparation 22.1).The reaction mixture is stirred overnight at RT and is then added to 50mL 1 M aqueous NaOH-solution. The mixture is stirred 2 h at RT. Theaqueous phase is extracted with tert-butylmethylether. The combinedorganic phase is dried over MgSO₄, filtered and the solvent isevaporated. The residue is purified via reverse HPLC chromatography(Zorbax stable bond, C18; water (0.15% formic acid)/acetonitrile (0.15%formic acid) 95:5 to 5:95).

Yield: 220 mg (21% of theory)

ESI Mass spectrum: [M+H]⁺=393

Retention time HPLC: 3.3 min (method A).

The following examples are prepared as described for example 23.14

Retention time HPLC Yield in min Example —W—B (%) Formula MS (method)23.15

17 C₂₃H₂₄BrN₃O₂ 454/456[M + H]⁺ 3.1 (A) 23.16

25 C₂₂H₂₄N₂O₂S 381[M + H]⁺ 3.1 (A)

EXAMPLE 23.174-(5-Bromo-pyridin-2-ylmethoxy)-1-[2-(3-methyl-2,3,4,5-tetrahydro-1H-3-benzazepin-7-yl)-ethyl]-1H-pyridin-2-one

To 60 mg (0.13 mmol)4-(5-bromo-pyridin-2-ylmethoxy)-1-[2-(2,3,4,5-tetrahydro-1H-3-benzazepin-7-yl)-ethyl]-1H-pyridin-2-one(example 23.15) in 5.0 mL THF is added 43 μL (0.53 mmol) aqueous 37%formaldehyde solution and 56 mg (0.26 mmol) sodiumtriacetoxy-borohydride. The mixture is acidified with pH 5 buffersolution and is stirred 48 h at RT. After filtration is the residuepurified via reverse HPLC chromatography (Waters Xbridge; water (0.30%NH₄OH)/acetonitrile (0.30% NH₄OH) 95:5 to 5:95).

Yield: 55 mg (89% of theory)

ESI Mass spectrum: [M+H]⁺=468/470

Retention time HPLC: 2.9 min (method A).

The following compounds are prepared as described for example 23.17.

Retention Starting time material HPLC Yield see in min Example —W—B (%)example Formula MS (method) 23.18

85 23.12 C₂₃H₂₆N₂O₂S 395[M + H]⁺ 3.0 (A) 23.19

88 23.13 C₂₄H₂₇N₃O₂ 390[M + H]⁺ 2.3 (A) 23.20

85 23.16 C₂₃H₂₆N₂O₂S 395[M + H]⁺ 2.9 (A) 23.21

63 23.14 C₂₅H₂₇FN₂O₂ 407[M + H]⁺ 3.1 (A) 23.22

31 23.10 C₂₄H₂₆FN₃O₂ 408[M + H]⁺ 2.6 (A) 23.23

97 23.11 C₂₅H₂₉N₃O₂ 404[M + H]+ 2.4 (A)

EXAMPLE 24.17-[2-(4-Benzyloxy-2-oxo-2H-pyridin-1-yl)-ethyl]-3,4-dihydro-1H-isoquinoline-2-carboxylicAcid Tert-Butyl Ester

To 450 mg (2.24 mmol) 4-benzyloxy-1H-pyridin-2-one in 2.2 mL DMF at 0°C. is added 1.46 g (4.47 mmol) cesium carbonate and after 15 min 1.00 g(2.32 mmol)7-[2-(toluene-4-sulfonyloxy)ethyl]-3,4-dihydro-1H-isoquinoline-2-carboxylicacid tert-butyl ester (preparation 7). The reaction mixture is stirredovernight at RT, filtered and is directly transferred to reverse HPLCchromatography (Zorbax stable bond, C18; water (0.15% formicacid)/acetonitrile 95:5 to 5:95).

Yield: 400 mg (39% of theory)

ESI Mass spectrum: [M+H]⁺=461

Retention time HPLC: 3.1 min (method E).

EXAMPLE 24.24-Benzyloxy-1-[2-(1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-isoquinolin-7-yl)-ethyl]-1H-pyridin-2-one

To 400 mg (0.87 mmol)7-[2-(4-benzyloxy-2-oxo-2H-pyridin-1-yl)-ethyl]-3,4-dihydro-1H-isoquinoline-2-carboxylicacid tert-butyl ester (example 24.1) in 5.0 mL DCM is added at RT 0.5 mLtrifluoroacetic acid. The reaction mixture is stirred overnight at RTand is neutralized with aqueous 5% NaHCO₃-solution. The layers areseparated, the organic phase is washed with water, dried over MgSO₄,filtered and the solvent is evaporated. The residue is elutriated intertbutylmethyether, the precipitate is collected and dried.

Yield: 250 mg (80% of theory)

ESI Mass spectrum: [M+H]⁺=361

Retention time HPLC: 2.8 min (method A).

EXAMPLE 24.34-Benzyloxy-1-[2-(2-methyl-1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-isoquinolin-7-yl)-ethyl]-1H-pyridin-2-one

To 150 mg (0.42 mmol)4-benzyloxy-1-[2-(1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-isoquinolin-7-yl)-ethyl]-1H-pyridin-2-one(example 24.2) in 5.0 mL THF is added 68 μL (0.83 mmol) aqueous 37%formaldehyde solution. The mixture is acidified with 3 drops of aceticacid and then 97 mg (0.46 mmol) sodium triacetoxy-borohydride is added.The reaction mixture is stirred 2 h at RT and additional 68 μL (0.83mmol) aqueous 37% formaldehyde solution and 97 mg (0.46 mmol) sodiumtriacetoxy-borohydride are added. The reaction mixture is stirredovernight and additional 68 μL (0.83 mmol) aqueous 37% formaldehydesolution and 97 mg (0.46 mmol) sodium triacetoxy-borohydride is addedand the reaction mixture is stirred additional 48 h at RT. The mixtureis poured into aqueous 10% Na₂CO₃-solution, the layers are separated andthe aqueous phase is extracted with DCM. The combined organic phase iswashed a few times with water, dried over MgSO₄, filtered and thesolvent is evaporated. The residue is purified via reverse HPLCchromatography (Zorbax stable bond, C18; water (0.15% formicacid)/acetonitrile 95:5 to 5:95).

Yield: 50 mg (32% of theory)

ESI Mass spectrum: [M+H]⁺=375

Retention time HPLC: 2.8 min (method A).

EXAMPLE 24.44-(Pyridin-2-ylmethoxy)-1-[2-(1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-isoquinolin-7-yl)-ethyl]-1H-pyridin-2-one

24.4a7-{2-[2-Oxo-4-(pyridin-2-ylmethoxy)-2H-pyridin-1-yl]-ethyl}-3,4-dihydro-1H-isoquinoline-2-carboxylicAcid Tert-Butyl Ester

7-{2-[2-Oxo-4-(pyridin-2-ylmethoxy)-2H-pyridin-1-yl]-ethyl}-3,4-dihydro-1H-isoquinoline-2-carboxylicacid tert-butyl ester is prepared following example 24.1 from 530 mg(2.23 mmol) 4-(pyridin-2-ylmethoxy)-1H-pyridin-2-one (preparation 22.4)and 1.06 g (2.45 mmol)7-[2-(toluene-4-sulfonyloxy)-ethyl]-3,4-dihydro-1H-isoquinoline-2-carboxylicacid tert-butyl ester (preparation 7).

Yield: 230 mg (22% of theory)

ESI Mass spectrum: [M+H]⁺=462

Retention time HPLC: 3.9 min (method A).

24.4b4-(Pyridin-2-ylmethoxy)-1-[2-(1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-isoquinolin-7-yl)-ethyl]-1H-pyridin-2-one

4-(Pyridin-2-ylmethoxy)-1-[2-(1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-isoquinolin-7-yl)-ethyl]-1H-pyridin-2-oneis prepared following example 24.2 from 230 mg (0.50 mmol)7-{2-[2-oxo-4-(pyridin-2-ylmethoxy)-2H-pyridin-1-yl]-ethyl}-3,4-dihydro-1H-isoquinoline-2-carboxylicacid tert-butyl ester (example 24.4a).

Yield: 172 mg (96% of theory)

ESI Mass spectrum: [M+H]⁺=362

Retention time HPLC: 1.8 min (method A).

EXAMPLE 24.54-(5-Bromo-pyridin-2-ylmethoxy)-1-[2-(1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-isoquinolin-7-yl)-ethyl]-1H-pyridin-2-one

24.5a7-{2-[4-(5-Bromo-pyridin-2-ylmethoxy)-2-oxo-2H-pyridin-1-yl]-ethyl}-3,4-dihydro-1H-isoquinoline-2-carboxylicAcid Tert-Butyl Ester

7-{2-[4-(5-Bromo-pyridin-2-ylmethoxy)-2-oxo-2H-pyridin-1-yl]-ethyl}-3,4-dihydro-1H-isoquinoline-2-carboxylicacid tert-butyl ester is prepared following example 24.1 from 562 mg(2.00 mmol) 4-(5-bromo-pyridin-2-ylmethoxy)-1H-pyridin-2-one(preparation 22.2) and 863 mg (2.00 mmol)7-[2-(toluene-4-sulfonyloxy)-ethyl]-3,4-dihydro-1H-isoquinoline-2-carboxylicacid tert-butyl ester (preparation 7).

Yield: 550 mg (51% of theory)

ESI Mass spectrum: [M+H]⁺=540/542

Retention time HPLC: 4.6 min (method A).

24.5b4-(5-Bromo-pyridin-2-ylmethoxy)-1-[2-(1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-isoquinolin-7-yl)-ethyl]-1H-pyridin-2-one

4-(5-Bromo-pyridin-2-ylmethoxy)-1-[2-(1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-isoquinolin-7-yl)-ethyl]-1H-pyridin-2-oneis prepared following example 24.2 from 550 mg (1.02 mmol)7-{2-[4-(5-bromo-pyridin-2-ylmethoxy)-2-oxo-2H-pyridin-1-yl]-ethyl}-3,4-dihydro-1H-isoquinoline-2-carboxylicacid tert-butyl ester (example 24.5a).

Yield: 230 mg (51% of theory)

ESI Mass spectrum: [M+H]⁺=440/442

Retention time HPLC: 2.3 min (method A).

EXAMPLE 24.64-(5-Bromo-pyridin-2-ylmethoxy)-1-[2-(2-methyl-1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-isoquinolin-7-yl)-ethyl]-1H-pyridin-2-one

4-(5-Bromo-pyridin-2-ylmethoxy)-1-[2-(2-methyl-1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-isoquinolin-7-yl)-ethyl]-1H-pyridin-2-oneis prepared following example 24.3 from 110 mg (0.25 mmol)4-(5-bromo-pyridin-2-ylmethoxy)-1-[2-(1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-isoquinolin-7-yl)-ethyl]-1H-pyridin-2-one(example 24.5b).

Yield: 50 mg (44% of theory)

ESI Mass spectrum: [M+H]⁺=454/456

Retention time HPLC: 2.8 min (method A).

EXAMPLE 25.15-Benzyloxy-2-[2-(1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-isoquinolin-7-yl)-ethyl]-2H-pyridazin-3-one

25.1a7-[2-(4-Benzyloxy-6-oxo-6H-pyridazin-1-yl)-ethyl]-3,4-dihydro-1H-isoquinoline-2-carboxylicAcid Tert-Butyl Ester

To 245 mg (1.21 mmol) 5-benzyloxy-2H-pyridazin-3-one (preparation 5c) in1.2 mL DMF is added 791 mg (2.43 mmol) cesium carbonate and after 15 min470 mg (1.21 mmol)7-(2-iodoethyl)-3,4-dihydro-1H-isoquinoline-2-carboxylic acid tert-butylester (preparation 8). The reaction mixture is stirred overnight at RTand the precipitate is removed by filtration. The solvent is evaporated,the residue is dissolved in DMF and purified via reverse HPLCchromatography (Waters symmetry, C18; water (0.15% formicacid)/acetonitrile 95:5 to 10:90).

Yield: 40 mg (7% of theory)

ESI Mass spectrum: [M+H]⁺=462

Retention time HPLC: 3.3 min (method E).

25.1b5-Benzyloxy-2-[2-(1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-isoquinolin-7-yl)-ethyl]-2H-pyridazin-3-one

To 30 mg (0.06 mmol)7-[2-(4-benzyloxy-6-oxo-6H-pyridazin-1-yl)-ethyl]-3,4-dihydro-1H-isoquinoline-2-carboxylicacid tert-butyl ester (example 25.1a) in 2.0 mL DCM is added 50 μLtrifluoroacetic acid at RT. The solvent is evaporated and the residue ispurified via reverse HPLC chromatography (Waters SunFire, C18; water(0.1% formic acid)/acetonitrile (0.1% formic acid) 95:5 to 10:90).

Yield: 12 mg (51% of theory)

ESI Mass spectrum: [M+H]⁺=362

Retention time HPLC: 3.2 min (method D).

EXAMPLE 25.25-Benzyloxy-2-[2-(2-methyl-1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-isoquinolin-7-yl)-ethyl]-2H-pyridazin-3-one

To 90 mg (0.25 mmol)5-benzyloxy-2-[2-(1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-isoquinolin-7-yl)-ethyl]-2H-pyridazin-3-one(example 25.1) in 2.0 mL THF is added 28 μL (0.37 mmol) aqueous 37%formaldehyde solution. The mixture is acidified with 2 drops of aceticacid and then 79 mg (0.37 mmol) sodium triacetoxy-borohydride is added.The reaction mixture is stirred 2 h at RT and is poured into aqueous 10%Na₂CO₃-solution, the layers are separated and the aqueous phase isextracted with EtOAc. The combined organic phase is washed with water,dried over MgSO₄, filtered and the solvent is evaporated. The residue isdissolved in DMF and is purified via reverse HPLC chromatography (Waterssymmetry, C18; water (0.15% formic acid)/acetonitrile 95:5 to 5:95).

Yield: 63 mg (67% of theory)

ESI Mass spectrum: [M+H]⁺=376

Retention time HPLC: 2.6 min (method H).

EXAMPLE 26.14-Benzyloxy-1-[2-(4-pyrrolidin-1-ylmethyl-phenyl)-allyl]-1H-pyridin-2-one

To 242 μL (2.90 mmol) pyrrolidine in 10 mL THF is added 500 mg (1.45mmol) 4-[1-(4-benzyloxy-2-oxo-2H-pyridin-1-ylmethyl)-vinyl]-benzaldehyde(preparation 9b). The mixture is acidified with 3 drops of acetic acidand then 614 mg (2.90 mmol) sodium triacetoxy-borohydride is added. Thereaction mixture is stirred overnight at RT and is poured into aqueous10% Na₂CO₃-solution, the layers are separated and the aqueous phase isextracted with DCM. The combined organic phase is washed a few timeswith water, dried over MgSO₄, filtered and the solvent is evaporated.The residue is purified via reverse HPLC chromatography (Zorbax stablebond, C18; water (0.15% formic acid)/acetonitrile 95:5 to 5:95).

Yield: 500 mg (86% of theory)

ESI Mass spectrum: [M+H]⁺=401

Retention time HPLC: 2.6 min (method A).

The following examples are prepared as described in Example 26.1. Forthe preparation of example 26.7 additional 2.0 eq of triethylamine asbase are used.

Retention time HPLC Yield in min Example R¹R²N— (%) Formula MS (method)26.2

34 C₂₉H₃₃N₃O₃ 472[M + H]⁺ 2.9 (A) 26.3

86 C₂₆H₂₈N₂O₃ 417[M + H]⁺ 3.4 (C) 26.4

47 C₂₈H₃₂N₂O₃ 445[M + H]⁺ 3.4 (C) 26.5

53 C₂₇H₃₀N₂O₃ 431[M + H]⁺ 2.8 (A) 26.6

44 C₂₅H₂₈N₂O₂ 389[M + H]⁺ 3.5 (C) 26.7

18 C₂₅H₂₆N₂O₃ 403[M + H]⁺ 3.4 (C)

EXAMPLE 27.16-[2-(4-Benzyloxy-2-oxo-2H-pyridin-1-yl)-ethyl]-3,4-dihydro-1H-isoquinoline-2-carboxylicAcid Tert-Butyl Ester

6-[2-(4-Benzyloxy-2-oxo-2H-pyridin-1-yl)-ethyl]-3,4-dihydro-1H-isoquinoline-2-carboxylicacid tert-butyl ester is prepared as example 24.1 from 604 mg (3.00mmol) 4-benzyloxy-1H-pyridin-2-one and 1.30 g (3.01 mmol)6-[2-(toluene-4-sulfonyloxy)-ethyl]-3,4-dihydro-1H-isoquinoline-2-carboxylicacid tert-butyl ester (preparation 10c).

Yield: 590 mg (43% of theory)

ESI Mass spectrum: [M+H]⁺=461

Retention time HPLC: 3.1 min (method E).

EXAMPLE 27.24-Benzyloxy-1-[2-(1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-isoquinolin-6-yl)-ethyl]-1H-pyridin-2-one

4-Benzyloxy-1-[2-(1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-isoquinolin-6-yl)-ethyl]-1H-pyridin-2-oneis prepared as example 24.2 from 461 mg (1.00 mmol)6-[2-(4-benzyloxy-2-oxo-2H-pyridin-1-yl)-ethyl]-3,4-dihydro-1H-isoquinoline-2-carboxylicacid tert-butyl ester (example 27.1).

Yield: 330 mg (92% of theory)

ESI Mass spectrum: [M+H]⁺=361

Retention time HPLC: 2.8 min (method A).

EXAMPLE 27.34-Benzyloxy-1-[2-(2-methyl-1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-isoquinolin-6-yl)-ethyl]-1H-pyridin-2-one

To 170 mg (0.47 mmol)4-benzyloxy-1-[2-(1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-isoquinolin-6-yl)-ethyl]-1H-pyridin-2-one(example 27.2) in 5.0 mL THF is added 57 μL (0.71 mmol) aqueous 37%formaldehyde solution. The mixture is acidified with 3 drops of aceticacid and then 150 mg (0.71 mmol) sodium triacetoxy-borohydride is added.The reaction mixture is stirred 2 h at RT, poured into aqueous 10%Na₂CO₃-solution and the layers are separated. The aqueous phase isextracted with tert-butylmethylether, the combined organic phase iswashed a few times with water, dried over MgSO₄, filtered and thesolvent is evaporated to afford the product.

Yield: 130 mg (74% of theory)

ESI Mass spectrum: [M+H]⁺=375

Retention time HPLC: 2.8 min (method A).

The following compounds are prepared as described for example 27.1(first step, alkylation) followed by example 27.2 (second step,deprotection).

yield 1: alkylation step; yield 2: deprotection step;

Pyridon Retention Starting time material HPLC Yield Yield see in minExample —W—B 1 (%) 2 (%) preparation Formula MS (method) 27.4

26 62 22.4 C₂₂H₂₃N₃O₂ 362[M + H]⁺ 2.1 (A) 27.5

38 66 22.2 C₂₂H₂₂BrN₃O₂ 440/442[M + H]⁺ 2.7 (A)

EXAMPLE 27.64-(5-Bromo-pyridin-2-ylmethoxy)-1-[2-(2-methyl-1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-isoquinolin-6-yl)-ethyl]-1H-pyridin-2-one

4-(5-Bromo-pyridin-2-ylmethoxy)-1-[2-(2-methyl-1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-isoquinolin-6-yl)-ethyl]-1H-pyridin-2-oneis prepared following example 27.3 from 50 mg (0.11 mmol)4-(5-bromo-pyridin-2-ylmethoxy)-1-[2-(1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-isoquinolin-6-yl)-ethyl]-1H-pyridin-2-one(example 27.5b).

Yield: 27 mg (52% of theory)

ESI Mass spectrum: [M+H]⁺=454/456

Retention time HPLC: 2.7 min (method A).

EXAMPLE 28.14-Benzyloxy-1-[2-(5-pyrrolidin-1-ylmethyl-thiophen-2-yl)-ethyl]-1H-pyridin-2-one

To 200 mg (0.59 mmol)4-benzyloxy-1-[2-(5-hydroxymethyl-thiophen-2-yl)-ethyl]-1H-pyridin-2-one(preparation 11d) in 8.0 mL DCM is added 245 μL (1.76 mmol)triethylamine and subsequently 91 μL (1.17 mmol) methanesulfonylchloride at RT. The reaction mixture is stirred 1 h at RT and 98 μL(1.17 mmol) pyrrolidine is added. The mixture is stirred overnight at RTand is directly transferred to a reverse HPLC for purification (Zorbaxstable bond, C18; water (0.1% formic acid)/acetonitrile (0.1% formicacid) 95:5 to 10:90).

Yield: 48 mg (21% of theory)

ESI Mass spectrum: [M+H]⁺=395

Retention time HPLC: 2.8 min (method A).

EXAMPLE 28.2N-(1-{5-[2-(4-Benzyloxy-2-oxo-2H-pyridin-1-yl)-ethyl]-thiophen-2-ylmethyl}-piperidin-4-yl)-acetamide

N-(1-{5-[2-(4-Benzyloxy-2-oxo-2H-pyridin-1-yl)-ethyl]-thiophen-2-ylmethyl}-piperidin-4-yl)acetamideis prepared as example 28.1 from 70 mg (0.21 mmol)4-benzyloxy-1-[2-(5-hydroxymethyl-thiophen-2-yl)-ethyl]-1H-pyridin-2-one(preparation 11d) and 58 mg (0.41 mmol) N-piperidin-4-yl-acetamide.

Yield: 23 mg (24% of theory)

ESI Mass spectrum: [M+H]⁺=466

Retention time HPLC: 2.7 min (method A).

EXAMPLE 29.14-Benzyloxy-1-[2-oxo-2-(4-pyrrolidin-1-ylmethyl-phenyl)-ethyl]-1H-pyridin-2-one

To 200 mg (0.50 mmol)4-benzyloxy-1-[2-(4-pyrrolidin-1-ylmethyl-phenyl)-allyl]-1H-pyridin-2-one(example 26.1) in 6.0 mL acetonitrile is added at RT subsequently asolution of 4 mg (0.02 mmol) ruthenium(III)-trichloride hydrate in 1.0mL water and then 214 mg (1.00 mmol) sodium metaperiodate in smallportions. The reaction mixture is stirred 4 h at RT and is diluted withaqueous 10% sodium thiosulfate solution. The layers are separated andthe aqueous phase is extracted with DCM. The combined organic phase isdried over MgSO₄, filtered and the solvent is evaporated. The residue ispurified via reverse HPLC chromatography (Waters xbridge; water (15%NH₄OH)/acetonitrile (15% NH₄OH) 95:5 to 5:95).

Yield: 55 mg (27% of theory)

ESI Mass spectrum: [M+H]⁺=403

Retention time HPLC: 3.1 min (method A).

EXAMPLE 29.2N-(1-{4-[2-(4-Benzyloxy-2-oxo-2H-pyridin-1-yl)-acetyl]-benzyl}-piperidin-4-yl)-acetamide

N-(1-{4-[2-(4-Benzyloxy-2-oxo-2H-pyridin-1-yl)-acetyl]-benzyl}-piperidin-4-yl)-acetamideis prepared as example 29.1 from 200 mg (0.42 mmol)N-(1-{4-[1-(4-benzyloxy-2-oxo-2H-pyridin-1-ylmethyl)-vinyl]-benzyl}-piperidin-4-yl)-acetamide(example 26.2).

Yield: 46 mg (23% of theory)

ESI Mass spectrum: [M+H]⁺=474

Retention time HPLC: 2.8 min (method A).

EXAMPLE 29.34-Benzyloxy-1-{2-[4-(4-hydroxy-piperidin-1-ylmethyl)-phenyl]-2-oxo-ethyl}-1H-pyridin-2-one

To 400 mg (0.97 mmol)4-benzyloxy-1-[2-(4-bromomethyl-phenyl)-2-oxo-ethyl]-1H-pyridin-2-one(preparation 15c) in 5.0 mL of DMF is added 393 mg (3.88 mmol)4-hydroxypiperidine. The reaction mixture is stirred 1 h at RT and isdirectly purified by HPLC (Waters Symmetry, C18; water (0.1% formicacid)/acetonitrile (0.1% formic acid) 95:5 to 0:100).

Yield: 268 mg (64% of theory)

ESI Mass spectrum: [M+H]⁺=433

Retention time HPLC: 2.1 min (method H).

The following compounds are prepared as described for example 29.3.

Retention time Yield HPLC in min Example R¹R²N— (%) Formula MS (method)29.4

59 C₂₇H₃₀N₂O₄ 447[M + H]⁺ 1.6 (K) 29.5

26 C₂₅H₂₆N₂O₄ 419[M + H]⁺ 2.8 (C) 29.6

67 C₂₄H₂₆N₂O₃ 391[M + H]⁺ 2.2 (H) 29.7

51 C₂₆H₂₉N₃O₃ 432[M + H]⁺ 1.5 (K) 29.8

36 C₂₃H₂₄N₂O₃ 377[M + H]⁺ 2.6 (J) 29.9

22 C₂₅H₂₈N₂O₃ 405[M + H]⁺ 1.8 (K) 29.10

32 C₂₃H₂₄N₂O₃ 377[M + H]⁺ 1.6 (K) 29.11

22 C₂₅H₂₆N₂O₄ 419[M + H]⁺ 1.6 (K) 29.12

31 C₂₅H₂₆N₂O₃ 403[M + H]+ 1.7 (K) 29.13

47 C₂₄H₂₄N₂O₄ 405[M + H]+ 2.1 (H) 29.14

36 C₂₆H₂₈N₂O₃ 417[M + H]+ 1.8 (K) 29.15

16 C₂₂H₂₂N₂O₃ 363[M + H]+ 1.6 (K) 29.16

35 C₂₉H₃₂N₂O₄ 473[M + H]+ 1.7 (K) 29.17

31 C₂₉H₃₄N₂O₄ 475[M + H]⁺ 1.7 (K) 29.18

40 C₂₈H₃₂N₂O₄ 461[M + H]⁺ 1.6 (K)

EXAMPLE 30.14-(Benzyl-methyl-amino)-1-[2-(4-pyrrolidin-1-ylmethyl-phenyl)-ethyl]-1H-pyridin-2-one

To 150 mg (0.37 mmol)4-(benzyl-methyl-amino)-1-[2-(4-bromomethyl-phenyl)-ethyl]-1H-pyridin-2-one(preparation 14d) in 2.0 mL DMF is added 152 μL (1.82 mmol) pyrrolidineat RT. The reaction mixture is stirred for 1 h at RT and is directlytransferred to a reverse HPLC for purification (Waters symmetry, C18;water (0.15% formic acid)/acetonitrile 95:5 to 10:90).

Yield: 95 mg (65% of theory)

ESI Mass spectrum: [M+H]⁺=402

Retention time HPLC: 3.0 min (method C).

EXAMPLE 30.2N-[1-(4-{2-[4-(Benzyl-methyl-amino)-2-oxo-2H-pyridin-1-yl]-ethyl}-benzyl)-piperidin-4-yl]-acetamide

N-[1-(4-{2-[4-(Benzyl-methyl-amino)-2-oxo-2H-pyridin-1-yl]-ethyl}-benzyl)-piperidin-4-yl]-acetamideis prepared as example 30.1 from 150 mg (0.37 mmol)4-(benzyl-methyl-amino)-1-[2-(4-bromomethyl-phenyl)-ethyl]-1H-pyridin-2-one(preparation 14d) and 259 mg (1.82 mmol) N-piperidin-4-yl-acetamide.

Yield: 80 mg (46% of theory)

ESI Mass spectrum: [M+H]⁺=473

Retention time HPLC: 2.9 min (method C).

EXAMPLE 31.14-Benzyloxy-1-{2-[3-fluoro-4-(4-hydroxy-4-methyl-piperidin-1-ylmethyl)-phenyl]-2-oxo-ethyl}-1H-pyridin-2-one

4-Benzyloxy-1-{2-[3-fluoro-4-(4-hydroxy-4-methyl-piperidin-1-ylmethyl)-phenyl]-2-oxo-ethyl}-1H-pyridin-2-oneis prepared as example 1.1b from 105 mg (0.24 mmol)4-benzyloxy-1-[2-(4-bromomethyl-3-fluoro-phenyl)-2-oxo-ethyl]-1H-pyridin-2-one(preparation 16 h) and 84 mg (0.73 mmol) 4-hydroxy-4 methyl-piperidine.

Yield: 70 mg (62% of theory)

ESI Mass spectrum: [M+H]⁺=465

Retention time HPLC: 2.9 min (method C).

EXAMPLE 31.24-Benzyloxy-1-[2-(3-fluoro-4-pyrrolidin-1-ylmethyl-phenyl)-2-oxo-ethyl]-1H-pyridin-2-one

4-Benzyloxy-1-[2-(3-fluoro-4-pyrrolidin-1-ylmethyl-phenyl)-2-oxo-ethyl]-1H-pyridin-2-oneis prepared as example 1.1b from 105 mg (0.24 mmol)4-benzyloxy-1-[2-(4-bromomethyl-3-fluoro-phenyl)-2-oxo-ethyl]-1H-pyridin-2-one(preparation 16h) and 0.06 mL (0.73 mmol) pyrrolidine.

Yield: 49 mg (48% of theory)

ESI Mass spectrum: [M+H]⁺=421

Retention time HPLC: 2.9 min (method C).

EXAMPLE 32.15-Benzyloxy-2-[2-(4-morpholin-4-ylmethyl-phenyl)-2-oxo-ethyl]-2H-pyridazin-3-one

5-Benzyloxy-2-[2-(4-morpholin-4-ylmethyl-phenyl)-2-oxo-ethyl]-2H-pyridazin-3-oneis prepared as example 1.1b from 90 mg (0.22 mmol)5-benzyloxy-2-[2-(4-bromomethyl-phenyl)-2-oxo-ethyl]-2H-pyridazin-3-one(preparation 17b) and 76 μL (0.87 mmol) morpholine.

Yield: 64 mg (70% of theory)

ESI Mass spectrum: [M+H]⁺=420

Retention time HPLC: 2.6 min (method A).

The following compounds are prepared as described for example 32.1. Forexample 32.5 3.0 eq. of the corresponding amine and 4.0 eq. ofN-ethyl-diisopropylamine are used.

Retention time HPLC in Yield min Example R¹R²N— (%) Formula MS (method)32.2

76 C₂₅H₂₇N₃O₄ 434[M + H]⁺ 1.6 (K) 32.3

51 C₂₆H₂₉N₃O₄ 448[M + H]⁺ 1.6 (A) 32.4

82 C₂₃H₂₅N₃O₃ 392[M + H]⁺ 2.1 (H) 32.5

68 C₂₃H₂₃N₃O₄ 406[M + H]⁺ 2.5 (A) 32.6

84 C₂₄H₂₅N₃O₃ 404[M + H]+ 2.7 (A) 32.7

80 C₂₂H₂₃N₃O₃ 378[M + H]+ 2.1 (H) 32.8

56 C₂₄H₂₅N₃O₃ 404[M + H]+ 1.1 (J) 32.9

93 C₂₄H₂₆N₄O₃ 419[M + H]+ 2.5 (A) 32.10

72 C₂₅H₂₈N₄O₃ 433[M + H]+ 1.1 (J) 32.11

34 C₂₇H₂₇F₃N₄O₄ 529[M + H]+ 3.2 (C) 32.12

25 C₂₅H₂₇N₃O₄ 434[M + H]+ 2.6 (J) 32.13

29 C₂₄H₂₅N₃O₄ 420[M + H]+ 2.5 (A) 32.14

33 C₂₄H₂₅N₃O₄ 420[M + H]+ 2.5 (A)

EXAMPLE 33.15-(5-Fluoro-pyridin-2-ylmethoxy)-2-[2-oxo-2-(4-piperidin-1-ylmethyl-phenyl)-ethyl]-2H-pyridazin-3-one

To 70 mg (0.14 mmol)2-[2-(4-chloromethyl-phenyl)-2-oxo-ethyl]-5-(5-fluoro-pyridin-2-ylmethoxy)-2H-pyridazin-3-one(preparation 19d) in 2.00 mL of DMF is added 71 μL (0.72 mmol)piperidine. The reaction mixture is stirred overnight at RT and isdirectly purified by HPLC (Zorbax stable bond, C18; water (0.1% formicacid)/acetonitrile (0.1% formic acid) 95:5 to 0:100).

Yield: 31 mg (49% of theory)

ESI Mass spectrum: [M+H]⁺=437

Retention time HPLC: 2.2 min (method A).

The following examples are prepared as described for example 33.1(Starting materials: either preparation 18d or 19d depending onsubstituent X). For example 33.6-33.10 3.0 eq of the corresponding amineare used.

Retention time Yield HPLC in min Example R¹R²N— R²⁰ (%) Formula MS(method) 33.2

F 38 C₂₃H₂₃FN₄O₃ 423[M + H]⁺ 2.8 (F) 33.3

F 41 C₂₃H₂₅FN₄O₃ 425[M + H]⁺ 2.9 (F) 33.4

F 46 C₂₂H₂₃FN₄O₃ 411[M + H]⁺ 2.8 (F) 33.5

F 51 C₂₁H₂₁FN₄O₃ 397[M + H]⁺ 2.0 (A) 33.6

Cl 37 C₂₃H₂₅ClN₄O₃ 441/443[M + H]⁺ 2.3 (C) 33.7

Cl 4 C₂₁H₂₁ClN₄O₃ 413/415[M + H]⁺ 2.5 (C) 33.8

Cl 31 C₂₃H₂₃ClN₄O₃ 439/441[M + H]⁺ 2.6 (C) 33.9

Cl 32 C₂₂H₂₃ClN₄O₃ 427/429[M + H]⁺ 2.6 (C) 33.10

Cl 25 C₂₄H₂₅ClN₄O₃ 453/455[M + H]+ 2.7 (C)

EXAMPLE 34.16-Benzyloxy-3-[2-oxo-2-(4-pyrrolidin-1-ylmethyl-phenyl)-ethyl]-3H-pyrimidin-4-one

To 52 mg (0.13 mmol)6-benzyloxy-3-[2-(4-bromomethyl-phenyl)-2-oxo-ethyl]-3H-pyrimidin-4-one(preparation 20b) in 2.00 mL of DMF is added 42 μL (0.50 mmol)pyrrolidine. The reaction mixture is stirred 30 min at RT and isdirectly purified by HPLC (Waters Xbridge; water (0.1% formicacid)/acetonitrile (0.1% formic acid) 95:5 to 0:100).

Yield: 33 mg (65% of theory)

ESI Mass spectrum: [M+H]⁺=404

Retention time HPLC: 1.7 min (method K).

The following examples are prepared as described for example 34.1. Forexample 34.10 the BOC protected amine is used, followed by deprotectionof the BOC group with TFA (yield for deprotection given).

Reten- tion time HPLC Ex- in min am- Yield (meth- ple R¹R²N— (%) FormulaMS od) 34.2

19 C₂₄H₂₅N₃O₄ 420[M + H]⁺ 1.5 (K) 34.3

50 C₂₅H₂₇N₃O₃ 418[M + H]⁺ 1.8 (K) 34.4

46 C₂₅H₂₇N₃O₄ 434[M + H]⁺ 1.5 (K) 34.5

48 C₂₆H₂₉N₃O₄ 448[M + H]⁺ 1.5 (K) 34.6

51 C₂₅H₂₈N₄O₃ 433[M + H]⁺ 1.5 (K) 34.7

39 C₂₃H₂₅N₃O₃ 392[M + H]⁺ 1.7 (K) 34.8

41 C₂₄H₂₅N₃O₃ 404[M + H]⁺ 1.7 (K) 34.9

25 C₂₄H₂₅N₃O₄ 420[M + H]⁺ 1.5 (K) 34.10

57 C₂₄H₂₆N₄O₃ 419[M + H]⁺ 1.5 (K)

EXAMPLE 35.14-Benzyloxy-1-[2-oxo-2-(1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-isoquinolin-7-yl)-ethyl]-1H-pyridin-2-one

35.1a4-Benzyloxy-1-{2-oxo-2-[2-(2,2,2-trifluoro-acetyl)-1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-isoquinolin-7-yl]-ethyl}-1H-pyridin-2-one

To 600 mg (2.98 mmol) 4-benzyloxy-1H-pyridin-2-one in 6 mL THF is addedat 0° C. 368 mg (3.28 mmol) potassium tert-butylate and 55 mg (0.15mmol) tert-butylammonium iodide. After 5 min 1.00 g (3.28 mmol)1-[7-(2-chloro-acetyl)-3,4-dihydro-1H-isoquinolin-2-yl]-2,2,2-trifluoro-ethanoneis added. After 2 h additional 600 mg (1.97 mmol)1-[7-(2-chloro-acetyl)-3,4-dihydro-1H-isoquinolin-2-yl]-2,2,2-trifluoro-ethanoneis added and the mixture is stirred an additional hour. The reactionmixture is diluted with EtOAc and the organic phase is washed withwater, filtered, dried over MgSO₄ and the solvent is evaporated. Theresidue is purified via reverse HPLC chromatography (Zorbax stable bond;water (0.15% formic acid)/acetonitrile (0.15% formic acid) 95:5 to5:95).

Yield: 600 mg (43% of theory)

ESI Mass spectrum: [M+H]⁺=471

Retention time HPLC: 3.9 min (method A).

35.1b4-Benzyloxy-1-[2-oxo-2-(1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-isoquinolin-7-yl)-ethyl]-1H-pyridin-2-one

4-Benzyloxy-1-[2-oxo-2-(1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-isoquinolin-7-yl)-ethyl]-1H-pyridin-2-oneis prepared following example 22.3 from 600 mg (1.28 mmol)4-benzyloxy-1-{2-oxo-2-[2-(2,2,2-trifluoroacetyl)-1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-isoquinolin-7-yl]-ethyl}-1H-pyridin-2-one(example 35.1a).

Yield: 220 mg (46% of theory)

ESI Mass spectrum: [M+H]⁺=375

Retention time HPLC: 2.5 min (method A).

The following examples are prepared as described for example 35.1a(first step, alkylation) followed by example 35.1b (second step,deprotection). For example 35.2 and 35.4 potassium tert-butylate andtert-butylammonium iodide are substituted by cesium carbonate. Forexample 35.2 acetonitrile is used in the alkylation step acetonitrile isused as the solvent and in 35.4 DMSO.

yield 1: alkylation step; yield 2: deprotection step;

Pyridon Starting Retention material time HPLC Yield Yield see in minExample —W—B 1 (%) 2 (%) preparation Formula MS (method) 35.2

10 26 22.2 C₂₂H₂₀BrN₃O₃ 454/456[M + H]⁺ 2.3 (A) 35.3

12 77 22.4 C₂₂H₂₁N₃O₃ 376[M + H]⁺ 2.0 (A) 35.4

58 94 22.1 C₂₃H₂₁FN₂O₃ 393[M + H]⁺ 2.5 (A)

The following examples are prepared as described for example 23.17.

Pyridon Starting Retention material time HPLC in Yield see min Example—W—B (%) preparation Formula MS (method) 36.1

72 35.1 C₂₄H₂₄N₂O₃ 389[M + H]⁺ 4.3 (A) 36.2

29 35.4 C₂₄H₂₃FN₂O₃ 407[M + H]⁺ 1.7 (K) 36.3

61 35.2 C₂₃H₂₂BrN₃O₃ 468/470[M + H]⁺ 1.1 (J)

EXAMPLE 37.14-Benzyloxy-1-[2-(2,3-dihydro-1H-isoindol-5-yl)-2-oxo-ethyl]-1H-pyridin-2-one

37.1a4-Benzyloxy-1-{2-oxo-2-[2-(2,2,2-trifluoro-acetyl)-2,3-dihydro-1H-isoindol-5-yl]-ethyl}-1H-pyridin-2-one

4-Benzyloxy-1-{2-oxo-2-[2-(2,2,2-trifluoro-acetyl)-2,3-dihydro-1H-isoindol-5-yl]-ethyl}-1H-pyridin-2-oneis prepared following preparation 15b from 1.50 g (7.45 mmol)4-benzyloxy-1H-pyridin-2-one and 2.28 g (7.83 mmol)1-[5-(2-chloro-acetyl)-1,3-dihydro-isoindol-2-yl]-2,2,2-trifluoro-ethanone(see preparation 23) in DMSO as solvent.

Yield: 2.10 g (62% of theory)

ESI Mass spectrum: [M+H]⁺=457

Retention time HPLC: 1.7 min (method K).

37.1b4-Benzyloxy-1-[2-(2,3-dihydro-1H-isoindol-5-yl)-2-oxo-ethyl]-1H-pyridin-2-one

4-Benzyloxy-1-[2-(2,3-dihydro-1H-isoindol-5-yl)-2-oxo-ethyl]-1H-pyridin-2-oneis prepared following example 22.3 from 2.10 g (4.60 mmol)4-benzyloxy-1-{2-oxo-2-[2-(2,2,2-trifluoroacetyl)-2,3-dihydro-1H-isoindol-5-yl]-ethyl}-1H-pyridin-2-one(example 37.1a).

Yield: 1.50 g (91% of theory)

ESI Mass spectrum: [M+H]⁺=361

Retention time HPLC: 1.5 min (method K).

EXAMPLE 37.24-Benzyloxy-1-[2-(2-methyl-2,3-dihydro-1H-isoindol-5-yl)-2-oxo-ethyl]-1H-pyridin-2-one

4-Benzyloxy-1-[2-(2-methyl-2,3-dihydro-1H-isoindol-5-yl)-2-oxo-ethyl]-1H-pyridin-2-oneis prepared following example 23.17 from 900 mg (2.50 mmol)4-benzyloxy-1-[2-(2,3-dihydro-1H-isoindol-5-yl)-2-oxo-ethyl]-1H-pyridin-2-one(example 37.1b).

Yield: 300 mg (32% of theory)

ESI Mass spectrum: [M+H]⁺=375

Retention time HPLC: 1.9 min (method K).

EXAMPLE 38.14-Benzyloxy-1-[2-oxo-2-(4,5,6,7-tetrahydro-thieno[3,2-c]pyridin-2-yl)-ethyl]-1H-pyridin-2-one

38.1a4-Benzyloxy-1-{2-[5-(2-chloro-benzyl)-4,5,6,7-tetrahydro-thieno[3,2-c]pyridin-2-yl]-2-oxoethyl}-1H-pyridin-2-one4-Benzyloxy-1-{2-[5-(2-chloro-benzyl)-4,5,6,7-tetrahydro-thieno[3,2-c]pyridin-2-yl]-2-oxo-ethyl}-1H-pyridin-2-oneis prepared following preparation 15b (in DMSO as solvent) from 500 mg(2.49 mmol) 4-benzyloxy-1H-pyridin-2-one and 936 mg (2.49 mmol)2-chloro-1-[5-(2-chloro-benzyl)-3a,4,5,6,7,7a-hexahydro-thieno[3,2-c]pyridin-2-yl]-ethanone(preparation 24).

Yield: 1.10 g (88% of theory)

ESI Mass spectrum: [M+H]⁺=505/507

Retention time HPLC: 2.0 min (method K).

38.1b4-Benzyloxy-1-[2-oxo-2-(4,5,6,7-tetrahydro-thieno[3,2-c]pyridin-2-yl)-ethyl]-1H-pyridin-2-one

To 1.10 g (2.18 mmol)4-benzyloxy-1-{2-[5-(2-chloro-benzyl)-4,5,6,7-tetrahydro-thieno[3,2-c]pyridin-2-yl]-2-oxo-ethyl}-1H-pyridin-2-one(example 38.1a) in 20 mL DCM is added at 0° C. 0.29 mL (2.61 mL)chloro-formic acid 1-chloro-ethyl ester. The reaction mixture is stirred60 h at RT. Additional 0.29 mL (2.61 mL) chloro-formic acid1-chloro-ethyl ester is added and the mixture is stirred overnight.Additional 0.29 mL (2.61 mL) chloro-formic acid 1-chloro-ethyl ester isadded and the reaction mixture is refluxed overnight. The solvent isremoved, to the residue 30 mL of methanol are added and the reactionmixture is refluxed for 30 min. After cooling to RT, the precipitate iscollected after cooling the mixture to RT, washed with cold methanol anddried.

Yield: 260 mg (29% of theory)

ESI Mass spectrum: [M+H]⁺=381

Retention time HPLC: 1.1 min (method M).

EXAMPLE 38.24-Benzyloxy-1-[2-(5-methyl-4,5,6,7-tetrahydro-thieno[3,2-c]pyridin-2-yl)-2-oxo-ethyl]-1H-pyridin-2-one

4-Benzyloxy-1-[2-(5-methyl-4,5,6,7-tetrahydro-thieno[3,2-c]pyridin-2-yl)-2-oxo-ethyl]-1H-pyridin-2-oneis prepared following example 23.17 from 170 mg (0.45 mmol)4-benzyloxy-1-[2-oxo-2-(4,5,6,7-tetrahydro-thieno[3,2-c]pyridin-2-yl)-ethyl]-1H-pyridin-2-one(example 38.1b).

Yield: 76 mg (43% of theory)

ESI Mass spectrum: [M+H]⁺=395

Retention time HPLC: 1.6 min (method K).

EXAMPLE 39.14-(5-Bromo-pyridin-2-ylmethoxy)-1-[2-hydroxy-2-(1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-isoquinolin-7-yl)-ethyl]-1H-pyridin-2-one

39.1a4-(5-Bromo-pyridin-2-ylmethoxy)-1-{2-oxo-2-[2-(2,2,2-trifluoro-acetyl)-1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-isoquinolin-7-yl]-ethyl}-1H-pyridin-2-one

4-(5-Bromo-pyridin-2-ylmethoxy)-1-{2-oxo-2-[2-(2,2,2-trifluoro-acetyl)-1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-isoquinolin-7-yl]-ethyl}-1H-pyridin-2-oneis prepared following preparation 15b (in acetonitrile as solvent) from3.50 g (12.5 mmol) 4-(5-bromo-pyridin-2-ylmethoxy)-1H-pyridin-2-one(preparation 22.2) and 3.81 g (12.5 mmol)1-[7-(2-chloro-acetyl)-3,4-dihydro-1H-isoquinolin-2-yl]-2,2,2-trifluoro-ethanone.

Yield: 700 mg (10% of theory)

ESI Mass spectrum: [M+H]⁺=550/552

Retention time HPLC: 3.7 min (method A).

39.1b4-(5-Bromo-pyridin-2-ylmethoxy)-1-{2-hydroxy-2-[2-(2,2,2-trifluoro-acetyl)-1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-isoquinolin-7-yl]-ethyl}-1H-pyridin-2-one

4-(5-Bromo-pyridin-2-ylmethoxy)-1-{2-hydroxy-2-[2-(2,2,2-trifluoro-acetyl)-1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-isoquinolin-7-yl]-ethyl}-1H-pyridin-2-oneis prepared following example 22.2 from 260 mg (0.47 mmol)4-(5-bromo-pyridin-2-ylmethoxy)-1-{2-oxo-2-[2-(2,2,2-trifluoro-acetyl)-1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-isoquinolin-7-yl]-ethyl}-1H-pyridin-2-one(example 39.1a).

Yield: 40 mg (15% of theory)

ESI Mass spectrum: [M+H]⁺=552/554

Retention time HPLC: 4.0 min (method A).

39.1c4-(5-Bromo-pyridin-2-ylmethoxy)-1-[2-hydroxy-2-(1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-isoquinolin-7-yl)ethyl]-1H-pyridin-2-one

4-(5-Bromo-pyridin-2-ylmethoxy)-1-[2-hydroxy-2-(1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-isoquinolin-7-yl)-ethyl]-1H-pyridin-2-oneis prepared following example 22.3 from 70 mg (0.13 mmol)4-(5-bromo-pyridin-2-ylmethoxy)-1-{2-hydroxy-2-[2-(2,2,2-trifluoro-acetyl)-1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-isoquinolin-7-yl]-ethyl}-1H-pyridin-2-one(example 39.1b).

Yield: 70 mg (quantitative)

ESI Mass spectrum: [M+H]⁺=456/458

Retention time HPLC: 2.1 min (method A).

EXAMPLE 39.24-(5-Bromo-pyridin-2-ylmethoxy)-1-[2-hydroxy-2-(2-methyl-1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-isoquinolin-7-yl)ethyl]-1H-pyridin-2-one

4-(5-Bromo-pyridin-2-ylmethoxy)-1-[2-hydroxy-2-(2-methyl-1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-isoquinolin-7-yl)ethyl]-1H-pyridin-2-oneis prepared following example 23.17 from 160 mg (0.35 mmol)4-(5-bromo-pyridin-2-ylmethoxy)-1-[2-hydroxy-2-(1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-isoquinolin-7-yl)-ethyl]-1H-pyridin-2-one(example 39.1c).

Yield: 120 mg (73% of theory)

ESI Mass spectrum: [M+H]⁺=470/472

Retention time HPLC: 2.2 min (method A).

EXAMPLE 39.34-(5-Bromo-pyridin-2-ylmethoxy)-1-[2-fluoro-2-(2-methyl-1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-isoquinolin-7-yl)ethyl]-1H-pyridin-2-one

To 70 mg (0.15 mmol)4-(5-bromo-pyridin-2-ylmethoxy)-1-[2-hydroxy-2-(2-methyl-1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-isoquinolin-7-yl)-ethyl]-1H-pyridin-2-one(example 39.2) in 3 mL DCM is added at −72° C. 36 μL (0.19 mmol)(bis(2-methoxyethyl)amino)-sulfurtrifluoride (“New Dast”). The reactionis stirred at −78° C. and is warmed to RT overnight. The reactionmixture is coolded down to −78° C. and additional 36 μL (0.19 mmol)(bis(2-methoxyethyl)amino)-sulfurtrifluoride is added. The reaction isstirred 30 min at −78° C. and is warmed to RT. The mixture is dilutedwith aqueous NaHCO₃-solution, the aqueous phase is washed three timeswith EtOAc and dried over MgSO₄.

The solvent is evaporated and the residue is purified via reverse HPLCchromatography (Zorbax stable bond; water (0.1% formicacid)/acetonitrile (0.1% formic acid) 95:5 to 5:95).

Yield: 3 mg (4% of theory)

ESI Mass spectrum: [M+H]⁺=472/474

Retention time HPLC: 2.6 min (method A).

EXAMPLE 40.15-(5-Chloro-pyridin-2-ylmethoxy)-2-[2-(1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-isoquinolin-7-yl)-ethyl]-2H-pyridazin-3-one

40.1a7-{2-[4-(5-Chloro-pyridin-2-ylmethoxy)-6-oxo-6H-pyridazin-1-yl]-ethyl}-3,4-dihydro-1H-isoquinoline-2-carboxylicAcid Tert-Butyl Ester

7-{2-[4-(5-Chloro-pyridin-2-ylmethoxy)-6-oxo-6H-pyridazin-1-yl]-ethyl}-3,4-dihydro-1H-isoquinoline-2-carboxylicacid tert-butyl ester is prepared following preparation 15b from 1.20 g(5.05 mmol) 5-(5-chloro-pyridin-2-ylmethoxy)-2H-pyridazin-3-one(preparation 18b) and 2.62 g (6.06 mmol)7-[2-(toluene-4-sulfonyloxy)-ethyl]-3,4-dihydro-1H-isoquinoline-2-carboxylicacid tert-butyl ester (preparation 7).

Yield: 2.50 g (100% of theory)

ESI Mass spectrum: [M+H]⁺=497/499

Retention time HPLC: 2.8 min (method E).

40.1b5-(5-Chloro-pyridin-2-ylmethoxy)-2-[2-(1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-isoquinolin-7-yl)-ethyl]-2H-pyridazin-3-one

5-(5-Chloro-pyridin-2-ylmethoxy)-2-[2-(1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-isoquinolin-7-yl)-ethyl]-2H-pyridazin-3-oneis prepared following example 24.2 from 2.50 g (5.03 mmol)7-{2-[4-(5-chloro-pyridin-2-ylmethoxy)-6-oxo-6H-pyridazin-1-yl]-ethyl}-3,4-dihydro-1H-isoquinoline-2-carboxylicacid tert-butyl ester (example 40.1a) (purification via reversed HPLCchromatography).

Yield: 1.20 g (60% of theory)

ESI Mass spectrum: [M+H]⁺=397/399

Retention time HPLC: 2.4 min (method A).

EXAMPLE 40.25-(5-Bromo-pyridin-2-ylmethoxy)-2-[2-(1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-isoquinolin-7-yl)-ethyl]-2H-pyridazin-3-one

40.2a7-{2-[4-(5-Bromo-pyridin-2-ylmethoxy)-6-oxo-6H-pyridazin-1-yl]-ethyl}-3,4-dihydro-1H-isoquinoline-2-carboxylicAcid Tert-Butyl Ester

7-{2-[4-(5-Bromo-pyridin-2-ylmethoxy)-6-oxo-6H-pyridazin-1-yl]-ethyl}-3,4-dihydro-1H-isoquinoline-2-carboxylicacid tert-butyl ester is prepared following preparation 15b from 1.13 g(4.00 mmol) 5-(5-bromo-pyridin-2-ylmethoxy)-2H-pyridazin-3-one(preparation 25b) and 1.73 g (4.00 mmol)7-[2-(toluene-4-sulfonyloxy)-ethyl]-3,4-dihydro-1H-isoquinoline-2-carboxylicacid tert-butyl ester (preparation 7).

Yield: 1.40 g (65% of theory)

ESI Mass spectrum: [M+H]⁺=541/543

Retention time HPLC: 2.9 min (method E).

40.2b5-(5-Bromo-pyridin-2-ylmethoxy)-2-[2-(1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-isoquinolin-7-yl)-ethyl]-2H-pyridazin-3-one

5-(5-Bromo-pyridin-2-ylmethoxy)-2-[2-(1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-isoquinolin-7-yl)-ethyl]-2H-pyridazin-3-oneis prepared following example 24.2 from 1.40 g (2.59 mmol)7-{2-[4-(5-bromo-pyridin-2-ylmethoxy)-6-oxo-6H-pyridazin-1-yl]-ethyl}-3,4-dihydro-1H-isoquinoline-2-carboxylicacid tert-butyl ester (example 40.2a) (purification via reversed HPLCchromatography).

Yield: 0.90 g (79% of theory)

ESI Mass spectrum: [M+H]⁺=441/443

Retention time HPLC: 2.7 min (method F).

EXAMPLE 40.35-(5-Chloro-pyridin-2-ylmethoxy)-2-[2-(2-methyl-1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-isoquinolin-7-yl)-ethyl]-2H-pyridazin-3-one

5-(5-Chloro-pyridin-2-ylmethoxy)-2-[2-(2-methyl-1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-isoquinolin-7-yl)-ethyl]-2H-pyridazin-3-oneis prepared following example 23.17 from 75 mg (0.19 mmol)5-(5-chloropyridin-2-ylmethoxy)-2-[2-(1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-isoquinolin-7-yl)-ethyl]-2H-pyridazin-3-one(example 40.1b).

Yield: 46 mg (59% of theory)

ESI Mass spectrum: [M+H]⁺=411/413

Retention time HPLC: 2.9 min (method A).

EXAMPLE 40.45-(5-Bromo-pyridin-2-ylmethoxy)-2-[2-(2-methyl-1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-isoquinolin-7-yl)-ethyl]-2H-pyridazin-3-one

5-(5-Bromo-pyridin-2-ylmethoxy)-2-[2-(2-methyl-1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-isoquinolin-7-yl)-ethyl]-2H-pyridazin-3-oneis prepared following example 23.17 from 500 mg (1.13 mmol)5-(5-bromo-pyridin-2-ylmethoxy)-2-[2-(1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-isoquinolin-7-yl)-ethyl]-2H-pyridazin-3-one(example 40.2b).

Yield: 290 mg (56% of theory)

ESI Mass spectrum: [M+H]⁺=455/457

Retention time HPLC: 2.5 min (method A).

EXAMPLE 41.15-Benzyloxy-2-[2-oxo-2-(1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-isoquinolin-7-yl)-ethyl]-2H-pyridazin-3-one

5-Benzyloxy-2-[2-oxo-2-(1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-isoquinolin-7-yl)-ethyl]-2H-pyridazin-3-oneis prepared following example 22.3 from 4.70 g (9.97 mmol)5-benzyloxy-2-{2-oxo-2-[2-(2,2,2-trifluoro-acetyl)-1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-isoquinolin-7-yl]-ethyl}-2H-pyridazin-3-one(preparation 28.1).

Yield: 3.40 g (91% of theory)

ESI Mass spectrum: [M+H]⁺=376

Retention time HPLC: 2.5 min (method A).

The following examples are prepared as described for example 41.1.

Retention time HPLC Starting Yield in min example —W—B material (%)Formula MS (method) 41.2

Preparation28.2 40 C₂₁H₂₀N₄O₃ 377[M + H]⁺ 2.2 (A) 41.3

Preparation28.3 76 C₂₁H₁₉BrN₄O₃ 455/457[M + H]⁺ 1.5 (K) 41.4

Preparation28.4 87 C₂₂H₂₀FN₃O₃ 394[M + H]⁺ 2.6 (A) 41.5

Preparation28.5 58 C₂₁H₁₉ClN₄O₃ 411/413[M + H]⁺ 2.3 (A)

EXAMPLE 42.15-Benzyloxy-2-[2-(2-methyl-1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-isoquinolin-7-yl)-2-oxo-ethyl]-2H-pyridazin-3-one

5-Benzyloxy-2-[2-(2-methyl-1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-isoquinolin-7-yl)-2-oxo-ethyl]-2H-pyridazin-3-oneis prepared following example 23.17 from 130 mg (0.35 mmol)5-benzyloxy-2-[2-oxo-2-(1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-isoquinolin-7-yl)-ethyl]-2H-pyridazin-3-one(example 41.1).

Yield: 52 mg (39% of theory)

ESI Mass spectrum: [M+H]⁺=390

Retention time HPLC: 3.0 min (method A).

The following examples are prepared as described for example 42.1.

Retention Starting time HPLC material Yield in min example —W—B (exampleNr.) (%) Formula MS (method) 42.2

41.2 67 C₂₂H₂₂N₄O₃ 391[M + H]⁺ 2.1 (A) 42.3

41.3 83 C₂₂H₂₁BrN₄O₃ 469/471[M + H]⁺ R_(f) Value =0.4 (A) 42.4

41.4 68 C₂₃H₂₂FN₃O₃ 408[M + H]⁺ 1.1 (J)   42.5

41.5 30 C₂₂H₂₁ClN₄O₃ 425/427[M + H]⁺ 2.7 (A)

EXAMPLE 43.15-Benzyloxy-2-[2-(2,3-dihydro-1H-isoindol-5-yl)-2-oxo-ethyl]-2H-pyridazin-3-one

43.1a5-Benzyloxy-2-{2-oxo-2-[2-(2,2,2-trifluoro-acetyl)-2,3-dihydro-1H-isoindol-5-yl]-ethyl}-2H-pyridazin-3-one

5-Benzyloxy-2-{2-oxo-2-[2-(2,2,2-trifluoro-acetyl)-2,3-dihydro-1H-isoindol-5-yl]-ethyl}-2H-pyridazin-3-one is prepared following preparation15b from 1.38 g (6.80 mmol) 5-benzyloxy-2H-pyridazin-3-one (preparation5c) and 2.08 g (7.14 mmol)1-[5-(2-chloro-acetyl)-1,3-dihydroisoindol-2-yl]-2,2,2-trifluoro-ethanone(see preparation 23) in DMSO as solvent (purification via reversed HPLCchromatography).

Yield: 1.90 g (61% of theory)

ESI Mass spectrum: [M+H]⁺=458

Retention time HPLC: 1.8 min (method K).

43.1b5-Benzyloxy-2-[2-(2,3-dihydro-1H-isoindol-5-yl)-2-oxo-ethyl]-2H-pyridazin-3-one

5-Benzyloxy-2-[2-(2,3-dihydro-1H-isoindol-5-yl)-2-oxo-ethyl]-2H-pyridazin-3-oneis prepared following example 22.3 from 1.90 g (4.15 mmol)5-benzyloxy-2-{2-oxo-2-[2-(2,2,2-trifluoroacetyl)-2,3-dihydro-1H-isoindol-5-yl]-ethyl}-2H-pyridazin-3-one(example 43.1a).

Yield: 0.80 g (53% of theory)

ESI Mass spectrum: [M+H]⁺=362

Retention time HPLC: 1.6 min (method K).

EXAMPLE 43.25-Benzyloxy-2-[2-(2-methyl-2,3-dihydro-1H-isoindol-5-yl)-2-oxo-ethyl]-2H-pyridazin-3-one

5-Benzyloxy-2-[2-(2-methyl-2,3-dihydro-1H-isoindol-5-yl)-2-oxo-ethyl]-2H-pyridazin-3-oneis prepared following example 23.17 from 70 mg (0.19 mmol)5-benzyloxy-2-[2-(2,3-dihydro-1H-isoindol-5-yl)-2-oxo-ethyl]-2H-pyridazin-3-one(example 43.1b).

Yield: 10 mg (14% of theory)

ESI Mass spectrum: [M+H]⁺=376

Retention time HPLC: 3.4 min (method J).

EXAMPLE 44.1 5-Benzyloxy-2-[2-oxo-2-(4,5,6,7-tetrahydro-thieno[3,2-c]pyridin-2-yl)-ethyl]-2H-pyridazin-3-one

44.1a5-Benzyloxy-2-{2-[5-(2-chloro-benzyl)-4,5,6,7-tetrahydro-thieno[3,2-c]pyridin-2-yl]-2-oxoethyl}-2H-pyridazin-3-oneHydrochloride

5-Benzyloxy-2-{2-[5-(2-chloro-benzyl)-4,5,6,7-tetrahydro-thieno[3,2-c]pyridin-2-yl]-2-oxo-ethyl}-2H-pyridazin-3-oneis prepared following preparation 15b (in DMSO as solvent; purificationvia reversed HPLC chromatography) from 500 mg (2.47 mmol)5-benzyloxy-2H-pyridazin-3-one (preparation 5c) and 1.03 g (2.72 mmol)2-chloro-1-[5-(2-chloro-benzyl)-3a,4,5,6,7,7a-hexahydro-thieno[3,2-c]pyridin-2-yl]-ethanone(preparation 24).

Yield: 350 mg (28% of theory)

ESI Mass spectrum: [M+H]⁺=506/508

Retention time HPLC: 2.7 min (method H).

44.1b5-Benzyloxy-2-[2-oxo-2-(4,5,6,7-tetrahydro-thieno[3,2-c]pyridin-2-yl)-ethyl]-2H-pyridazin-3-onehydrochloride

5-Benzyloxy-2-[2-oxo-2-(4,5,6,7-tetrahydro-thieno[3,2-c]pyridin-2-yl)-ethyl]-2H-pyridazin-3-onehydrochloride is prepared following example 38.1b from 300 mg (0.59mmol)5-benzyloxy-2-{2-[5-(2-chloro-benzyl)-4,5,6,7-tetrahydro-thieno[3,2-c]pyridin-2-yl]-2-oxo-ethyl}-2H-pyridazin-3-one(example 44.1a).

Yield: 200 mg (81% of theory)

ESI Mass spectrum: [M+H]⁺=382

Retention time HPLC: 3.4 min (method J).

EXAMPLE 44.25-Benzyloxy-2-[2-(5-methyl-4,5,6,7-tetrahydro-thieno[3,2-c]pyridin-2-yl)-2-oxo-ethyl]-2H-pyridazin-3-one

5-Benzyloxy-2-[2-(5-methyl-4,5,6,7-tetrahydro-thieno[3,2-c]pyridin-2-yl)-2-oxo-ethyl]-2H-pyridazin-3-oneis prepared following example 23.17 from 130 mg (0.31 mmol)5-benzyloxy-2-[2-oxo-2-(4,5,6,7-tetrahydro-thieno[3,2-c]pyridin-2-yl)-ethyl]-2H-pyridazin-3-onehydrochloride (example 44.1b).

Yield: 80 mg (65% of theory)

ESI Mass spectrum: [M+H]⁺=396

Retention time HPLC: 3.6 min (method J).

EXAMPLE 45.16-Benzyloxy-3-[2-oxo-2-(1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-isoquinolin-7-yl)-ethyl]-3H-pyrimidin-4-one

45.1a6-Benzyloxy-3-{2-oxo-2-[2-(2,2,2-trifluoro-acetyl)-1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-isoquinolin-7-yl]-ethyl}-3H-pyrimidin-4-one

6-Benzyloxy-3-{2-oxo-2-[2-(2,2,2-trifluoro-acetyl)-1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-isoquinolin-7-yl]-ethyl}-3H-pyrimidin-4-oneis prepared following preparation 15b from 850 mg (4.20 mmol)6-benzyloxy-3H-pyrimidin-4-one and 1.35 g (4.41 mmol)1-[7-(2-chloro-acetyl)-3,4-dihydro-1H-isoquinolin-2-yl]-2,2,2-trifluoro-ethanonein acetonitrile as solvent (purification via reversed HPLCchromatography).

Yield: 850 mg (43% of theory)

ESI Mass spectrum: [M+H]⁺=472

Retention time HPLC: 1.5 min (method J).

45.1b6-Benzyloxy-3-[2-oxo-2-(1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-isoquinolin-7-yl)-ethyl]-3H-pyrimidin-4-one

6-Benzyloxy-3-[2-oxo-2-(1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-isoquinolin-7-yl)-ethyl]-3H-pyrimidin-4-oneis prepared following example 22.3 from 800 mg (1.70 mmol)6-benzyloxy-3-{2-oxo-2-[2-(2,2,2-trifluoro-acetyl)-1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-isoquinolin-7-yl]-ethyl}-3H-pyrimidin-4-one(example 45.1a).

Yield: 400 mg (63% of theory)

ESI Mass spectrum: [M+H]⁺=376

Retention time HPLC: 3.3 min (method J).

EXAMPLE 45.26-Benzyloxy-3-[2-(2-methyl-1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-isoquinolin-7-yl)-2-oxo-ethyl]-3H-pyrimidin-4-one

6-Benzyloxy-3-[2-(2-methyl-1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-isoquinolin-7-yl)-2-oxo-ethyl]-3H-pyrimidin-4-oneis prepared following example 23.17 from 110 mg (0.29 mmol)6-benzyloxy-3-[2-oxo-2-(1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-isoquinolin-7-yl)-ethyl]-3H-pyrimidin-4-one(example 45.1b).

Yield: 50 mg (44% of theory)

ESI Mass spectrum: [M+H]⁺=390

Retention time HPLC: 3.5 min (method J).

EXAMPLE 46.14-Benzyloxy-1-[2-oxo-2-(1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-isoquinolin-6-yl)-ethyl]-1H-pyridin-2-one

4-Benzyloxy-1-[2-oxo-2-(1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-isoquinolin-6-yl)-ethyl]-1H-pyridin-2-oneis prepared following example 24.2 from 410 mg (0.86 mmol)6-[2-(4-benzyloxy-2-oxo-2H-pyridin-1-yl)acetyl]-3,4-dihydro-1H-isoquinoline-2-carboxylicacid tert-butyl ester (preparation 29d).

Yield: 250 mg (77% of theory)

ESI Mass spectrum: [M+H]⁺=375

Retention time HPLC: 1.5 min (method K).

EXAMPLE 46.24-Benzyloxy-1-[2-(2-methyl-1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-isoquinolin-6-yl)-2-oxo-ethyl]-1H-pyridin-2-one

4-Benzyloxy-1-[2-(2-methyl-1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-isoquinolin-6-yl)-2-oxo-ethyl]-1H-pyridin-2-oneis prepared following example 23.17 from 200 mg (0.53 mmol)4-benzyloxy-1-[2-oxo-2-(1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-isoquinolin-6-yl)-ethyl]-1H-pyridin-2-one(example 46.1).

Yield: 129 mg (62% of theory)

ESI Mass spectrum: [M+H]⁺=389

Retention time HPLC: 1.6 min (method K).

EXAMPLE 47.15-Benzyloxy-2-{2-oxo-2-[4-(1-piperazin-1-yl-ethyl)-phenyl]-ethyl}-2H-pyridazin-3-one

47.1a4-(1-{4-[2-(4-Benzyloxy-6-oxo-6H-pyridazin-1-yl)-acetyl]-phenyl}-ethyl)-piperazine-1-carboxylicAcid Tert-Butyl Ester

4-(1-{4-[2-(4-Benzyloxy-6-oxo-6H-pyridazin-1-yl)-acetyl]-phenyl}-ethyl)-piperazine-1-carboxylicacid tert-butyl ester is prepared following example 1.1b from 200 mg(0.47 mmol)5-benzyloxy-2-{2-[4-(1-bromo-ethyl)-phenyl]-2-oxo-ethyl}-2H-pyridazin-3-one(preparation 30c) and 262 mg (1.40 mmol) piperazine-1-carboxylic acidtert-butyl ester.

Yield: 130 mg (52% of theory)

Retention time HPLC: 2.0 min (method K).

47.1b5-Benzyloxy-2-{2-oxo-2-[4-(1-piperazin-1-yl-ethyl)-phenyl]-ethyl}-2H-pyridazin-3-one

5-Benzyloxy-2-{2-oxo-2-[4-(1-piperazin-1-yl-ethyl)-phenyl]-ethyl}-2H-pyridazin-3-oneis prepared following example 24.2 from 130 mg (0.24 mmol)4-(1-{4-[2-(4-benzyloxy-6-oxo-6H-pyridazin-1-yl)-acetyl]-phenyl}-ethyl)-piperazine-1-carboxylicacid tert-butyl ester (example 47.1a).

Yield: 99 mg (94% of theory)

ESI Mass spectrum: [M+H]⁺=433

Retention time HPLC: 1.2 min (method M).

The following examples are prepared from5-benzyloxy-2-{2-[4-(1-bromo-ethyl)-phenyl]-2-oxoethyl}-2H-pyridazin-3-one(preparation 30c) as described for example 1.1b (4.0 eq. amine areused).

Retention time Yield HPLC in min Example R¹R²N— (%) Formula MS (method)47.2

63 C₂₅H₂₇N₃O₄ 434[M + H]⁺ 1.6 (K) 47.3

63 C₂₆H₂₉N₃O₄ 448[M + H]⁺ 1.6 (K) 47.4

59 C₂₇H₃₁N₃O₄ 462[M + H]⁺ 1.7 (K) 47.5

67 C₂₆H₃₀N₄O₃ 447[M + H]⁺ 1.7 (K) 47.6

64 C₂₄H₂₇N₃O₃ 406[M + H]⁺ 1.8 (K)

EXAMPLE 48.14-(4-Fluoro-benzyloxy)-1-{2-[4-(4-methyl-piperazin-1-ylmethyl)-phenyl]-2-oxo-ethyl}-1H-pyridin-2-one

4-(4-Fluoro-benzyloxy)-1-{2-[4-(4-methyl-piperazin-1-ylmethyl)-phenyl]-2-oxo-ethyl}-1H-pyridin-2-oneis prepared following example 1.1b from 100 mg (0.26 mmol)1-[2-(4-chloromethylphenyl)-2-oxo-ethyl]-4-(4-fluoro-benzyloxy)-1H-pyridin-2-one(preparation 32.1) and 65 mg (0.65 mmol) N-methylpiperazine.

Yield: 85 mg (73% of theory)

ESI Mass spectrum: [M+H]⁺=450

Retention time HPLC: 1.6 min (method K).

The following compounds are prepared as described for example 48.1.

Starting Retention material time HPLC in (preparation Yield min Example—W—B Nr.) (%) Formula MS (method) 48.2

32.2 61 C₂₆H₂₈ClN₃O₃ 466/468[M + H]⁺ 1.6 (K) 48.3

32.3 67 C₂₇H₃₁N₃O₃ 446[M + H]⁺ 1.6 (K) 48.4

32.4 26 C₂₇H₃₁N₃O₄ 462[M + H]⁺ 1.5 (K)

The following compounds are prepared as described for example 48.1 (4.0eq. of amine are used).

Starting Retention material time HPLC (preparation Yield in min ExampleR¹⁴ R²⁰ Nr.) (%) Formula MS (method) 48.5 Me OMe 32.4 67 C₂₈H₃₂N₂O₅477[M + H]⁺ 1.6 (K) 48.6 H OMe 32.4 56 C₂₇H₃₀N₂O₅ 463[M + H]⁺ 1.6 (K)48.7 Me F 32.1 65 C₂₇H₂₉FN₂O₄ 465[M + H]⁺ 1.6 (K) 48.8 H F 32.1 31C₂₆H₂₇FN₂O₄ 451[M + H]⁺ 1.6 (K) 48.9 Me Cl 32.2 82 C₂₇H₂₉ClN₂O₄481/483[M + H]⁺ 1.7 (K) 48.10 H Cl 32.2 44 C₂₆H₂₇ClN₂O₄ 467/469[M + H]⁺1.7 (K)

The following examples (49.1-49.42) are prepared following the abovedescribed procedures:

Retention time HPLC in min Example Structure MS (method) 49.1

436[M + H]⁺ 2.6 (C) 49.2

452/454[M + H]+ 2.9 (C) 49.3

468/470[M + H]+ 2.4 (C) 49.4

495/497[M + H]+ 2.3 (A) 49.5

412/414[M + H]+ 2.8 (A) 49.6

384/386[M + H]+ 2.7 (A) 49.7

398/400[M + H]+ 2.7 (A) 49.8

454/456[M + H]+ 2.6 (A) 49.9

440/442[M + H]+ 2.7 (A) 49.10

439/441[M + H]+ 2.4 (A) 49.11

408[M + H]+ 4.8 (I) 49.12

479[M + H]+ 5.2 (I) 49.13

396[M + H]+ 2.4 (A) 49.14

467[M + H]+ 2.2 (A) 49.15

474[M + H]+ 2.4 (D) 49.16

447[M + H]+ 2.7 (A) 49.17

447[M + H]+ 3.1 (D) 49.18

405[M + H]+ 3.8 (F) 49.19

419[M + H]+ 3.0 (D) 49.20

390[M + H]+ TLC 0.25 (A) 49.21

434[M + H]+ 2.6 (C) 49.22

461[M + H]+ 2.5 (C) 49.23

424/426[M + H]+ 3.3 (A) 49.24

468/470[M + H]+ 3.2 (A) 49.25

495/497[M + H]+ 3.1 (A) 40.26

460[M + H]+ 1.0 (J) 49.27

433[M + H]+ 1.0 (J) 49.28

389[M + H]+ TLC 0.50 (A) 49.29

391[M + H]+ 2.1 (C) 49.30

469/471[M + H]+ 2.5 (A) 49.31

425/427[M + H]+ 2.6 (A) 49.32

425/427[M + H]+ 3.1 (A) 49.33

438[M + H]+ 2.1 (C) 49.34

399/401[M + H]+ 1.1 (J) 49.35

413/415[M + H]+ 2.4 (A) 49.36

427/429[M + H]+ 2.5 (A) 49.37

439/441[M + H]+ 1.1 (J) 49.38

454/456[M + H]+ 2.4 (C) 49.39

498/500[M + H]+ 2.3 (A) 49.40

408[M + H]+ 2.9 (D) 49.41

409[M + H]+ 2.8 (A) 49.42

453[M + H]+ 2.7 (A)

The following examples can be prepared following the above describedprocedures:

Example Structure 50.1

50.2

50.3

50.4

50.5

50.6

50.7

50.8

50.9

50.10

50.11

50.12

50.13

50.14

50.15

50.16

50.17

50.18

50.19

50.20

50.21

50.22

50.23

50.24

Some test methods for determining an MCH-receptor antagonistic activitywill now be described. In addition, other test methods known to theskilled man may be used, e.g. by inhibiting the MCH-receptor-mediatedinhibition of cAMP production, as described by Hoogduijn M et al. in“Melanin-concentrating hormone and its receptor are expressed andfunctional in human skin”, Biochem. Biophys. Res Commun. 296 (2002)698-701 and by biosensory measurement of the binding of MCH to the MCHreceptor in the presence of antagonistic substances by plasmonresonance, as described by Karlsson OP and Lofas S. in “Flow-MediatedOn-Surface Reconstitution of G-Protein Coupled Receptors forApplications in Surface Plasmon Resonance Biosensors”, Anal. Biochem.300 (2002), 132-138. Other methods of testing antagonistic activity toMCH receptors are contained in the references and patent documentsmentioned hereinbefore, and the description of the test methods used ishereby incorporated in this application.

MCH-1 receptor binding test Method: MCH binding to hMCH-1R transfectedcells Species: Human Test cell: hMCH-1R stably transfected intoCHO/Galpha16 cells Results: IC50 values

Membranes from CHO/Galpha16 cells stably transfected with human hMCH-1Rare resuspended using a syringe (needle 0.6×25 mm) and diluted in testbuffer (50 mM HEPES, 10 mM MgCl₂, 2 mM EGTA, pH 7.00; 0.1% bovine serumalbumin (protease-free), 0.021% bacitracin, 1 μg/ml aprotinin, 1 μg/mlleupeptin and 1 μM phosphoramidone) to a concentration of 5 to 15 μg/ml.

200 microlitres of this membrane fraction (contains 1 to 3 μg ofprotein) are incubated for 60 minutes at ambient temperature with 100 pMof ¹²⁵I-tyrosyl melanin concentrating hormone (¹²⁵I-MCH commerciallyobtainable from NEN) and increasing concentrations of the test compoundin a final volume of 250 microlitres. After the incubation the reactionis filtered using a cell harvester through 0.5% PEI treated fibreglassfilters (GF/B, Unifilter Packard). The membranebound radioactivityretained on the filter is then determined after the addition ofscintillator substance (Packard Microscint 20) in a measuring device(TopCount of Packard). The non-specific binding is defined as boundradioactivity in the presence of 1 micromolar MCH during the incubationperiod.

The analysis of the concentration binding curve is carried out on theassumption of one receptor binding site.

Standard:

Non-labelled MCH competes with labelled ¹²⁵I-MCH for the receptorbinding with an IC50 value of between 0.06 and 0.15 nM.

The KD value of the radioligand is 0.156 nM.

MCH-1 receptor-coupled Ca²⁺ mobilisation test Method: Calciummobilisation test with human MCH (FLIPR³⁸⁴) Species: Human Test cells:CHO/Galpha 16 cells stably transfected with hMCH-R1 Results: 1stmeasurement:: % stimulation of the reference (MCH 10⁻⁶M) 2ndmeasurement: pKB value Reagents: HBSS(10x) (GIBCO) HEPES buffer (1M)(GIBCO) Pluronic F-127 (Molecular Probes) Fluo-4 (Molecular Probes)Probenecid (Sigma) MCH (Bachem) bovine serum albumin (Serva)(protease-free) DMSO (Serva) Ham's F12 (BioWhittaker) FCS (BioWhittaker)L-Glutamine (GIBCO) Hygromycin B (GIBCO) PENStrep (BioWhittaker) Zeocin(Invitrogen)

Clonal CHO/Galpha16 hMCH-R1 cells are cultivated in Ham's F12 cellculture medium (with L-glutamine; BioWhittaker; Cat. No.: BE12-615F).This contains per 500 ml 10% FCS, 1% PENStrep, 5 ml L-glutamine (200 mMstock solution), 3 ml hygromycin B (50 mg/ml in PBS) and 1.25 ml zeocin(100 μg/ml stock solution). One day before the experiment the cells areplated on a 384-well microtitre plate (black-walled with a transparentbase, made by Costar) in a density of 2500 cells per cavity andcultivated in the above medium overnight at 37° C., 5% CO₂ and 95%relative humidity. On the day of the experiment the cells are incubatedwith cell culture medium to which 2 mM Fluo-4 and 4.6 mM Probenicid havebeen added, at 37° C. for 45 minutes. After charging with fluorescentdye the cells are washed four times with Hanks buffer solution (1×HBSS,20 mM HEPES), which has been combined with 0.07% Probenicid. The testsubstances are diluted in Hanks buffer solution, combined with 2.5%DMSO. The background fluorescence of non-stimulated cells is measured inthe presence of substance in the 384-well microtitre plate five minutesafter the last washing step in the FLIPR³⁸⁴ apparatus (MolecularDevices; excitation wavelength: 488 nm; emission wavelength: bandpass510 to 570 nm). To stimulate the cells MCH is diluted in Hanks bufferwith 0.1% BSA, pipetted into the 384-well cell culture plate 35 minutesafter the last washing step and the MCH-stimulated fluorescence is thenmeasured in the FLIPR³⁸⁴ apparatus.

Data Analysis:

1st measurement: The cellular Ca²⁺ mobilisation is measured as the peakof the relative fluorescence minus the background and is expressed asthe percentage of the maximum signal of the reference (MCH 10⁻⁶M). Thismeasurement serves to identify any possible agonistic effect of a testsubstance.

2nd measurement: The cellular Ca²⁺ mobilisation is measured as the peakof the relative fluorescence minus the background and is expressed asthe percentage of the maximum signal of the reference (MCH 10⁻⁶M, signalis standardised to 100%). The EC50 values of the MCH dosage activitycurve with and without test substance (defined concentration) aredetermined graphically by the GraphPad Prism 2.01 curve program. MCHantagonists cause the MCH stimulation curve to shift to the right in thegraph plotted.

The inhibition is expressed as a pKB value:

pKB=log(EC _(50(testsubstance+MCH)) /EC _(50(MCH))−1)−log c_((testsubstance))

The compounds according to the invention, including their salts, exhibitan MCH-receptor antagonistic activity in the tests mentioned above.Using the MCH-1 receptor binding test described above an antagonisticactivity is obtained for representative compounds of the presentinvention in a dosage range from about 10⁻¹⁰ to 10⁻⁵ M, particularlyfrom 10⁻⁹ to 10⁻⁶ M.

In order to illustrate that compounds according to the invention withdifferent structural elements possess a good to very good MCH-1 receptorantagonistic activity, the IC50 values of the compounds depicted in thefollowing table are provided. It is noted that the compounds areselected in view of their different structural elements by way ofexample without any intent to highlight any specific compound.

Compound according to Example no. IC50 value 4.2 8 nM 6.1 13 nM 21.2 3nM 22.1 51 nM 23.2 7 nM 23.16 12 nM 23.23 40 nM 27.2 8 nM 28.1 26 nM29.3 16 nM 29.4 16 nM 29.11 14 nM 29.13 18 nM 32.2 12 nM 32.3 9 nM 32.86 nM 32.10 23 nM 33.8 19 nM 34.3 16 nM 35.2 15 nM 36.1 18 nM 37.2 33 nM39.1 34 nM 41.1 17 nM 41.3 17 nM 42.1 14 nM 42.3 18 nM 44.2 20 nM 46.221 nM 47.5 27 nM

Some examples of formulations will be described hereinafter, wherein theterm “active substance” denotes one or more compounds according to theinvention, including their salts. In the case of one of the combinationswith one or more active substances described, the term “activesubstance” also includes the additional active substances.

EXAMPLE A Capsules for Powder Inhalation Containing 1 mg ActiveSubstance

Composition: 1 capsule for powder inhalation contains: active substance1.0 mg lactose 20.0 mg hard gelatine capsules 50.0 mg 71.0 mg

Method of Preparation:

The active substance is ground to the particle size required forinhalation. The ground active substance is homogeneously mixed with thelactose. The mixture is packed into hard gelatine capsules.

EXAMPLE B Inhalable Solution for Respimat® Containing 1 mg ActiveSubstance

Composition: 1 spray contains: active substance 1.0 mg benzalkoniumchloride 0.002 mg disodium edetate 0.0075 mg purified water ad 15.0 μl

Method of Preparation:

The active substance and benzalkonium chloride are dissolved in waterand packed into Respimat® cartridges.

EXAMPLE C Inhalable Solution for Nebulisers Containing 1 mg ActiveSubstance

Composition: 1 vial contains: active substance 0.1 g sodium chloride0.18 g benzalkonium chloride 0.002 g purified water ad 20.0 ml

Method of Preparation:

The active substance, sodium chloride and benzalkonium chloride aredissolved in water.

EXAMPLE D Propellant Type Metered Dose Aerosol Containing 1 mg ActiveSubstance

Composition: 1 spray contains: active substance 1.0 mg lecithin 0.1%propellant gas ad 50.0 μl

Method of Preparation:

The micronised active substance is homogeneously suspended in themixture of lecithin and propellant gas. The suspension is transferredinto a pressurised container with a metering valve.

EXAMPLE E Nasal Spray Containing 1 mg Active Substance

Composition: active substance 1.0 mg sodium chloride 0.9 mg benzalkoniumchloride 0.025 mg disodium edetate 0.05 mg purified water ad 0.1 ml

Method of Preparation:

The active substance and the excipients are dissolved in water andtransferred into a corresponding container.

EXAMPLE F Injectable Solution Containing 5 mg of Active Substance Per 5ml

Composition: active substance 5 mg glucose 250 mg human serum albumin 10mg glycofurol 250 mg water for injections ad 5 ml

Preparation:

Glycofurol and glucose are dissolved in water for injections (Wfl);human serum albumin is added; active ingredient is dissolved withheating; made up to specified volume with Wfl; transferred into ampoulesunder nitrogen gas.

EXAMPLE G Injectable Solution Containing 100 mg of Active Substance Per20 ml

Composition: active substance 100 mg monopotassium dihydrogen phosphate= KH₂PO₄ 12 mg disodium hydrogen phosphate = Na₂HPO₄•2H₂O 2 mg sodiumchloride 180 mg human serum albumin 50 mg Polysorbate 80 20 mg water forinjections ad 20 ml

Preparation:

Polysorbate 80, sodium chloride, monopotassium dihydrogen phosphate anddisodium hydrogen phosphate are dissolved in water for injections (Wfl);human serum albumin is added; active ingredient is dissolved withheating; made up to specified volume with Wfl; transferred intoampoules.

EXAMPLE H Lyophilisate Containing 10 mg of Active Substance

Composition: Active substance 10 mg Mannitol 300 mg human serum albumin20 mg

Preparation:

Mannitol is dissolved in water for injections (Wfl); human serum albuminis added; active ingredient is dissolved with heating; made up tospecified volume with Wfl; transferred into vials; freeze-dried.

Solvent for lyophilisate: Polysorbate 80 = Tween 80 20 mg mannitol 200mg water for injections ad 10 ml

Preparation:

Polysorbate 80 and mannitol are dissolved in water for injections (Wfl);transferred into ampoules.

EXAMPLE I Tablets Containing 20 mg of Active Substance

Composition: active substance 20 mg lactose 120 mg maize starch 40 mgmagnesium stearate 2 mg Povidone K 25 18 mg

Preparation:

Active substance, lactose and maize starch are homogeneously mixed;granulated with an aqueous solution of Povidone; mixed with magnesiumstearate; compressed in a tablet press; weight of tablet 200 mg.

EXAMPLE J Capsules Containing 20 mg Active Substance

Composition: active substance 20 mg maize starch 80 mg highly dispersedsilica 5 mg magnesium stearate 2.5 mg

Preparation:

Active substance, maize starch and silica are homogeneously mixed; mixedwith magnesium stearate; the mixture is packed into size 3 hard gelatinecapsules in a capsule filling machine.

EXAMPLE K Suppositories Containing 50 mg of Active Substance

Composition: active substance 50 mg hard fat (Adeps solidus) q.s. ad1700 mg

Preparation:

Hard fat is melted at about 38° C.; ground active substance ishomogeneously dispersed in the molten hard fat; after cooling to about35° C. it is poured into chilled moulds.

EXAMPLE L Injectable Solution Containing 10 mg of Active Substance Per 1ml

Composition: active substance 10 mg mannitol 50 mg human serum albumin10 mg water for injections ad 1 ml

Preparation:

Mannitol is dissolved in water for injections (Wfl); human serum albuminis added; active ingredient is dissolved with heating; made up tospecified volume with Wfl; transferred into ampoules under nitrogen gas.

1. A compound of formula I

wherein R¹, R² independently of one another denote H, C₁₋₈-alkyl or C₃₋₇-cycloalkyl, while the alkyl or cycloalkyl group may be mono- or polysubstituted by identical or different groups R¹¹, and a —CH₂— group in position 3 or 4 of a 5-, 6- or 7-membered cycloalkyl group may be replaced by —O—, —S— or —NR¹³—; or  R² denotes a C₁₋₃-alkylene bridge which is linked to the group Y, wherein the alkylene bridge may be substituted with one or more C₁₋₃-alkyl-groups, and R¹ is defined as hereinbefore or denotes a group selected from C₁₋₄-alkyl-CO—, C₁₋₄-alkyl-O—CO—, (C₁₋₄-alkyl)NH—CO— or (C₁₋₄-alkyl)₂N—CO— wherein alkyl-groups may be mono- or polyfluorinated; or  R¹ and R² form a C₃₋₈-alkylene bridge, wherein a —CH₂— group not adjacent to the N atom of the R¹R²N— group may be replaced by —CH═N—, —CH═CH—, —O—, —S—, —SO—, —(SO₂)—, —CO—, —C(═CH₂)—, —C(═N—OH)—, —C(═N—(C₁₋₄-alkyl))- or —NR¹³  while in the case when R¹ and R² form an alkylene bridge in the alkylene bridge one or more H atoms may be replaced by identical or different groups R¹⁴, and  the alkylene bridge defined hereinbefore may be substituted by one or two identical or different carbo- or heterocyclic groups Cy in such a way that the bond between the alkylene bridge and the group Cy is made via a single or double bond, via a common C atom forming a spirocyclic ring system, via two common adjacent C and/or N atoms forming a fused bicyclic ring system or via three or more C and/or N atoms forming a bridged ring system; X denotes a C₁₋₃-alkylene bridge, which may comprise one, two or three identical or different C₁₋₄-alkyl substituents, while two alkyl groups may be joined together forming a 3 to 7-membered cyclic group, and while in a C₂₋₃-alkylene bridge one or two C atoms may be monosubstituted by R¹⁰; and R¹⁰ is selected from the group consisting of hydroxy, hydroxy-C₁₋₃-alkyl, C₁₋₄-alkoxy or C₁₋₄-alkoxy-C₁₋₃-alkyl; and Y denotes a 5- to 6-membered aromatic carbocyclic group, which may contain 1, 2 or 3 heteroatoms independently selected from N, O and/or S; which cyclic group may be mono- or polysubstituted by identical or different substituents R²⁰; Z denotes —CH₂—CH₂—, —C(═O)—CH₂—, —C(═CH₂)—CH₂— or —C(OH)H—CH₂— all of which may be mono- or polysubstituted with substituents independently from each other selected from C₁₋₃-alkyl; U, V both denote CH or one of the groups U, V denotes N and the other of U, V denotes CH, wherein CH may be substituted with L; and L independently of each other denotes halogen, cyano or C₁₋₃-alkyl; and k denotes 0, 1 or 2; W is selected from the group consisting of —CH₂—CH₂—, —CH₂—O—, —O—CH₂—, —CH═CH—, —CH₂—NR^(N)—, —NR^(N)—CH₂—, —CH₂—, —O—, —S— and —NR^(N)—; R^(N) denotes H, C₁₋₄-alkyl, formyl, C₁₋₃-alkylcarbonyl or C₁₋₃-alkylsulfonyl; and  in case the group W denotes —NR^(N)—CH₂— the group R^(N) may denote a —CH₂— or —CH₂—CH₂— bridge being linked to the cylic group B; and B is a 5- or 6-membered unsaturated or aromatic carbocyclic group which may contain 1, 2, 3 or 4 heteroatoms independently selected from N, O and/or S; which cyclic group may be mono- or polysubstituted by identical or different substituents R²⁰; and Cy denotes a carbo- or heterocyclic group selected from one of the following meanings a saturated 3- to 7-membered carbocyclic group, an unsaturated 4- to 7-membered carbocyclic group, a phenyl group, a saturated 4- to 7-membered or unsaturated 5- to 7-membered heterocyclic group with an N, O or S atom as heteroatom, a saturated or unsaturated 5- to 7-membered heterocyclic group with two or more N atoms or with one or two N atoms and an O or S atom as heteroatoms, an aromatic heterocyclic 5- or 6-membered group with one or more identical or different heteroatoms selected from N, O and/or S.  while the above-mentioned saturated 6- or 7-membered groups may also be present as bridged ring systems with an imino, (C₁₋₄-alkyl)-imino, methylene, ethylene, (C₁₋₄-alkyl)-methylene or di-(C₁₋₄-alkyl)-methylene bridge, and  while the above-mentioned cyclic groups may be mono- or polysubstituted at one or more C atoms by identical or different groups R²⁰, or in the case of a phenyl group may also additionally be monosubstituted by nitro, and/or one or more NH groups may be substituted by R²¹; and  while in the above-mentioned saturated or unsaturated carbo- or heterocyclic groups a —CH₂-group may be replaced by a —C(═O)— group; R¹¹ denotes halogen, C₁₋₆-alkyl, C₂₋₆-alkenyl, C₂₋₆-alkynyl, R¹⁵—O—, R¹⁵—O—CO—, R¹⁵—CO—O—, cyano, R¹⁶R¹⁷N—, R¹⁸R¹⁹N—CO— or Cy, while in the above-mentioned groups one or more C atoms may be substituted independently of one another by substituents selected from halogen, OH, CN, CF₃, C₁₋₃-alkyl, C₁₋₃-alkoxy, hydroxy-C₁₋₃-alkyl; R¹³ has one of the meanings given for R¹⁷ or denotes formyl; R¹⁴ denotes halogen, cyano, C₁₋₆-alkyl, C₂₋₆-alkenyl, C₂₋₆-alkynyl, R¹⁵—O—R¹⁵—O—CO—R¹⁵—CO—, R¹⁵—CO—O—, R¹⁶R¹⁷N—, HCO—NR¹⁵—, R¹⁸R¹⁹N—CO—, R¹⁸R¹⁹N—CO—NH—, R¹⁵—O—C₁₋₃-alkyl, R¹⁵—O—CO—C₁₋₃-alkyl-, R¹⁵—SO₂—NH—, R¹⁵—SO₂—N(C₁₋₃-alkyl)-, R¹⁵—O—CO—NH—C₁₋₃-alkyl-, R¹⁵—SO₂—NH—C₁₋₃-alkyl-, R¹⁵—CO—C₁₋₃-alkyl-, R¹⁵—CO—O—C₁₋₃-alkyl-, R¹⁶R¹⁷N—C₁₋₃-alkyl-, R¹⁸R¹⁹N—CO—C₁₋₃-alkyl- or Cy-C₁₋₃-alkyl-, R¹⁵ denotes H, C₁₋₄-alkyl, C₃₋₇-cycloalkyl, C₃₋₇-cycloalkyl-C₁₋₃-alkyl, phenyl, phenyl-C₁₋₃-alkyl, pyridinyl or pyridinyl-C₁₋₃-alkyl, R¹⁶ denotes H, C₁₋₆-alkyl, C₃₋₇-cycloalkyl, C₃₋₇-cycloalkyl-C₁₋₃-alkyl, C₄₋₇-cycloalkenyl, C₄₋₇-cycloalkenyl-C₁₋₃-alkyl, ω-hydroxy-C₂₋₃-alkyl, ω-(C₁₋₄-alkoxy)-C₂₋₃-alkyl, aminoC₂₋₆-alkyl, C₁₋₄-alkyl-amino-C₂₋₆-alkyl, di-(C₁₋₄-alkyl)-amino-C₂₋₆-alkyl or cyclo-C₃₋₆-alkyleneimino-C₂₋₆-alkyl, R¹⁷ has one of the meanings given for R¹⁶ or denotes phenyl, phenyl-C₁₋₃-alkyl, pyridinyl, C₁₋₄-alkylcarbonyl, C₃₋₇-cycloalkylcarbonyl, hydroxycarbonyl-C₁₋₃-alkyl, C₁₋₄-alkoxycarbonyl, C₁₋₄-alkoxycarbonyl-C₁₋₃-alkyl, C₁₋₄-alkylcarbonylaminoC₂₋₃-alkyl, N—(C₁₋₄-alkylcarbonyl)-N—(C₁₋₄-alkyl)-amino-C₂₋₃-alkyl, C₁₋₄-alkylamino-carbonyl, C₁₋₄-alkylsulphonyl, C₁₋₄-alkylsulphonylamino-C₂₋₃-alkyl or N—(C₁₋₄-alkylsulphonyl)-N(—C₁₋₄-alkyl)-amino-C₂₋₃-alkyl; R¹⁸, R¹⁹ independently of one another denote H or C₁₋₆-alkyl wherein R¹⁸, R¹⁹ may be linked to form a C₃₋₆-alkylene bridge, wherein a —CH₂— group not adjacent to an N atom may be replaced by —O—, —S—, —SO—, —(SO₂)—, —CO—, —C(═CH₂)— or —NR¹³—; R²⁰ denotes halogen, hydroxy, cyano, nitro, C₁₋₆-alkyl, C₂₋₆-alkenyl, C₂₋₆-alkynyl, C₃₋₇-cycloalkyl, C₃₋₇-cycloalkyl-C₁₋₃-alkyl, hydroxy-C₁₋₃-alkyl, R²²—C₁₋₃-alkyl or has one of the meanings given for R²²; and R²¹ denotes C₁₋₄-alkyl, ω-hydroxy-C₂₋₆-alkyl, ω-C₁₋₄-alkoxy-C₂₋₆-alkyl, ω-C₁₋₄-alkylamino-C₂₋₆-alkyl, ω-di-(C₁₋₄-alkyl)-amino-C₂₋₆-alkyl, ω-cyclo-C₃₋₆-alkyleneimino-C₂₋₆-alkyl, phenyl, phenyl-C₁₋₃-alkyl, C₁₋₄-alkyl-carbonyl, C₁₋₄-alkoxy-carbonyl, C₁₋₄-alkylsulphonyl, aminosulphonyl, C₁₋₄-alkylaminosulphonyl, di-C₁₋₄-alkylaminosulphonyl or cyclo-C₃₋₆-alkylene-imino-sulphonyl, R²² denotes pyridinyl, phenyl, phenyl-C₁₋₃-alkoxy, cyclo-C₃₋₆-alkyleneimino-C₂₋₄-alkoxy, OHC—, HO—N═HC—, C₁₋₄-alkoxy-N═HC—, C₁₋₄-alkoxy, C₁₋₄-alkylthio, carboxy, C₁₋₄-alkylcarbonyl, C₁₋₄-alkoxycarbonyl, aminocarbonyl, C₁₋₄-alkylamino-carbonyl, di-(C₁₋₄-alkyl)-aminocarbonyl, cyclo-C₃₋₆-alkyl-amino-carbonyl, cyclo-C₃₋₆-alkyleneimino-carbonyl, phenylaminocarbonyl, cyclo-C₃₋₆-alkyleneimino-C₂₋₄-alkylamino-carbonyl, C₁₋₄-alkyl-sulphonyl, C₁₋₄-alkyl-sulphinyl, C₁₋₄-alkylsulphonylamino, C₁₋₄-alkyl-sulphonyl-N—(C₁₋₄-alkyl)amino, amino, C₁₋₄-alkyl-amino, di-(C₁₋₄-alkyl)-amino, C₁₋₄-alkyl-carbonyl-amino, C₁₋₄-alkyl-carbonyl-N—(C₁₋₄-alkyl)amino, cyclo-C₃₋₆-alkyleneimino, phenyl-C₁₋₃-alkylamino, N—(C₁₋₄-alkyl)phenyl-C₁₋₃-alkylamino, acetylamino, propionylamino, phenylcarbonyl, phenylcarbonylamino, phenylcarbonylmethylamino, hydroxy-C₂₋₃-alkylamino-carbonyl, (4-morpholinyl)carbonyl, (1-pyrrolidinyl)carbonyl, (1-piperidinyl)carbonyl, (hexahydro-1-azepinyl)carbonyl, (4-methyl-1-piperazinyl)carbonyl, aminocarbonylamino or C₁₋₄-alkylaminocarbonylamino, while in the above-mentioned groups and radicals, particularly in L, W, X, Z, R^(N), R¹⁰, R¹¹, R¹³ to R²², in each case one or more C atoms may additionally be mono- or polysubstituted by F and/or in each case one or two C atoms independently of one another may additionally be monosubstituted by Cl or Br and/or in each case one or more phenyl rings may additionally comprise independently of one another one, two or three substituents selected from the group F, Cl, Br, I, cyano, C₁₋₄-alkyl, C₁₋₄-alkoxy, difluoromethyl, trifluoromethyl, hydroxy, amino, C₁₋₃-alkylamino, di-(C₁₋₃-alkyl)-amino, acetylamino, aminocarbonyl, difluoromethoxy, trifluoromethoxy, amino-C₁₋₃-alkyl, C₁₋₃-alkylamino-C₁₋₃-alkyl- and di-(C₁₋₃-alkyl)-amino-C₁₋₃-alkyl and/or may be monosubstituted by nitro, and the H atom of any carboxy group present or an H atom bound to an N atom may in each case be replaced by a group which can be cleaved in vivo, a tautomer thereof, a diastereomer thereof, an enantiomer thereof, a mixture of any such forms or a salt thereof.
 2. The compound according to claim 1, characterised in that the groups R¹, R² are selected independently of one another from the group comprising H, C₁₋₆-alkyl, C₃₋₅-alkenyl, C₃₋₅-alkynyl, C₃₋₇-cycloalkyl, hydroxy-C₃₋₇-cycloalkyl, C₃₋₇-cycloalkyl-C₁₋₃-alkyl, (hydroxy-C₃₋₇-cycloalkyl)-C₁₋₃-alkyl, hydroxy-C₂₋₄-alkyl, ω-NC—C₂₋₃-alkyl, C₁₋₄-alkoxyC₂₋₄-alkyl, hydroxy-C₁₋₄-alkoxy-C₂₋₄-alkyl, C₁₋₄-alkoxy-carbonyl-C₁₋₄-alkyl, carboxyl-C₁₋₄-alkyl, amino-C₂₋₄-alkyl, C₁₋₄-alkyl-amino-C₂₋₄-alkyl, di-(C₁₋₄-alkyl)-amino-C₂₋₄-alkyl, cycloC₃₋₆-alkyleneimino-C₂₋₄-alkyl, pyrrolidin-3-yl, N—(C₁₋₄-alkyl)-pyrrolidin-3-yl, pyrrolidinyl-C₁₋₃-alkyl, N—(C₁₋₄-alkyl)-pyrrolidinyl-C₁₋₃-alkyl, piperidin-3-yl, piperidin-4-yl, N—(C₁₋₄-alkyl)piperidin-3-yl, N—(C₁₋₄-alkyl)-piperidin-4-yl, piperidinyl-C₁₋₃-alkyl, N—(C₁₋₄-alkyl)piperidinyl-C₁₋₃-alkyl, tetrahydropyran-3-yl, tetrahydropyran-4-yl, tetrahydrofuran-2-ylmethyl, tetrahydrofuran-3-ylmethyl, phenyl-C₁₋₃-alkyl or pyridyl-C₁₋₃-alkyl, while in the above-mentioned groups and radicals one or more C atoms independently of one another may be mono- or polysubstituted by F, C₁₋₃-alkyl or hydroxy-C₁₋₃-alkyl, and/or one or two C atoms independently of one another may be monosubstituted by Cl, Br, OH, CF₃ or CN, and the above-mentioned cyclic groups may be mono- or polysubstituted at one or more C atoms by identical or different radicals R²⁰, in the case of a phenyl group may also additionally be monosubstituted by nitro, and/or one or more NH groups may be substituted by R²¹, wherein R²⁰ and R²¹ are defined as in claim
 1. 3. The compound according to claim 1, characterised in that R¹ and R² together with the N atom to which they are bound form a heterocyclic group which is selected from the meanings azetidine, pyrrolidine, piperidine, azepan, 2,5-dihydro-1H-pyrrole, 1,2,3,6-tetrahydro-pyridine, 2,3,4,7-tetrahydro-1H-azepine, 2,3,6,7-tetrahydro-1H-azepine, piperazine in which the free imine function is substituted by R¹³, piperidin-4-one morpholine, thiomorpholine, 1-oxo-thiomorpholin-4-yl and 1,1-dioxo-thiomorpholin-4-yl; while one or more H atoms may be replaced by identical or different groups R¹⁴, and/or the heterocyclic groups specified may be substituted by one or two identical or different carbo- or heterocyclic groups Cy in such a way that the bond between the alkylene bridge and the group Cy is made via a single or double bond, via a common C atom forming a spirocyclic ring system, via two common adjacent C and/or N atoms forming a fused bicyclic ring system or via three or more C and/or N atoms forming a bridged ring system; and the groups R¹³, R¹⁴ and the group Cy are defined as in claim
 1. 4. The compound according to claim 1, characterised in that R² denotes a C₁₋₃-alkylene bridge which is linked to the group Y, wherein the alkylene bridge may be substituted with one or more C₁₋₃-alkyl-groups, and R¹ is defined as in claim 2 or denotes a group selected from C₁₋₄-alkyl-CO—, C₁₋₄-alkyl-O—CO—, (C₁₋₄-alkyl)NH—CO— or (C₁₋₄-alkyl)₂N—CO— wherein alkyl-groups may be mono- or polyfluorinated.
 5. The compound according to claim 1, characterised in that X denotes a —CH₂—, —CH₂—CH₂— or —CH₂—CH₂—CH₂— bridging group, wherein one or two hydrogen atoms may be replaced by identical or different C₁₋₃-alkyl-groups, while two alkyl-groups may linked together to form a 3 to 6-membered cycloalkyl group.
 6. The compound according to claim 1, characterised in that the group Y denotes phenyl, pyridyl, pyridazinyl, pyrimidinyl, pyrazinyl, furyl, thiophenyl and thiazolyl all of which may be mono- or polysubstituted by identical or different substituents R²⁰, while R²⁰.
 7. The compound according to claim 1, characterised in that the group Z denotes a group selected from —CH₂—CH₂—, —C(═O)—CH₂—, —C(═CH₂)—CH₂—, —C(OH)H—CH₂— and —CFH—CH₂—.
 8. The Compound according to claim 1, characterised in that the group W denotes —CH₂—O—, —O—CH₂— or —NR^(N)—CH₂—.
 9. The compound according to claim 1, characterised in that the group B is selected from the group consisting of phenyl, pyridyl, pyridazinyl, pyrazinyl, pyrimidinyl, pyrrolyl, pyrazolyl, imidazolyl, triazolyl, tetrazolyl, furyl, thiophenyl and thiazolyl, wherein said group B may be mono- or polysubstituted by identical or different substituents R²⁰.
 10. The physiologically acceptable salt of the compound according to claim
 1. 11. A pharmaceutical composition comprising a compound according to claim 1 or its salt, together with one or more inert carriers or diluents.
 12. A method for influencing the eating behaviour of a mammal which comprises administering to the mammal at least one compound according to claim 1 or its salt.
 13. A method for reducing the body weight of a mammal which comprises administering to the mammal at least one compound according to claim 1 or its salt.
 14. A method for preventing and/or treating symptoms and/or diseases which are caused by MCH or are otherwise causally connected with MCH in a mammal which comprises administering to the mammal at least one compound according to claim 1 or its salt.
 15. A method for preventing and/or treating metabolic disorders and/or eating disorders, particularly obesity, bulimia, bulimia nervosa, cachexia, anorexia, anorexia nervosa and hyperphagia in a mammal which comprises administering to the mammal at least one compound according to claim 1 or its salt.
 16. A method for preventing and/or treating diseases and/or disorders associated with obesity, particularly diabetes, especially type II diabetes, complications of diabetes including diabetic retinopathy, diabetic neuropathy, diabetic nephropathy, insulin resistance, pathological glucose tolerance, encephalorrhagia, cardiac insufficiency, cardiovascular diseases, particularly arteriosclerosis and high blood pressure, arthritis and gonitis in a mammal which comprises administering to the mammal at least one compound according to claim 1 or its salt.
 17. A method for preventing and/or treating hyperlipidaemia, cellulitis, fat accumulation, malignant mastocytosis, systemic mastocytosis, emotional disorders, affective disorders, depression, anxiety, sleep disorders, reproductive disorders, sexual disorders, memory disorders, epilepsy, forms of dementia and hormonal disorders in a mammal which comprises administering to the mammal at least one compound according to claim 1 or its salt.
 18. A method for preventing and/or treating micturition disorders, such as for example urinary incontinence, hyperactive urinary bladder, urgency, nycturia and enuresis in a mammal which comprises administering to the mammal at least one compound according to claim 1 or its salt.
 19. A method for preventing and/or treating dependencies and/or withdrawal symptoms in a mammal which comprises administering to the mammal at least one compound according to claim 1 or its salt.
 20. A pharmaceutical composition comprising a first active substance which is a compound according to claims 1, a second active substance which is a compound selected from the group consisting of active substances for the treatment of diabetes, active substances for the treatment of diabetic complications, active substances for the treatment of obesity, preferably other than MCH antagonists, active substances for the treatment of high blood pressure, active substances for the treatment of hyperlipidaemia, including arteriosclerosis, active substances for the treatment of arthritis, active substances for the treatment of anxiety states and active substances for the treatment of depression, and one or more inert carriers or diluents. 